Home

Reliance 4 - Development Environment

1. Menu Display popup menu on click Determines whether to display the previously selected Popup Menu component This option is available for visualization windows and most components You can select a Popup Menu component added to any visualization window If it is added to another window it is necessary to make sure the window is loaded into the runtime software s memory in such a case it is recommended to disable the Dynamic loading option The popup menu can be assigned to the Left Middle and Right most commonly mouse button e Scripts Actions Scripts Window These scripts can be executed after some of the following events in the window s life cycle Load window After the window is loaded into the runtime software s memory Dynamically loaded windows can be loaded anytime during runtime when the window is to be displayed Other windows are loaded only once at project startup HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Visualization Window 103 Activate window After the window is activated displayed on top of other open windows using a Button component the Activate window function is checked action script or by clicking an inactive window Deactivate window After the window is deactivated i e after another window is activated Close window After a dialog window is closed using the icon in the window s top right corner script or action This event cannot occur in other types of windows Free win
2. Comm test interval Specifies the time interval used for testing communication with the device on an inactive communication channel This value is used by some communication drivers e g Teco when multiple communication channels are defined Comm timeout Specifies the time period between sending a request to and receiving a response from the device by the communication driver If the device does not respond to the request within the specified timeout the communication is considered faulty Err timeout and the request is sent again If there is still no response from the device it is recognized as a failure in communication with the device Comm speed Specifies the speed used for communication with the device v Network Ethernet This type of channel is used for communication with the device via Ethernet Address Allows you to override substitute the device s address specified via the Device Manager If it is not needed do not activate this option IP address URL Allows you to override substitute the device s IP address specified via the Device Manager If it is not needed do not activate this option The other option is to specify the URL of the device It is useful for example when an IP address is assigned dynamically TCP UDP port Specifies the device s TCP or UDP port number HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Project Structure Manager 365 Comm test interval Specifies the time interval
3. Show Welcome Window Brings up the Welcome window which contains commands used for the startup of the development environment gd Contents F1 Allows you to access the help system Reliance on Internet Allows you to access the Reliance website www reliance cz Check for Updates Allows you to check for new versions of the Reliance SCADA HMI system v License Menu Activate Brings up the Activate License Wizard Every SW key requires activation for acomputer fitted with the Reliance SCADA HMI system Detailed activation instructions are described in the separate document License Activation Register Allows you to register a license Upon registration the user s personal information name and company is saved This information can be found in the About Reliance 4 Design dialog box The user is prompted to select an rlr registration file Information Brings up the License Key Records dialog box This dialog can also be accessed via the License Key Utility application which by default is located in the Utils directory Reliance 4 Development Environment EEE wm Help Menu About Reliance 4 Design Allows you to view information about Reliance Design This dialog box provides information about the version license serial number data points registration and operating system By clicking on the serial number you can find out how the license is verified or display information about the connected licen
4. Show point names on X axis Determines whether to display the names of the points on the horizontal axis Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE KEN Additional v X Axis Special axis Determines whether and how to display the special horizontal axis of the selected series Visible Determines whether to really display the axis or whether to only control displaying the chart according to the configuration of the axis Min Specifies the lower axis limit Max Specifies the upper axis limit Start Specifies the beginning of the axis with respect to its range in End Specifies the end of the axis with respect to its range in Position Specifies the position of the axis with respect to its range in v Y Axis Special axis Determines whether and how to display the special vertical axis of the selected series Visible Determines whether to really display the axis or whether to only control displaying the chart according to the configuration of the axis Inverted Determines whether to display the values on the axis in reverse order HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Additional 181 Min Specifies the lower axis limit Max Specifies the upper axis limit Start Specifies the beginning of the axis with respect to its range in End Specifies the end of the axis with respect to its range in Position Specifies the position of the axis with respect to its range in
5. 2 2 1 16 Client Server Architecture Client server architecture redundancy centralization decentralization Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi Lu Reliance Main Features The Reliance SCADA HMI system has a client server architecture In most cases the so called data server Reliance Server or Reliance Control Server is the central module The data server communicates with a PLC through a serial cable LAN OPC server etc The device s data can also be visualized using clients Reliance Control Reliance View Web Client Mobile Client The topology of the system can be defined via the Project Structure Manager each computer defined via the manager usually corresponds to a single real workplace computer To make the system more resistant to failures data server redundancy can be provided In such a configuration if a data server failure occurs the runtime software on the client computer automatically attempts to connect to the other data server PLC redundancy can also be provided Primarily communication can be carried out for example through a LAN In the event of a communication failure it can be redirected using a serial cable 2 2 1 17 Information Systems Interconnection Exchanging data with existing enterprise information and SCADA systems OPC server MES ERP etc The Reliance SCADA HMI system can exchange data with external applications and existing enterprise information systems This can be done for exam
6. 3 4 Managers Menu The Managers menu contains commands for showing the managers of visualization projects objects fg Data Structure Manager Brings up the Data Structure Manager JI Device Manager Brings up the Device Manager EE Communication Driver Manager Brings up the Communication Driver Manager Lal Recipe Manager Brings up the Recipe Manager J Data Table Manager Brings up the Data Table Manager H Trend Manager Brings up the Trend Manager Brings up the Real Time Trend Manager E Report Manager Brings up the Report Manager B Custom Report Manager Brings up the Custom Report Manager Reliance 4 Development Environment Ha EA Managers Menu I String Manager Brings up the String Manager uz Picture Manager Brings up the Picture Manager K Action Manager Brings up the Action Manager TE Gi Script Manager Brings up the Script Manager 2 User Manager Brings up the User Manager yl Project Structure Manager Brings up the Project Structure Manager HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Project Menu o 3 5 Project Menu The Project menu contains commands for working with the open visualization project D Run F9 Starts the visualization project in the runtime software specified in the Project Options dialog box When the runtime software is started the development environment will be minimized to the taskbar When the runtime software is exited the development
7. ELL HUN RUS X SRY END LE e DEU other software components and language libraries PLK 10 7 1 2 9 ThinClients Directory Thin Client Files These files are used the files contents are unpacked to export a visualization project for remote users The contents of the Custom zip file are unpacked at the very end Le the files have the highest priority They are designed to overwrite the default files with custom files MobileClient MobileClient m Zi WebClient zip zip WebClientCustom ZL WebClientLib zip MobileClientLib Zip ReadMe txt tCusto program files and other files of Reliance Mobile Client an archive containing custom files of Reliance Mobile Client See the description in the ReadMe txt file program files and other files of Reliance Web Client an archive containing custom files of Reliance Web Client See the description in the ReadMe txt file Web Client libraries Mobile Client libraries instructions for creating custom files 10 7 1 2 10 Utils Directory Reliance Auxiliary Tools and Utilities Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE A File and Directory Structure R_AppKill exe R_AppRun exe R_DTWriter exe H Start exe R Termin exe The LicenseKeyUtil Terminates an external application specified in the R_AppKill ini file The name of the ini file can also be passed as a parameter to the utilit
8. Specifies the primary directory for storing the data table files The default value of the property is HistoryData which is the so called relative path representing the lt Project gt History Data directory The advantage of using the relative path is that you can move the visualization project to another place on disk without the necessity of customizing the path the path is relative to the project directory This property can only be accessible to file based data tables Paradox dBASE Secondary directory Specifies the directory in which the runtime software will search for the data table s files in case they could not be found in the primary directory The runtime software never logs the data table s files to this directory it is intended for viewing purposes only The default value of the property is HistoryData If you do not intend to use the secondary directory in the way described above specify the same value as for the Primary directory property This property can only be accessible to file based data tables Paradox dBASE Example Sometimes the secondary directory is used in network applications A data server Reliance Server or Reliance Control Server usually runs on a server computer The data server logs historical data and alarms events to a local disk The runtime software mostly Reliance Control or Reliance View runs on client computers The runtime software downloads a limited number of the data
9. The Library directory contains Reliance 4 Library The library is not part of Reliance s installer A separate installer is used to install the library The location of this directory can be changed using the Environment Options dialog box Directories Pictures contains pictures of the graphics library Logs The Logs directory contains records of the operation of Reliance s runtime software and communication drivers Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi Aug File and Directory Structure PostinstallFiles The PostInstallFiles directory contains files processed after the installation of the Reliance SCADA HMI system at the first startup of some of the modules When it is started for the first time the files are extracted to the specified directory and the string _backup is added to the name of the directory If the string is removed the file will again be processed when you next time run the module it can also be used to restore the original state Files Examples zip examples at the first startup of some of the Reliance modules the archive is extracted to the lt Reliance gt Examples directory Examples Backup zipcontains the backup of example projects supplied together with Reliance WebHelp zip documentation files for the Web server at the first startup of some of the Reliance modules the archive is extracted to the lt Reliance gt Help directory WebHelp Backup zip contains the backup of the Web server docume
10. Display grid on top in newly created windows Determines whether to display the grid on top of the components in newly created windows Snap to grid in newly created windows Determines whether the components should be automatically snapped to the grid in newly created windows Display bounds in newly created windows Determines whether to display auxiliary lines delimiting the bounds in newly created windows Depending on the settings the window bounds indicate either a visible or manually defined area of the window Note The settings regarding newly created windows can later be configured for each window Undo and Redo History step count Specifies the number of edit operations which can be canceled Le re performed The following operations are stored in the history adding and deleting components changing their position size and Z order Undo after save changes Determines whether the edit operation history should be kept after saving the window If this option is active the Undo and Redo commands will be available after saving the window HEM Reliance 4 Development Environment Environment Options Other Delete XML file on remove window Determines whether to delete a window s associated xml file after removing the window using the command in the Window Manager Show window name in title bar Determines whether to display both the title and the name of the window in the title bar Indicate transparent backgrou
11. In the Project Options dialog box an alarm event group named AlarmsToSend is defined Project gt Alarms Events gt Groups A device named PLC1 is defined via the Device Manager In the device alarms named TrivialAlarm1 SeriousAlarm1 and CriticalAlarm1 are defined to be simulated through the buttons in the visualization window On the Advanced page each alarm s Alarm event groups property determines whether the alarm belongs to the AlarmsToSend group depending on its severity TrivialAlarm1 does not belong to this group because it is not severe Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE 500 Examples Four users are defined via the User Manager On the Alarms Events page each user s Alarm event groups property determines whether the user should receive information on the alarms events which belong to the AlarmsToSend group The method of sending the information is specified by the Send via E mail and Send via SMS options the Alarms Events page Some users technicians are notified via E mail and SMS others the directors and technical managers are only notified via E mail For the users to be notified via E mail it is necessary to enter a valid E mail address the Basic page the E mail property For the users to be notified via SMS it is necessary to enter a valid phone number the Basic page the Phone number property A computer named PC1 is defined via the Project Structure Manager On the Alarms Events page the Send
12. Insert Contains commands for inserting various Reliance s objects When you invoke a command a standard selection dialog box is displayed It also contains commands for selecting disk files colors etc Edit Contains commands for copying cutting duplicating deleting and saving blocks of code to an external file It also contains the following commands Copy amp Append Copies the selected block of code to the clipboard whose existing contents remain unchanged Cut amp Append Cuts the selected block of code and appends it to the clipboard whose existing contents remain unchanged Format Allows you to configure the appearance of the code by inserting spaces Indent Indents the selected block of code to the right by inserting two spaces HEM Reliance 4 Development Environment Script Manager WEEK Indent Columns Indents the selected block of code to the right by inserting any number of spaces Unindent Removes the indent by deleting two spaces at the beginning of each line in the selected block of code Unindent Columns Removes the indent by deleting any number of spaces Convert Case Allows you to convert the characters of the selected block of code to uppercase or lowercase letters Comment Comment Code Adds a comment apostrophe to the beginning of each line in the selected block of code The character can be inserted repeatedly Uncomment Code Removes the comment apostrophe Toggle Inver
13. Look change Allows the user to change the font and background color when editing the text document The Look change combo box allows activating the Text and Background properties so that you can customize the colors during runtime Scroll bars Determines whether to display a horizontal and vertical scroll bar The scroll bars only make sense when the written text is too long and therefore cannot be displayed by the component Appearance Show toolbar Determines whether to display the component s toolbar Show popup menu Determines whether to display the component s popup menu when pressing the right mouse button on the component area Commands Allows you to select commands to be displayed in the component s toolbar and popup menu omms m e ENEE Import imports the document s contents from the selected text file into the component exports the document s contents from the component into the selected text OO file Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi 168 Additional 7 3 Additional Scale Gauge Clock Internet Explorer Media Player ActiveX Container Real Time Chart Real Time Trend Level Fill Picture Data Grid Data Tree 7 3 1 Scale This is a static component representing a horizontal or vertical scale The component consists of the main axis divisions division lines and numbers For example it is used in combination with the Progress Bar component which can display the surface of a liquid in a ta
14. Sharing 8 4 4 1 Basic Miscellaneous Eng name Specifies an optional engineering name for the tag At runtime it is displayed for example in the Information on Tag dialog box Eng units Specifies the tag s unit of measurement Tag kind A tag can be of the following types Physical Internal Special or User defined A physical tag is the most common kind of tag stored directly in the memory of a physical device PLC The tag is read through the device s communication driver An internal tag is another common kind of data tag However its value quality and time stamp are only stored in the memory of the computer It can also be created within a physical device Its value cannot be written and read through the communication driver though A special tag is a tag with a specific significance It represents a specific physical or internal tag with a specific importance within the device HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Device Manager r i A user defined tag is a structure type tag It is formed by a structure which consists of basic or structure type tags These tags can be internal or physical Tag data type Specifies the data type for the tag e g Word Smallint IRC or DataBlock The data types to be supported depend on the type of device Update interval Specifies the time interval used for updating the device s data It is only used by physical tags For other tag kinds the property is disabled Da
15. Specifies the maximum time period to be used to transfer data from to the computer to from the Sauter device Basic Text Specifies the name of the time program Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE 232 BACnet MFA Specifies the machine fine address to which the resulting command of the time program is written Commands Contains a list of the selected program s commands The list s items can be added and deleted using standard commands Text Specifies the text of the selected command Value Specifies the value of the selected command HE Reliance 4 Development Environment IP Cameras 233 7 10 IP Cameras AX S Pelco Vivotek 7 10 1 Axis IP Camera This component is used to integrate videos from Axis IP cameras into a visualization application It allows you to e place a video into the visualization window control the connection with the camera using a tag e record a video into a file control the recording using a tag e perform other functions which depend on the camera type used rotating the camera zooming etc e configure the appearance of the player toolbar status bar and context menu options The component uses the original Axis Media Control supplied together with the IP camera It is designed for all types of Axis IP cameras which are compatible with this control Today all Axis IP cameras are compatible Axis Media Control and its SDK are part of the Reliance Add
16. Specifies the text of the selected command Value Specifies the value of the selected command Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE 230 BACnet 7 9 BACnet BACnet Time Program 7 9 1 BACnet Time Program This button like looking component is intended to be used in projects with one or more devices of type BACnet After clicking on the component at runtime the window for editing a weekly time program is displayed This window allows you to read and edit the time program from the BACnet device and write it into the device Within the BACnet device a time program is saved in an object of type Schedule property weekly schedule The main tag to which the component is linked must be of type DataBlock In fact it is an array type tag whose length should be chosen so that all time periods defined within the time program fit in this array Every change of the time program s command state represents 6 bytes There will be an extra 2 bytes of overhead for every single day There will also be an extra 2 bytes of overhead for the entire time program Examples One event for a single day specified by two states on at 6 00 and off at 19 00 occupies 12 bytes 2 bytes of overhead day 2 bytes of overhead program 16 bytes in total So two events for a single day specified by two states occupy 2 x 12 bytes 2 bytes of overhead day 2 bytes of overhead program 28 bytes in total One event specified for two different days occup
17. The Select Directory dialog box is used to comfortably select the path to a folder directory e g from the Environment Options dialog box or from the Picture Manager The selected path is shown below the toolbar and the folder tree view is located on the right side of the dialog box On the left side there is a list of favorites G New Folder Alt Ins Creates a new folder mi Rename Folder F2 Allows you to rename the selected folder x Remove Folder Del Moves the selected folder to the Recycle Bin if you press the Shift key at the same time the folder is deleted permanently Ko Explore Folder Runs the Windows Explorer D Ei Update F5 Updates the directory structure in the tree view HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Find Object 393 9 6 Find Object The Find Object dialog box is used to search for an object by name The dialog box is accessible from the popup menu and toolbar of most managers The search results are displayed in a separate window select mark the found object in the respective manager by double clicking it Object name Allows you to enter all or part of the name of the object to search for Consider object type Allows you to specify the list of objects to consider and thus speed up the search process Options Whole strings only Determines whether to search for the object by its exact name Case sensitive Determines whether to distinguish uppercase letters from
18. Copy Cer lac Paste Corisv Duplicate Ctrl D Delete Del Select All Ctr1l A HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Find Menu Find Find Next Replace View Menu Properties Control Characters Project Menu Run Check Scripts gt Whole Project Help Menu Contents Editor commands Display Templates Add New Line Delete Word Delete Line Delete Text to End of Line Keyboard Shortcuts 473 Ctrl F F3 Ctrl R F11 Ctrl F10 F9 Ctrl F9 F1 Ctr1lt Jd Ctr1l N Ctrl Backspace Ctr1l yY Ctrl Shiftt y Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi 474 Keyboard Shortcuts Indent Block Outdent Block Select All Commands for working with macros Replay Record Stop Recording Ctrl Shift I Ctrl Shift U Ctrl A Ctrl Shift P Ctrl Shiftt R Commands for working with bookmarks Toggle Bookmark O Toggle Bookmark 1 Toggle Bookmark 2 Toggle Bookmark 3 Toggle Bookmark 4 Toggle Bookmark 5 Toggle Bookmark 6 Toggle Bookmark 7 Toggle Bookmark 8 Toggle Bookmark 9 Go to Bookmark O Go to Bookmark 1 HE Reliance 4 Development Environment C C Q Q Q Q trl1 Sh trl Sh trl Sh trl sh trl sh trl sh trl sh trl sh trl sh trl sh trl 0 EPLL if if if if if if iE if if if t 0 t 1 t 2 t 3 t 4 t 5 t 6 t 7 t 8 t 9 Go to Bookmark 2 Go to Bookmark 3 Go to Bookmark 4 Go t
19. D Properties Components 2 D Ki x E Ga Ss or fg Name Title Ge lei r d Z Main Main EMain i Alias Caption Main Comment Description Hint Name Main Show hint Li Type wtForm Position and Size Bound lines TRswwindowE Height 668 Placement wpMaximized ee CQ View Manager ei oe ee Tag Type Address d System ID 1 System E tj 200 222 le Name Button5 Layer Layer Order 54 Position 188 203 Size 48 48 Angle 0 00 Tag System Recuperator_Cmd Pi en_US ira Main Reliance 4 Design Air conditioning Demo Context sensitive help is implemented in the development environment After selecting a control and pressing the F1 key the corresponding help topic is displayed Introduction Main Menu Reliance 4 Development Environment EE Tool Windows Setting Up the Development Environment Visualization Project Components Managers Standard Dialog Boxes Appendices MM Reliance 4 Development Environment Introduction a 2 1 Introduction Hardware and Software Requirements The software modules of the Reliance SCADA HMI system with the exception of Reliance Web Client Reliance Mobile Client and Reliance Smart Client can be run on MS Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows XP Embedde
20. Determines whether the components with invalid links to tags and components linked to tags with invalid values should be highlighted with a colored border An invalid link e g link to a tag which was later deleted through the Device Manager is indicated by a red border of the component An invalid value e g tag value which is not read by the communication driver due to a loss of connection is indicated by a yellow border of the component Dynamic properties Determines whether the dynamic component properties should be relative or absolute If relative size coordinates are applied the control tag s value is added to the size coordinates defined at design time If absolute size coordinates are applied the resulting size coordinates are determined by the control tag s value only Position Determines how the X and Z coordinates of the component will be calculated Size Coordinates Determines how the size width and height of the component will be calculated Height base Determines where the component s height base will be located Top Bottom This option affects the change of the component s size If the top base is selected the component extends downwards If the bottom base is selected the component extends upwards Rotation Angle Determines how the rotation angle of the component will be calculated Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi 118 Project Options 6 12 13 Objects Complete object names Specifies
21. Development Environment Project Structure Manager IN Disabled windows Specifies a list of visualization windows which should not be accessible to the user at runtime Show event log while starting terminating project Determines whether to display the System Information window which lists the operations being performed while starting and terminating the project Show toolbar Allows you to display hide the standard toolbar in the runtime software s main window Show main menu bar Allows you to display hide the menu bar in the runtime software s main window Show title bar Allows you to display hide the title bar in the runtime software s main window 2 monitors Allows you to configure the behavior of the runtime software when operating on a dual monitor system Determines on which monitor Visualization windows Reports Trends and Alarms Events are to be displayed Show virtual keyboard for editing Allows you to use the virtual keyboard on the actual computer Keyboard size Specifies the size of the virtual keyboard Show automatically Determines whether to automatically display the virtual keyboard if the keyboard is required to be used at runtime e g when entering a user name and password Position automatically Determines whether to automatically position the virtual keyboard below the dialog which requires using the virtual keyboard Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi 352 Project Structure
22. HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Report Manager 311 8 10 2 Report Title Specifies the title printed on the first report page The title is printed only if it is enabled on the report properties Basic page the Title property must be active Use report alias or name Determines whether to use the report s alias or name if an alias is not specified as the title If this option is deactivated any title can be entered Text Specifies the Font of the title Background Specifies the background Color of the title The color should contrast with the text color Frame Determines whether to frame the report header with a line of the specified Color and Width in pixels Bar height Specifies the height in pixels of the report header bar The height should correspond to the size of the title s font Alignment Specifies the alignment of the title within the report header 8 10 3 Report Column Header Specifies the text printed on top of every page of the report The text is printed only if it is enabled on the report properties Basic page the Column header property must be active Frame Determines whether to frame the column header with a line of the specified Color and Width in pixels Height Specifies the height in pixels of the column header Reliance 4 Development Environment EEE 312 Report Manager 8 10 4 Report Page Footer Specifies the text printed on the bottom part of every report p
23. Horizontal Vertical Diagonal 1 and Diagonal 2 the component is hatched with 1 pixel wide lines whose spacing is 8 pixels The color of the lines is specified by the Color 1 property Grid and Diagonal grid the component is hatched either with horizontal and vertical lines or with both types of diagonal line Gradient Allows you to select a second color Color 2 and the Orientation of the gradient The orientation can be of the following types Horizontal the first color Color 1 is drawn at the top of the component Vertical on the left Diagonal 1 on the top left Diagonal 2 on the top right or Centered in the center 3 colored Allows you to select a third color for the gradient Color 3 Offset Specifies the position of the color transition s middle color The position of the color is within the range 0 255 If the offset value is set to 127 the second color Color 2 will be positioned in the center between the other colors The lower the number the closer the middle color is to the first color Color1 and vice versa the higher the number the closer it is to the third color Color 3 Border A group of properties allowing you to specify the Line style Width and Color of the vector shape s edges Line style Specifies how the vector component s border will be displayed Width Specifies the width of the line Reliance 4 Development Environment EEE EH Vectors Color Specifies the color of the
24. Reliance 4 Development Environment EEE Reliance Main Features To visualize an industrial process and display its data a vast range of graphical objects components are available to be placed into screens visualization windows An ordinary project contains several visualization windows with components between which you can switch using buttons In many cases buttons used for switching between windows are located in a separate window of type tray at the edge of the monitor On the Display page of the respective computer s properties in the Project Structure Manager you can specify the visualization window to appear as the first window after project startup The Component Palette contains a group of standard components Display Button Text Active Text Picture Active Picture Check Box Track Bar etc There are also several other components such as Data Tree Data Grid Real Time Trend or Real Time Chart In addition the Component Palette contains plenty of special components intended for devices of particular companies Teco Johnson Controls Sauter Control IP Cameras To easily configure the component properties invoke the respective component s property editor by double clicking the left mouse button on the component area To make multiple changes to the properties you can also use the Component Manager Many of the properties can be linked to tags defined within the visualization project which allows you to change the ta
25. Runtime A user s guide for the runtime software Reliance 4 View Reliance 4 Control and Reliance 4 Control Server Data Servers DataServers A manual which describes how to configure and run Reliance s data servers Reliance 4 Control Server and Reliance 4 Server The document also includes a detailed description of the Web pages provided by a built in Web server Web Client WebClient A reference guide for Reliance 4 Web Client which is based on the Java platform The document describes how to run and work with Reliance 4 Web Client Mobile Client MobileClient A reference guide for Reliance 4 Mobile Client which is based on Windows CE Windows Mobile etc The document describes how to run and work with Reliance 4 Mobile Client HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Help and Documentation 477 Scripts Scripts A reference guide for VBScript and Reliance objects used to access elements of a visualization project from scripts OPC Tutorial Tutorial_OPC A short tutorial that shows how to connect to an OPC server from a Reliance project The document describes the process of creating a new project with an OPC device and importing tags from an OPC server Data Exchange Methods DataExchange A document describing various methods of data exchange between a Reliance project and an external application CSV SQL DDE COM OPC External Communicator Web service Change Log History An HTML document containing the list of
26. The component must be linked to a visual component e g Display To display the popup menu at runtime click the specified mouse button on the area of the visual component The structure of the popup menu is formed by items which can be used to execute scripts actions or to set tag values EE Reliance 4 Development Environment Standard 155 Properties Basic Alignment Dynamic v Functions On the left side of the page there is a list of the Popup Menu component s items which can be extended and customized using standard toolbar commands Item type Determines whether the specified item should represent Text or Separator At runtime if the Text type is chosen the specified action is performed and the popup menu is closed the Separator type is used to draw a line separating other items Text Specifies the text of individual items Dynamic Determines whether to control the visibility and enabling the popup menu s item at runtime by the specified tag The item is only visible when the value of the numeric type tag is non zero or equal to O if the Negation option is active Functions Is used to select the operations to be performed after the specified item of the Popup Menu component is chosen Script Allows you to select the Script to be executed after the specified item is chosen Scripts can be defined through the Script Manager Tag Specifies the link to the tag whose value is to be entered The Select Tag dialog box
27. bring up the Project Structure Manager Then on the Basic page of the respective device s communication channel set the Channel type property to Network Ethernet If both Reliance and Mosaic run on the same computer set the P address URL property to 127 0 0 1 If Mosaic runs on a different computer enter this computer s IP address Finally in the Mosaic development environment bring up the Project Manager set the Connection type property to Simulated PLC and activate the Mosaic PLC option HE Reliance 4 Development Environment 10 5 Trend Properties Chart Series 10 5 1 Chart Series General Axis Titles Legend Panel Walls 3D 10 5 1 1 Series Trend Properties 411 Specifies the list of the trend s chart s existing series For each series its type visibility color and title are displayed By clicking on a symbol in the list you can configure individual properties The range of possible changes to the configuration of the series depends on the trend s position For example the Real Time Chart component does not allow you to edit the series type and title via the trend editor These properties can only be edited via the component s property editor or the Component Manager 10 5 1 2 General Export Allows you to save the trend s appearance to a file or to the clipboard The following options are available as Bitmap as Metafile as Enhanced Metafile as TEE file as JPEG Reliance 4 Developmen
28. by pressing the Start button Show server Web page Determines whether to concurrently show the data server s main page in the default Web browser Reliance Web Client Determines whether to automatically start the Web client using Java Web Start If more configurations are created in Step 2 the first configuration in order will be started HEM Reliance 4 Development Environment Export Project for Remote Users Wizard Reliance Smart Client Determines whether to automatically start Smart Client in the default Web browser If more configurations are created in Step 2 the first configuration in order will be started Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE EH Project Information 6 10 Project Information The Project gt Information command is used to bring up the Project Information dialog box which provides you with basic information on the visualization project Information Contains information on the project name path to the project s main file file with an rp4 extension and comment The project name and comment can be changed at any time using the Project Options gt Project dialog Tags Contains a list of computers defined in the project in the Project Structure Manager The list includes information on the number of tags used in the project and the number of data points required to start the visualization project in the runtime software running on an actual computer This information is available for each co
29. it is beneficial to periodically back up your project so that you can recover data from an earlier time In the Reliance SCADA HMI system visualization projects can be easily backed up through a tool named Project Backup accessible from the Project menu The Backup Project Wizard allows you to back up your visualization project as a file in the ZIP format which is by default stored on disk When choosing the backup file name its time stamp can also be specified This makes the orientation in the backup history easier and allows creating frequent backups To recover data from the backup file choose the Restore Project from Backup command from the File menu The tool for creating project backups can also be used to easily transfer a visualization project to other computers You can specify project parts to be backed up e g including data HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Reliance Main Features 29 2 2 2 16 Project Security Project security safe communication project files encryption To prevent the end user from editing a visualization project a password should be used This password will then encrypt your project It will be required every time the project is being opened with Reliance Design it will not be required at runtime By default network communication between instances of the runtime software is encrypted to avoid monitoring by a third party Communication between a data server and a thin client is also encrypted
30. prompts you to specify a Name Title and Window type for the new window The wizard can be run by choosing the File gt New Window command or using the Window Manager Name Specifies the window s name which is unique within the project It must not contain illegal characters The window name can be used for example when working with the window in scripts the window name is also displayed in controls containing a link to the window Title Specifies any text to be displayed in the window s title bar displaying the title bar is optional see the Basic page in the Window Properties dialog box Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi E Visualization Window Window type Specifies the window s type which can be Normal Dialog or Tray Top Bottom Left Right Normal windows are usually displayed maximized i e they fill the area of the runtime software s window Also they display the monitored industrial process Dialog windows always display a title bar and have a fixed size You can also move them A dialog window can be displayed modally In such a case it is not added to the runtime software s window i e it is stand alone As long as the dialog window is displayed modally other visualization windows and commands of the runtime software are not accessible A tray has no title bar It can be aligned with any edge of the runtime software s window top bottom left right Its position and size cannot be changed The Siz
31. property is set to Direct the runtime software obtains data of the device through the device s communication driver When a command is sent from the runtime software a tag s value changes it is passed directly to the communication driver In most cases the driver runs on the same computer For virtual devices and the System device no communication driver exists data is stored directly in the memory of the runtime software The System device is automatically connected to each computer defined within the visualization project However it is not displayed in the Project Structure Manager The runtime software always obtains data of the System device directly Basic Channel type Specifies the type of channel to be used for communication with the device The communication channel properties depend on the type of channel selected Some types are only accessible to devices of a certain type v Serial COM port This type of channel is used for communication with serial devices through a serial cable RS 232 or RS 485 422 interface Address Allows you to override substitute the device s address specified via the Device Manager If it is not needed do not activate this option Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi 364 Project Structure Manager COM port Specifies the number of the serial port used for communication with the device Parity Specifies the parity used for communication with the device detecting errors
32. should choose the addresses so that the tags with an identical update interval lie in a continuous memory area When defining a communication zone for the device the zone should cover as many tags as possible at best all of them There are at least two basic operations required for updating each communication zone a request to be sent and a response to be received i e two communication packets To read the communication zone there must be some time to send a request and receive a response for example the timeout between the request and the response depends on the device s communication properties and can take up to hundreds of milliseconds Generally the fewer the communication packets the less time is needed for updating the data If the user cannot assign an address to tags within a device communication zones should be appropriately specified to optimize communication And again the fewer the zones the better For example it is much better to define a small number of long zones than a large number of short zones even if they contain redundant data If it is necessary to define a large number of short zones the configuration of the reading interval must be considered For example if the value of data changes once a minute it is useless to set the interval to 1000 ms 10 4 10 Interconnecting Reliance and Mosaic If no real PLC is available you can connect to a simulated PLC via the Mosaic development environment First
33. these are equally divided into individual sockets After the communication with a single device is processed the socket is closed and prior to communicating with another device reopened with different parameters Johnson Controls Promos Teco QMD AMIiT IEC104 Communication driver address Specifies the source address used in messages sent by the communication driver to the child device Sauter WSR3000 Communication warm start Specifies the behavior of the communication driver when starting the communication When the so called warm start is used the initial set of operations is skipped HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Communication Driver Manager 295 Sauter Max spont response request count in response category Specifies the number of repeatedly sent spontaneous response requests with the same response category After reaching this number the response category is automatically reduced so that data with higher priority is received urgently Device initialization period Specifies the time interval at which the child devices initialization is periodically repeated Device synchronization period Specifies the time interval at which the child devices synchronization is periodically repeated Spontaneous response frequency statistics length Specifies the time period at which the spontaneous response frequency is retrospectively evaluated The statistics is used for example to reveal whether data is sent
34. use the Real Time Trend Manager Sampled data is logged to RAM only even if the window is not loaded Properties Basic Alignment Dynamic Security v Functions Link to real time trend Specifies the link to the real time trend which is to be displayed on the component area at runtime First it is necessary to define real time trends through the Real Time Trend Manager e Static Properties By clicking on the Advanced button the Editing dialog box is brought up This dialog box allows you to change the graphical appearance of a chart component TeeChart For more details see the chapter Trend Properties HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Additional 183 Use properties configured via Manager Determines whether to use the properties defined through the Real Time Trend Manager Title Determines whether to display the trend s name or alias if it is specified in the header Preview Displays the real time trend s preview The values for the preview are generated at random 7 3 9 Level Fill Picture This component is intended for creating indicators of a general shape eg indication of a liquid s surface in a container In order for the component to function properly a picture with a color filled delimited area Active area must be available The color must not be used in any other part of the picture This area will be filled with a Medium depending on the value of the linked tag Properties Basic Ali
35. 4 R_RCC exe Reliance Remote Control Center A program designed for the remote control of Reliance s runtime software through a TCP IP based computer network R_DTEditor exe RDT File Editor Reliance Data Table In Reliance visualization projects some configuration and data files are stored in an rdt table list of tags component properties etc R_FRDesigner ex A designer of custom reports of type FastReport rrt used for creating custom templates outside the Reliance Design development environment R_FRViewer exe A viewer of custom reports of type FastReport rrp Other Program Files dll s ppl other software components and libraries Other files R VersionInfo ini information on updates of the Reliance SCADA HMI system 10 7 1 2 1 BatchFiles Directory Batch Files R_DrvSrv_RegService registers Reliance Driver Server as a service bat R_DrvSrv_StartApp bat runs Reliance Driver Server as an application R_DrvSrv_StartService runs Reliance Driver Server as a service bat R_DrvSrv_StopService stops the Reliance Driver Server service bat R_DrvSrv_UnRegService unregisters the Reliance Driver Server service bat Reliance 4 Development Environment EEE 436 File and Directory Structure H Srv StartApp bat R_Srv_StartService bat R_Srv_UnRegService bat 10 7 1 2 2 Cert Directory R Srv RegService bat registers Reliance Server as a service runs Reliance Server
36. 4 Development Environment EEEE KA Illegal Characters 10 3 Illegal Characters The names of objects defined within a visualization project must not contain the separator character by default the slash character defined via the Project Options gt Objects dialog Unicode is fully supported in the names of objects defined within the project The name of an object must not begin or end with a non printable character e g space If any project text string is not displayed correctly it is necessary to check whether the Font specified via the Project Options gt Languages dialog box or on the Static page of the respective component s Properties dialog box supports the required language and whether the language is specified via the Windows Region and Language dialog box To correctly display all text strings in a desired language e g Russian the visualization project must run on the corresponding version of Windows The names of some files which are part of the project are automatically generated based on user defined names They are for example the main project file rp4 window files xml script files txt and picture files with an extension according to the image file format When generating the name of a file some characters Space and dot are replaced with an underscore national characters e g characters with diacritics are replaced with the corresponding English characters based on the rules specified in
37. AngleData data table the sampling method of the data table is set to Script controlled You can view the data logged to the data table via the report viewer the AngleData report HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Examples 517 An event script named Define is defined via the Script Manager The script starts before all other scripts and sets the constants the Run on thread initialization option on the Advanced page is enabled A periodic script named Calc_and_log calculates the sine and cosine and increments the Angle tag by one degree every 200 ms The script contains the Log_to_file procedure which uses the Scripting FileSystemObject object to log the data to the file and the Log _to_database procedure which uses the RDB AppendRecord method to log the data to the AngleData data table Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE
38. Be Add Picture Folders Brings up the Select Directory dialog box allowing you to import picture folders One or more folders can be selected at a time Pictures can only be imported to a single level of the folder structure Pictures contained in subfolders will not be imported A new folder is created for all imported directories on the top level of the tree view Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi 320 Picture Manager S Edit Picture Is used to run an external picture editor associated with the corresponding file type extension to edit the picture The editor can be defined via the Environment Options dialog box Picture Manager gt Editors After editing the picture it is necessary to refresh the list of pictures by choosing the Refresh Pictures command D Refresh Pictures Is used to load a picture from a disk file It can be used for example after editing the picture in an external editor The changes can be seen immediately after executing this command RA Replace Picture Brings up the Select Picture dialog box It allows you to replace the current picture with a new one Common Object Properties The following properties are available in the right pane of the Picture Manager window Transparent color Allows you to choose a transparent color for the selected picture i e the color will not be drawn When you click the Color button the Select Color dialog box is brought up This dialog helps you select the
39. Connected Script Folder Table of objects of type Script Folder Table of objects of type Window Folder Table of objects of type Computer Folder Table of objects of type User Folder Table of objects of type Printer Folder Table of objects of type Modem Folder Table of objects of type Picture Folder Table of objects of type Data Structure Folder Table of objects of type Connected User Folder Table of objects of type Action Folder Table of objects of type Communication Driver Folder window ID in hexadecimal format They are files in the XML format with support for UTF 8 3 xml Each window file consists of three parts The first part describes the window properties the second part contains information on the default properties of the components used in the window and the third part contains a list of components placed in the window differences window file compared to the default properties in the second part HE Reliance 4 Development Environment File and Directory Structure 455 10 7 5 4 Settings Directory AlarmsEvents This directory is intended for files containing the settings of the alarm event viewer and the list of alarm event filters They are INI files Components This directory is intended for components configuration and data files Simple Time Program Simple Time Program Notepad Reliance Data Table Time Program Reliance Data Table Teco Time Program Reliance Data Tab
40. Determines whether to use a File based or SQL based database for storing alarms events If the SQL based option is checked the other controls on the page are not active Archive files Deleting records Determines how to handle the oldest alarms events i e whether to Create archive files or maintain a specific alarm event count in the current file If the default option Create archive files is active the archive file settings can be further configured HEM Reliance 4 Development Environment Project Options 107 Archive files Determines how to create archive files Archive files can be created either periodically every day week or month or on the leading edge of a digital type tag in Such a case the Reset tag property determines whether to reset the control tag after detecting the leading edge Delete oldest archive files Allows you to set the maximum archive file count prevents the hard disk from being filled up Limit accessible archive file count Allows you to limit the number of archive files accessible in the list of historical alarms events Display Alarm event text font Specifies the font of alarm event texts using the Select Font dialog box Sounds Allows you to select sounds to be played when an alarm event starts ends or is active The sound files must be located in the lt Project gt Main MMedia directory Default sounds Specifies the default sounds in the wav format These default sounds will be
41. E aE 411 10 5 2 Seles nna A enacting 423 10 5 3 Border Color EgltE 22 etuesgtetetugergesCeeek t gees ZeeEEAR GEESS SNE nnana n 428 10 5 4 P ttern Color OR oeh 428 10 5 5 Trend Series E 429 10 6 Environment Variables asics tescoteccattoas2aeareseansuvadeadmveuatacnuniaasecauuaceaetisnsaneduananeateaeuunnand 432 10 7 File and DirGCtory Structure iss pestassncsntccscesnsesscetrendiecastoiiasandziaccanncdesacunsecduanedieceniaudeendads 433 10 7 1 Program IN 433 10 7 2 PUDIIC DOCUIMOENINS rinia aeaa aa ae a 444 10 7 3 User Documents EEN 447 10 7 4 Te dE 448 10 7 5 Project Files yaa snsstcconcanecasetnnsatnduaeesnnduavataatanssdsetnanpatissenancedeaunciainneddananacaaedtyees 449 10 8 Tag Kinds and Tag Data Types ee gebregesegreendet enee EEN 457 10 8 1 aa E E E T 457 10 8 2 Ewell aiena anaona N aa EE E A RAAE aeai 459 10 8 3 Special eege eege EE 470 10 9 Keyboard Shortcuts siiiccicscccaccncssessscsaceccseassvenssaeescesnasponsnanasecenncsbecaennnccateannenstennssascenesnacde 472 10 9 1 Script EE E 472 10 10 Help and Documentation EEN 476 lef MS El le EE 478 sub ko DR DEMOS gacecaznscacasercasestncscenasheessteatnsdacmsncbaceannesacedssedecacaneisaresebsaieedenediestaaeateiste 478 Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi Table of Contents 10 11 2 Components EEN 480 VOUS eleganten ee ees 483 10 11 4 Network Applications EE 489 10 115 Repons ori esenea a Eege eects 492 10 116 Embedded OD CCS sisirin aaaeaii niie 498 10 11 7 Alarms Events E
42. For this reason a font which is able to properly display texts of all languages defined in the project should be chosen 6 12 11 Scripts Threads Up to 30 threads for script processing can be defined in a visualization project By default after a new project is created they are named Thread1 to Thread30 A thread is intended to provide script code processing For each script a thread in which the script will be run can be chosen By dividing scripts into different threads it is possible to achieve parallel processing of multiple scripts Scripts that run in different threads do not block one another Prior to using multiple threads it is strongly recommended to rename them depending on types of operations for which they are intended For example Fast Operations Lengthy Operations Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi 116 Project Options Other Run script After run project Specifies the script to be run right after starting the visualization project can be used for example for initializing values Before running this script only scripts for initializing within a thread can be run the Run on thread initialization option is active see Script Properties Debugging scripts Terminate script on error Determines whether to terminate a script if an error occurs in the script while working with a Reliance defined object When the script is terminated a system internal message is generated the message contains the sc
43. Functions scripts actions menus Secure Determines whether to select access rights required for securing the interaction between the user and the component If this feature is enabled the component is only accessible to users with sufficient access rights To specify the access rights required for accessing the component bring up the Select Access Rights dialog box by clicking on the key icon The user must have at least one access right selected in the list available Enable setting value After clicking on the clock area this command brings up the Enter Value for Tag dialog box allowing you to enter the required time At runtime the command is active only if the clock is controlled by a tag HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Additional 173 v Functions Link to tag Specifies the tag of type DateTime or DoubleFloat whose value is to be displayed If no tag is assigned the current system time is displayed e Static Hands Hour hand Specifies the Width Length and Color of the hour hand Minute hand Specifies the Width Length and Color of the minute hand Second hand Determines whether to display the second hand and specifies its Width Length and Color Marks Hour marks Specifies the Width Length Shape and Color of the hour marks on the dial Only 4 marks Determines whether to display only the marks indicating 3 6 9 and 12 o clock Numbers Determines whether to display a number for ea
44. Hi EH Data Table Manager Archive files Specifies the period at which archive files are created for the data table An archive file is a copy of the data table s current file stored in the data table s archive directory and renamed Monthly Archive files are created with a period of one calendar month the current file is copied to the data table s archive directory and its suffix XXXX is replaced by a date Daily Archive files are created with a period of one day the current file is copied to the data table s archive directory and its suffix XXXX is replaced by a date None Archive files are not created In this case data is only logged to the data table s current file an archive file can be created manually by moving the current file from the current directory where a new current file will be created automatically Time stamp base UTC The time stamp of the tag value is in UTC Coordinated Universal Time Thus it is a time independent of the time zone UTC is identical to Greenwich Mean Time GMT UTC offset The time stamp of the tag value is in UTC Coordinated Universal Time Thus it is a time independent of the time zone and shifted by the specified time interval eg standard time Local time According to the operating system settings the time stamp of the tag value depends on the time zone and season Logging Logging interval Specifies the time interval at which time stamped data is logged t
45. Log handled exceptions Determines whether to log exceptions i e errors directly handled in Reliance s program code They are errors which occur in places where a certain operation failure is likely to happen This option allows you to get detailed information regarding the error However it overloads the computer s CPU and substantially slows down the program For this reason it is recommended that you only use this option for the time required to find the cause of a certain problem It should not be used to constantly run the project at the end user site Log debug information Determines whether to log information which can be useful when debugging the application usually while putting it into operation or searching for the cause of errors Log system information Determines whether and how often to log memory status program s and operating system s memory and CPU load information It allows you to find out what are the requirements for system resources and how they change over time Note The log files are stored in the Logs directory The directory can be changed using the Environment Options dialog Environment gt Paths 6 12 5 Access Rights Up to 30 access rights can be defined in a visualization project By default after a new project is created they are named Right1 to Right30 Access rights allow you to control the access to specific operations so that only an authorized user can perform them Most often access ri
46. Manager 8 17 2 4 Alarms Events Alarm Event database Directory Specifies the directory for storing the alarm event database The default value of the property is HistoryAlarmsEvents which is the so called relative path representing the lt Project gt History AlarmsEvents directory The advantage of using the relative path is that you can move the visualization project to another place on disk without the necessity of customizing the path the path is relative to the project directory Current alarms events Show current alarms events on start alarm event Determines whether to automatically display the list of current alarms events when an alarm event is generated The list is shown only if the alarm event s Show current alarms events option is active If you want to prevent the list of current alarms events from being accessed by an operator who is not responsible for dealing with errors do not activate this property Show alarm event panel Determines whether to display the alarm event panel at the bottom of the runtime Softwares main window when an alarm event is generated The panel contains information on the alarm event Auto hide panel after all alarms events acknowledged Determines whether to automatically hide the alarm event panel after acknowledging all current alarms events Show device name Determines whether the alarm event panel should display the name of the device to which the currently displayed alarm even
47. On Pack installer Properties Basic Alignment Dynamic Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE 234 IP Cameras v Functions Link to tag Control connection Allows you to specify the link to the tag which is to control the connection with the IP camera The tag s non zero value signifies the connection will be established Connection and login Address URL Specifies the camera s IP address or URL Media type Specifies the type of media intended for the transfer of the video information from the IP camera codec Name Specifies the name used when logging on to the IP camera can be changed using the IP camera s configuration Web page Password Specifies the password used when logging on to the IP camera can be changed using the IP camera s configuration Web page v Video Recording video Never The video will not be recorded on disk Always if connected The video will be recorded into the selected directory if the connection with the IP camera is established video can be viewed Tag controlled The video will be recorded into the selected directory if the connection is established and the control tag s value is non zero EE Reliance 4 Development Environment IP Cameras 235 Directory for saving video files Specifies the directory in which the video files will be stored The file name contains the date and time of the video s start for each connection a separate file will be created
48. Program Files OPC Monitor Client Reliance OPC Server Monitoring Client exe OPC Systray exe Other Program Files exe dll bpl Other software components and libraries Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi au File and Directory Structure Batch Files Regserver bat registers and runs the Reliance OPC Server service UnregServer bat stops and unregisters the Reliance OPC Server service 10 7 1 4 1 Doc Directory Documentation OPCServer lt LANG gt pdf where lt L ANG gt represents the language identifier 10 7 1 4 2 Help Directory Help HTML Help OPCServer lt LANG gt chm where lt L ANG gt represents the language identifier 10 7 2 Public Documents Reliance public documents directory structure Licenses Directory Reliance4 Directory RelianceLicenseService Directory RelianceOPCServer Directory 10 7 2 1 Licenses Directory The Licenses directory contains license keys of the Reliance SCADA HMI system EE Reliance 4 Development Environment File and Directory Structure ED 10 7 2 2 Reliance4 Directory Examples This directory contains Reliance sample projects Help Help Provided by the Data Servers HTML DataServers lt LANG gt a directory with help for a data server MobileClient_ lt LANG gt a directory with help for Reliance Mobile Client WebClient_ lt LANG gt a directory with help for Reliance Web Client where lt LLANG gt represents the language identifier Library
49. RTag GetTagValue method Each method of the Reliance objects sets the value of the RError Code property If the value of this property is not equal to zero an error occurs To ensure that Bad quality of the value is considered an error the Treat invalid tag value as error option must be enabled Project Options gt Scripts gt Other The procedure is called from the UpdateOPCDeviceCommStatus script with the period of one second Access to the Teco device databox Teco_Databox is a project designed to demonstrate how to transfer data from to the Databox memory of the Teco device Via the Device Manager the Tecomat1 device of type Teco and its IP address are defined On the Databox page the Enable reading writing Databox option is active and the links to the respective tags defined within the System device are specified The following tags are defined within the System device The Control of type Byte tag is used to control the data transfer from to the databox O ready 1 read 2 write The Status tag of type Longlnt is connected to the Active Text component placed in the visualization window and indicates the activity which is being performed with the databox Ready Reading Reading completed Read error Writing Writing completed Write error The DataLength and DataOffset tags are used to define the range of data to be transferred from to the databox The current data range is accessed via the DataBuffer tag of type Array of Byte The
50. Report Folder Objects 0000003E rat Table of objects of type Report Folder De Objects 0000003F rdt Table of objects of type Report Item Folder Reliance 4 Development Environment EEE a54 File and Directory Structure Obj Obj Obj Obj Obj Obj Obj Obj Obj Obj Obj Obj Obj rdt Obj Obj Obj Obj Obj ec ec ec ec ec ec ec ec ec ec ec ec ec ec ec ec ec ec Windows This directory is intended for files containing information on the contents of a visualization window window properties list of components Each file s name consists of two parts The first part corresponds to the name of the respective window the other part corresponds to the Ca 0000004 ts 0000004 ts 0000004 ts 0000004 ts 0000004 ts 0000004 ts 0000004 ts 0000004 Ca 0000004 ts 0000004 Ca 0000004 ts 0000004 Ca 0000004 LS _ 0000005 ts 0000005 Ee 0000005 ts 0000005 ts 0000005 m Har 1 2 3 4 oF 0 rdi 1 rdi 2 rdi 3 rdi 4 rdi 5 rdi 6 rdi 8 rdi 9 rdi B rdi C rdi D rdi rdi rdi rdi rdi rdi Table of objects of type Connected Custom Report Folder Table of objects of type Custom Report Folder Table of objects of type Custom Report Item Folder Table of objects of type Connected Recipe Type Folder Table of objects of type Recipe Type Folder Table of objects of type Recipe Item Folder Table of objects of type
51. Structure Manager all required objects such as user trend report and data table are connected to this computer On the Display page the Initial window property of this computer is set to PDA Overview It specifies the first shown visualization window Reliance 4 Development Environment EEE A Examples To access the visualization project on a mobile device the device must be able to connect to the data server via a network connection In this example the data server computer is named Server1 All scripts run on the server computer and in a real application it would be connected to the PLC device Before you can start the data server Reliance Control Server or Reliance Server export the PDA computer via the Project gt Export for Remote Users command If the data server is started connect to its Web page from the PDA device and install the Reliance Mobile Client program files to the mobile device For additional information refer to the Reliance Mobile Client documentation Accessing the list of thin clients from a script ThinClientListFromScript is a project designed to demonstrate how to access the list of connected thin clients from a script After the project is started in the runtime software the main window contains a Display component with the number of connected thin clients the ThinClients_Count tag and a Data Grid component with detailed information about all connected thin clients The Data Grid component is connec
52. The right side is designed to configure the display settings for the specified state Link to tag Specifies the link to the numeric type tag which controls how the particular picture is to be displayed specifies the state to be displayed Test value is used to preview the chosen picture in the development environment Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE 142 Standard Picture Specifies the picture to be displayed for the actual state The picture which is to be displayed must be contained in the project s picture database managed through the Picture Manager At runtime the picture will be displayed if the current value of the control tag lies within the specified interval From value To value If multiple states meet this condition the picture which is higher in the list of states is displayed If no state meets this condition no picture is displayed Blink Activates the blinking effect for the actual state at the specified time interval on the Dynamic page a tag can also be used to control the blinking effect Display popup menu on click Allows you to define a link to a Popup Menu component separately for each state The Popup Menu component must be added to the area of the same window At runtime the defined menu will be shown when clicking on the component in the actual state this setting is preferred to the global setting see the Menu page e Static Layout Specifies how the selected picture will be displa
53. Today all Vivotek IP cameras are compatible Vitamin Control is part of the Reliance Add On Pack installer Properties Basic Alignment Dynamic Reliance 4 Development Environment Ha 238 IP Cameras v Functions Link to tag Control connection Allows you to specify the link to the tag which is to control the connection with the IP camera The tag s non zero value signifies the connection will be established Connection and login Address URL Specifies the camera s IP address or URL Server Specifies the type series of the IP camera Protocol Specifies the protocol used for the communication with the IP camera UDP TCP HTTP Name Specifies the name used when logging on to the IP camera can be changed using the IP camera s configuration Web page Password Specifies the password used when logging on to the IP camera can be changed using the IP camera s configuration Web page v Video Recording video Never The video will not be recorded on disk Always if connected The video will be recorded into the selected directory if the connection with the IP camera is established video can be viewed HE Reliance 4 Development Environment IP Cameras 239 Tag controlled The video will be recorded into the selected directory if the connection is established and the control tag s value is non zero Directory for saving video files Specifies the directory in which the video files will be
54. Under normal circumstances i e if both servers are running and connected with each other the primary server has the active role The secondary server has the standby role i e it does not simulate data all data current and historical and alarms events are acquired from the primary server it acts as a client towards the primary server In the event of a primary server failure the secondary server will assume the active role Once the connection with the primary server is reestablished the secondary server will again assume the standby role HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Examples 491 The Client2 computer has been created by duplicating Client1 A second server connection pointing to Server2 has been added to the server connection group named Servers of the Client1 and Client2 computers The connection priority is set so that Client is primarily connected to Server1 and Client2 is primarily connected to Server2 This setup provides load balancing If one of the servers is not available e g Server is terminated its client automatically connects to the other server If a client is not connected to its preferred server the availability of the server with a higher priority is periodically tested At runtime you can view the connection status on the Network connections page in the System Information window Network application with multiple servers 2 servers 1 client BoilerRoom_MultipleServers is a project whic
55. Universal Time Thus it is a time independent of the time zone and shifted by the specified time interval e g standard time Local time According to the operating system settings the time stamp of the tag value depends on the time zone and time of year Null terminated String tags Determines whether the string type tags defined within the device are null terminated If this option is active the string has a variable length when displayed up to the maximum specified by the String character count property Otherwise the string s length is always equal to the value of the String character count property From the right printable characters are followed by spaces up to the total length This affects the alignment of a displayed tag value in components e g Display if the Right or Centered alignment is selected It is recommended that you leave this option enabled default value Other device properties e g address differ depending on the type of device The most common device types properties are described as follows H Defining AMiT Device Miscellaneous Address Specifies the address of the device to be identified within multiple devices on a single bus The value can be overloaded with the Address property of the connected device s communication channel See the Project Structure Manager Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi 256 Device Manager W Defining BACnet Device Miscellaneous Address Specif
56. adjusted only if the tree contains no pictures Number format Use locale settings Specifies how to format the displayed numeric values thousands separator decimal separator etc If this option is not active neither any separator nor the decimal point Appearance Show tree lines Determines whether to display the lines connecting the child nodes to the parent nodes Show toolbar Determines whether to display the component s toolbar at runtime Show status bar Determines whether to display the bottom information area of the component the status bar HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Additional 199 Scroll bars Specifies the scroll bars to be shown in case not the whole tree is displayed by the component The following scroll bars can be chosen None Horizontal Vertical and Horizontal and vertical Edit Tree Brings up the Tree Structure Editor see below 7 3 11 4 Edit Tree The Tree Structure Editor allows you to build up the tree from individual nodes and thus create a hierarchical structure of the tree The tree structure can also be edited at runtime New Tree Deletes the edited tree The user is prompted whether to perform this operation Save Saves changes made to the tree structure Import Allows loading the tree structure which has already been exported to a file and saved on disk Export Allows saving the tree structure to a disk file The structure can be re imported in the fut
57. and the created structured tag can be linked to a Container component Within visualization windows you can lock the relative position of the selected components by choosing the Group command Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE Ez Reliance Main Features 2 2 2 6 Diagnostics and Navigation Project diagnostics navigation finding object usages By default the Reliance Design development environment uses a tool named Project Diagnostics It is intended for checking all objects within a visualization project and detecting issues It also allows you to find unused objects To make the diagnostics faster or ignore some issues you can choose project scopes to diagnose Another useful feature is that you can find links to selected objects in specified parts of the project For this purpose the Find Object Usages command should be chosen from the selected object s popup menu To search for an object by name choose the Find Object command from the popup menu 2 2 2 7 Multiple Property Changes Multiple property changes window component and manager properties In the Reliance Design development environment there are several tools which allow you to change multiple properties at a time To change the properties of multiple components the Component Manager can be used After selecting components the manager displays the list of all properties you can change at a time the intersection of the properties is displayed The Component Ma
58. and two buttons OK and Cancel are placed into the SelectltemDialog window The Data Grid component consists of a single column which is linked to the System ItemNames tag of type Array of String containing the list of items The System ItemNames tag is filled with values in the BeforeSelectltemDialog script executed by pressing the Select Item button The selection results i e the values of the System SelltemFromList and System SelltemName tags are set in the AfterSelectltemDialog script executed by pressing the OK button HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Examples 481 Using the Data Tree component DataTree_ControlArea is a project designed to demonstrate how to use the Data Tree component for the visualization of the control area tree structure Tags of all basic data types listed in the tree structure the Tags subtree are defined within the System device Two data tables are defined via the Data Table Manager to log the System device s tags Two trends and two reports are also defined via the Trend Manager and the Report Manager to visualize historical data In addition actions to display current and historical alarms events tables and trends are defined via the Action Manager These actions are connected to the data tree nodes The Data Tree component s structure simulates the structure of the control area The Display cell is used to view the tag parameters the Tags subtree At runtime you can also edit tag values using t
59. appearance of the component displayed in the visualization window They are the same as in the Button component Basic Alignment Dynamic Menu Scripts Actions v Security Functions scripts actions menus Secure Determines whether to select access rights required for securing the interaction between the user and the component If this feature is enabled the component is only accessible to users with sufficient access rights To specify the access rights required for accessing the component bring up the Select Access Rights dialog box by clicking on the key icon The user must have at least one access right selected in the list available Changes in settings Allow select configurations Determines whether to allow changing the time program configuration using a ready prepared list Access rights can be specified to secure this feature HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Teco 221 Edit configurations Determines whether to edit configurations and create a list of the time program configurations Access rights can be specified to secure this feature Auto save configuration changes Specifies how to save at runtime the list of the time program configurations prior to closing the editor v Functions Link to tag Specifies the link to the tag which contains the time program structure The tag should be of type Array e g Array of Byte or Array of Word of length 184 bytes for the Heating Air conditioning type and 3
60. are no more used in the project can remain in the list They can later be detected and deleted using the Project Diagnostics Wizard Each text string can be accompanied by a flag which helps the systems integrator or translator to arrange and filter the list of text strings All new text strings are added to all columns representing individual languages For the active language the text string is marked as Translated black For other languages the text string is marked as Not Translated red After translating it you can choose the Translated command from the popup menu to mark the text string as Translated You can also choose the Verified command from the popup menu to mark individual text strings as Verified green Note To quickly enter a text string e g to select a text string for an alarm event via the Device Manager use the Ctrl Space shortcut This shortcut brings up the Select String dialog box where you can select the desired text string HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Picture Manager ENEE 8 13 Picture Manager The Picture Manager is a tool which is used for importing pictures to a visualization project and for their administration Graphic elements are used in visualization projects for better illustration and more precise appearance They can be divided into raster and vector graphics formats i e bitmaps and vectors The Reliance SCADA HMI system supports raster pictures in the PNG BMP JPEG and GIF form
61. border line using the Select Color dialog box Rounding Specifies the corner rounding of the component applies to the Round Bar component only Horizontal division Specifies the following properties of the component Row count Line width and Color applies to the Grid component only Vertical division Specifies the following properties of the component Column count Line width and Color applies to the Grid component only v Error Link to tag Specifies the link to the numeric type tag which is used to indicate an error state The error is indicated if the tag value is non zero Fill The properties are used to specify the fill s Style and Color for the error state see the Static page Border The properties are used to specify the Line style Width and Color of the vector component s border for the error state See the Static page 7 4 2 Line This component is intended for creating a line or arrow The line s Style Color and Ending can be changed dynamically depending on the current value of the control tag for details see Vectors HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Vectors 207 Properties Basic Alignment Dynamic Menu Scripts Actions Security v Functions Link to tag Specifies the link to a tag see Vectors the Functions page State The selected state is active if the value of the control tag is within the range specified by the From value To value properties If multiple states m
62. can be any number of primary server secondary server pairs defined within the project Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE 348 Project Structure Manager For mutual communication between the primary server and the secondary server you don t have to define any server connection It is created automatically at project startup If you define such a server connection it will be ignored Alternative primary server address Allows you to use an address other than the one specified by the primary server computer s Address property It is useful for example when there are two different server addresses used for access from an inside and outside network Adopt primary server properties Determines whether the secondary server should adopt the properties of the primary server and allows you to select computer property groups to be adopted When this option is saved the property pages and controls corresponding to secondary server properties adopted from the primary server will be hidden This makes them identical It is recommended that you adopt as many primary server properties as possible if there is no reason to configure them for the secondary server in another way Run script when Servers connect Determines whether to execute the specified script when the connection between the data servers is established This script will run in both data servers Servers disconnect Determines whether to execute the specified script wh
63. center number bring up the Project Structure Manager and choose the SMS page for the selected computer Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi Examples 10 11 2 Components Using the Data Grid component DataGrid is a simple project designed to demonstrate basic features of the Data Grid component There are several tags defined within the System device which are displayed in the data grid s columns Array_Value Array_FgColor and Array_BgColor and tags which control the global behavior of the component Offset Position and RowCount The Array_FgColor tag controls the font color The Array_BgColor tag controls the background color These tags are initialized in scripts After the project is started in the runtime software you are enabled to set values in the data grid s cells Using the Data Grid component in the Select Item dialog box DataGrid_SelectltemDialog is a project designed to demonstrate how to use the Data Grid component when selecting an item from the list available in the Select Item dialog box To bring up the dialog click the Select Item button located in the main window MainWindow After closing the dialog the main window displays whether an item has been selected or not Yes No the System SelltemFromList tag s value the item s name the System SelltemName tag s value The Select Item dialog is a dialog window named SelectltemDialog This window is displayed in exclusive mode modally A Data Grid component
64. clicking the respective mouse button on the component executing the script can assigned to the right left or middle mouse button You can pass a numerical parameter to the script the parameter is accessible using the RScr GetCurrentScriptDataEx function Actions Mouse Specifies links to the actions defined through the Action Manager Most components allow the specified action to be performed after clicking or double clicking the respective mouse button Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE 124 Common Component Properties 7 1 6 Security Functions scripts actions menus Secure Determines whether to select access rights required for securing the interaction between the user and the component If this feature is enabled the component is only accessible to users with sufficient access rights To specify the access rights required for accessing the component bring up the Select Access Rights dialog box by clicking on the key icon The user must have at least one access right selected in the list available HE Reliance 4 Development Environment 7 2 Standard Display Button Text Active Text Bevel Picture Active Picture Animation Pipe Container Combo Box Check Box Popup Menu Progress Bar Radio Buttons Track Bar Edit Box Notepad Standard 125 Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi 126 Standard 7 2 1 Display This component allows for displaying and editing the current value of the tag to which
65. component layout is stored in XML files scripts code is stored in a text file Many other objects are stored in files in the RDT format Reliance Data Table These data tables can be edited via the RDT File Editor supplied together with Reliance Objects can also be exported from the Reliance Design development environment as plain text in the CSV format They can then for example be edited and imported back to the same or another visualization project Data of reports alarms events trends and custom reports can also be exported from the runtime environment to CSV 2 2 2 5 Reuse of Function Units Reusing function blocks windows on different computers window templates structured tags In Reliance reusing objects and function blocks is supported at different levels At the top level you can repeatedly use a computer the same computer configuration can be used for an unlimited number of client instances of the runtime software or Web clients Within a visualization project you can define objects such as windows scripts reports or trends Subsequently any combination of these objects can be connected to the project computers which allows you to create different configurations for different workplaces At the level of visualization windows you can group multiple components using a window template and embed this template into different windows through a Container component Tags can be grouped via the Data Structure Manager
66. connected to the computer Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE Export Project for Remote Users Wizard Publish configurations Specifies whether to publish links to individual configurations on a Web page displaying the list of configurations If only a selected configuration is available to the user of the thin clients it is recommended to deactivate this option If this option is not active the Web page will be blank i e no configurations will be displayed and the file names as well as the Web links will be encrypted Transfer System device s data and alarms events Determines whether to transfer data from the System device to the thin clients The System device belongs to the data server to which the thin clients are connected Thanks to this function the restriction according to which the thin clients do not allow to execute scripts can be partly avoided scripts can be run on a server the resulting values can be stored in the System device on a server and provided to the connected thin clients Publish Determines whether to display the selected configuration in the list of configurations This option is useful in cases when only some configurations are to be displayed in the list Require access code For each configuration a list of the so called access codes can be defined Access codes are one of the security features of the thin clients If this option is active some of the entered access codes will be required
67. determines whether to display the data field s title instead of data The RAETitle property is active in the PageHeader band At runtime you can change the Level tag s value in the visualization window 10 11 6 Embedded Objects Window template and data structure example BoilerRoom_WindowTemplate is a project designed to demonstrate how to use data structures and window templates The visualization project represents a boiler room with a gas boiler Information related to individual devices e g pump and burner measured quantities water and air temperature and control parameters is arranged into data structures Pump Burner MeasuredTemperature ControlParameters see the Data Structure Manager These elementary structures are then contained in more complex data structures Boiler and BoilerRoom Based on the BoilerRoom data structure structured tags named Data are defined within the BoilerRoom1 and BoilerRoom2 devices see the Device Manager Then there are window templates corresponding to the Pump Burner MeasuredTemperature and ControlParameters data structures These elementary templates are then contained in more complex templates Boiler and BoilerRoom Subsequently the BoilerRoom template is repeatedly used in the normal visualization windows BoilerRoom1 BoilerRoom2 Each time the template is used the respective structured tag of type BoilerRoom must be specified HEM Reliance 4 Development Environment Examples
68. devices from a file in the exp format of the CoDeSys development environment in accordance with IEC 61131 3 EE Reliance 4 Development Environment Data Structure Manager 249 Data Structure Properties Data Structure Field Properties 8 3 1 Data Structure Properties Common Object Properties Device type Displays the type of device which the structure is intended for Field address defined by The field address is a relative address with respect to the beginning of the data structure The following options are available Individually The field address will not be used For all tags generated based on the data structure fields the address must be configured additionally through the Device Manager However it is a very laborious way of setting up the address which is used only if the tags generated based on the data structure fields do not lie in a continuous memory area registers of a PLC For example some tags are located on the digital input card some are on the digital output card and the rest of the tags are in user registers Offset The field address is defined by the value of the Address property Order The field address depends on its order within the structure Based on the order the value of the Address property is automatically calculated it cannot be changed directly because the respective control is disabled Field order Specifies the field order within the data structure You can change the orde
69. e g by a firewall both servers would assume the active role Such a situation is obviously undesirable For proper operation it is of the essence that connection between the servers be always available Alarm event synchronization timeout This property is only used in the primary server It specifies the maximum time period to be available for the synchronization of alarms events after the connection between the servers is established If the synchronization of alarms events is not completed within the specified time period the server assumes the active role Data table synchronization timeout This property is only used in the primary server It specifies the maximum time period to be available for the synchronization of data tables after the connection between the servers is established If the synchronization of only some data tables is completed within the specified time period the primary server allows the remaining data tables to acquire data most frequently by current data sampling Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi Ea Project Structure Manager Primary server response timeout This property is only used in the secondary server It specifies the maximum time period for the primary server to start responding from the moment the secondary server detects the primary server is not responding It is the situation when the servers are still connected without any interruption Most likely this is caused by the primary
70. environment will be restored Create Shortcut Brings up the Create Shortcut to Project dialog box E Perform Diagnostics Brings up the Project Diagnostics Wizard Le Backup Brings up the Backup Project Wizard ba Export for Remote Users Brings up the Export Project for Remote Users Wizard h l Re export for Remote Users Brings up the Export Project for Remote Users Wizard and goes to the final step before starting the export The export is based on the settings used during the last export If no export has been performed so far the default settings are used P Encrypt Encrypts the project files All project files will be encrypted except the main file To encrypt the project a password must be entered and then confirmed In the runtime software there is no difference between an encrypted and unencrypted project However the development environment requires a password to open the project Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE a Project Menu Decrypt Decrypts the project Information Brings up the Project Information dialog box Among other things this dialog box contains information on the number of tags and data points Ei Options Brings up the Project Options dialog box HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Tools Menu ER 3 6 Tools Menu The Tools menu contains commands for setting up the development environment see Environment Options These commands are accessible even if no project i
71. first row The linked tag enables you to specify the row to be selected or to find out which row in the data grid has been selected by the user The value 1 minus one cancels the selection in the data grid Selected column Allows you to specify the selected column The value O zero corresponds to the selection of the first column The linked tag enables you to specify the column to be selected or to find out which column in the data grid has been selected by the user Element index Specifies the tag allowing you to find out by column what the element index corresponding to the selected row is Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi RER Additional Menu Display popup menu on click Determines whether to display the previously selected Popup Menu component This option is available for visualization windows and most components You can select a Popup Menu component added to any visualization window If it is added to another window it is necessary to make sure the window is loaded into the runtime software s memory in such a case it is recommended to disable the Dynamic loading option The popup menu can be assigned to the Left Middle and Right most commonly mouse button v Scripts Actions Allows you to specify scripts or actions to be executed by clicking or double clicking a mouse button on the component Scripts Mouse Specifies links to the tags defined through the Script Manager At runtime the specifie
72. hardware code sensor is used Otherwise the value is ignored For more information see the chapter Logging on off using a HW code reader in the Runtime Software manual Contact A Phone number and E mail can be specified Miscellaneous Allow user to log on Determines whether the user s account is active It allows you to temporarily enable or disable the user to log on to the program HE Reliance 4 Development Environment User Manager Zii Log user log on Determines whether to log the information about logging the user on to the program to the alarm event database Log user log off Determines whether to log the information about logging the user off of the program to the alarm event database User administrator Determines whether to allow the user to administrate users at runtime If the property is active the user can add new users and modify or delete existing users via the User Manager Language Program language Allows you to specify the language of the GUI which is to be set after the user logs on labels in menus toolbars etc Project language Allows you to specify the language of project defined texts which is to be set after the user logs on labels of components in visualization windows alarm event texts etc 8 16 2 User Access Rights These properties specify the user s access rights to the program For example if the Control process right is required for switching on a pump by a Button compon
73. if the project was modified In case the project is to be exported more often the Project gt Re export for Remote Users command can be used This command exports the project including the previous export s wizard s settings If no export for remote users has been performed so far the default setting is applied The export results are stored in the ThinClients directory which is one of the project directory structure s subdirectories The ThinClients directory is also a root directory of the Web server built in the data servers the Reliance Server and Reliance Control Server runtime software A detailed manual for the thin clients and data servers is available as separate user guides Step 1 Used thin clients and file location Specifies types of thin clients which are to access the visualization project The relevant files will be generated depending on the types of thin clients you intend to use By default the thin clients files will be located in the ThinClients directory The mobile client can be stored in a different location eg C Inetpub wwwroot if another Web server e g Internet Information Services is required Step 2 Client configurations Allows for creating the so called configurations Each configuration is based on properties and parameters of a project defined computer Thin clients can be started in each of the configurations Thin clients will be able to access all objects devices tags reports trends etc
74. inactive the actual axis will not be displayed but its setting will be used HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Real Time Trend Manager 307 8 9 Real Time Trend Manager The Real Time Trend Manager allows you to define and configure real time trends In the context of Reliance a real time trend is an object used for graphic presentation of a sequence of the most recent values time samples of the selected tags The values are only stored in the memory not in a data table which is in contrast to trends see the chapter Trend Manager A real time trend can be displayed at runtime by a Real Time Trend component placed into a visualization window The Real Time Trend Manager window has the same layout as other managers see the chapter Managers In addition to the common toolbar commands the toolbar contains the New Trend Gd New Trend Series A and Add Trend Series commands Real Time Trend Properties Real Time Trend Series Properties 8 9 1 Real Time Trend Properties Common Object Properties Update Determines how to update the trend s series tag sampling Periodic If this option is active the trend is updated periodically at the specified Update interval Tag controlled If this option is active the trend is updated on the leading edge the off to on transition of the specified digital type tag i e when the value of the tag changes from logical O to logical 1 If it is required to set the value back to O a
75. is dependent on the operating system s regional settings Ka time of the alarm event start in local time its format is dependent on the operating system s regional settings Tag Specifies the link to the tag whose value is to be used to activate the alarm event The tag must belong to the same device as the alarm event Condition Specifies the condition or state which generates the alarm event Reliance 4 Development Environment Ha 286 Device Manager Data change The alarm event is generated when the value of the tag is changed in one of the following ways Any change Increment Decrement Leading edge The alarm event is generated when the value of the digital type tag changes from logical O to logical 1 the off to on transition Trailing edge The alarm event is generated when the value of the digital type tag changes from logical 1 to logical O the off to on transition High critical limit The alarm event is generated if the value of the tag is equal to or greater than the tag s high critical limit High warning limit The alarm event is generated if the value of the tag is equal to or greater than the tag s high warning limit Low warning limit The alarm event is generated if the value of the tag is equal to or less than the tag s low warning limit Low critical limit The alarm event is generated if the value of the tag is equal to or less than the tag s low critical limit Value in range The alarm event is
76. line is drawn so that it respects the shaded and illuminated parts of the frame using an imaginary light source located on the top left Background Is used to specify the component s background color The background can be without any color Transparent Picture Specifies the picture to be displayed on the background of the component The picture s Layout can be one of the following Normal original size Resize graphic picture s size is adjusted to the component Resize component component s size is adjusted to the picture or Tiled 7 2 6 Picture This component is intended for displaying a selected static picture Properties Basic Alignment Dynamic Menu Scripts Actions Security HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Standard 139 v Functions Picture Static At design time the picture that is to be displayed is imported from the project s picture database managed through the Picture Manager Dynamic Link to tag A tag of type String is used to import the desired picture either from the project s picture database Source Project or from a file on disk Source File or from a file located on a URL Source URL Test value is used to specify the name of the picture or the name of the picture s file to be displayed at design time Watch file changes Allows you to watch changes made to the picture and automatically load a new picture into the visualization project This option can only be used if the File
77. main window Determines whether to disable moving the main window of the runtime software Disable closing runtime software s main window Determines whether to disable closing the main window of the runtime software using the Close command from the system menu and the corresponding icon on the title bar This options does not affect the File gt Exit command HE Reliance 4 Development Environment User Manager 343 Disable printing alarms events trends reports Determines whether to disable printing alarms events trends and reports at runtime Disable customizing trends Determines whether to disable the commands for changing loading and saving the settings in the trend viewer at runtime Disable customizing reports Determines whether to disable the commands for changing loading and saving the settings in the report viewer at runtime Disable Trend Manager Determines whether to disable the Trend Manager command at runtime Disable Report Manager Determines whether to disable the Report Manager command at runtime Disable Project Manager Determines whether to disable the Project Manager command at runtime Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE 344 Project Structure Manager 8 17 Project Structure Manager The Project Structure Manager is a tool designed to define the structure of an entire visualization project It enables you to define the structure consisting of control areas computers serve
78. more complex operations Sending text messages or working with databases but also to work with object oriented programming and perform many other operations 2 2 2 2 Graphics and Pictures Graphics and pictures central picture management support for transparency 32 bit color depth various formats Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi Lex Reliance Main Features One of Reliance s main advantages is that you can easily develop a good looking application The system supports both vector and raster pictures As pictures can be easily edited in common graphic editors you can benefit from the main advantages when using raster pictures bitmaps Pictures in Reliance can be shown in their natural colors 16 7 million colors All common formats are supported BMP JPG PNG etc Pictures or photographs can represent the background of a visualization window production machines buttons and switches animations etc All pictures to be used in a visualization project must be first imported to the project s picture database via the Picture Manager They are copied in the same format to the appropriate folder in the project s directory structure Also they can be renamed A picture can be displayed on a window s background or via the following components Picture Active Picture Animation and Level Fill Picture It can also be used to modify the appearance of the Button Gauge Progress Bar and Bevel components In the Reliance SCAD
79. new features and changes made to the Reliance SCADA HMI system by version FastReport Custom Reports CustomReports A user s manual for the FastReport 4 0 tool which is integrated in the Reliance SCADA HMI system It is an original document which is only available in the English language Visual Basic Scripting VBScript5 An original Microsoft document containing a tutorial and a reference guide for VBScript Microsoft Windows Script Technologies WindowsScript56 An original Microsoft document containing user s guides for VBScript and JScript Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi Examples 10 11 Examples An extensive collection of sample projects is part of the Reliance SCADA HMI system The projects are available in the lt Reliance gt Examples directory the projects are contained in the directory after the development environment or the runtime software is started for the first time Note In case a project file is unintentionally changed or deleted from the directory you can restore it from the lt Reliance gt PostInstallFiles Examples Backup zip archive 10 11 1 Demos AirCondition demo project AirCondition is an interactive visualization project designed to demonstrate functions of basic graphical components Simple scripts are also used in the project to simulate the environment in an office The project is translated into several languages English Russian Czech Dutch and Turkish You are enabled
80. number of data points to be used for debugging purposes only i e it cannot be used for the runtime software running permanently at the end user site The license key for the Reliance Design Enterprise development environment also contains the license for Reliance View Reliance Control Reliance Server and Reliance Control Server with the same number of data points and the license for 3 thin clients to be used for debugging purposes only i e it cannot be used for the runtime software running permanently at the end user site A license key can later be upgraded Thus it is possible to additionally increase the number of data points increase the number of thin clients extend the functionality of the respective module e g upgrade Reliance Design from the Desktop version to the Enterprise version change the type of module e g upgrade from Reliance Control to Reliance Control Server or add a license for other modules e g communication drivers The upgrade price is determined as the difference between the price of the new and the original license To get detailed information on the currently used license generate the registration file or upgrade license keys use the License Key Utility application The utility is located in the Utils directory and can also be run by choosing the Help gt License gt Information command from the Reliance main menu 10 2 1 Data Points One of the main factors affecting the price of the lice
81. o Gom pra a Ge femme e oo Cee ere mace era Promos e ee e e CC Ge pe e o Ge pes e Gem pees a Gom p p BESSERES BESSERES ce ern O peaa oo E Reliance 4 Development Environment where n represents the number of array elements De a C oes o e where n represents the number of array elements IEC104 emm me e rm de e o k e Ge pes po ooo Ge pes e e o Tag data type Element range Size bits where n represents the number of array elements Reliance 4 Development Environment a 10 8 3 Special Elcor emm me mm me ommon a o e ee C a a na a o eo Gemme pes o Semme es o Gwem pes o Gewe pe oo eem fomen meee eama fomes fo feo emm fome o me mono oes o sme emea fomes o e Teams fom fo feo ommen omes o ome BESSERES QMD emm ee mmm BEER Geaa e o ee BEER Gem pe o eam es e me E Reliance 4 Development Environment emm ee mm e BESSERES Gawe es fee enwa fom e o o eame ome o foo aee oe o oo peneme oee o Goo Feee oe o ooo emee ooe o Goo Poeren oaee o ooo BECH Generic em mmm B SSEN B SSEN SC S a eee o e e Flown e ES a a B SSEN Reliance 4 Development Environment Ha 472 Keyboard Shortcuts 10 9 Keyboard Shortcuts Keyboard Shortcuts Script Manager 10 9 1 Script Manager File Menu New Script Ins New Script Folder Alttins Save All Cerise Print Ctrl P Close Alt F4 Edit Menu Undo CELZ Redo Shift Ctrl Zz Cut Cerl x
82. objects on the immediate superior level e g tag level changes over to device level L Set Filter Allows for filtering the objects displayed in the list according to the filter specified in the edit box The filter can be typed directly in the edit box below the toolbar or selected from the drop down list The so called asterisk convention is used when typing the filter The wildcard character represents any single character and represents any character string For example the filter 2P 0 displays all objects whose second letter is P or p and fourth letter is O or o sf Cancel Filter Cancels the applied filter After that all objects will again be displayed in the list E Display Folders Determines whether to display folders in the list If the objects are arranged in folders you can decide whether or not the list should display the folders View Specifies how to display the list of objects The List option is used to display the object names in multiple columns The Details option is used to display other data e g a tag s type and address In this case only one column is displayed Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi ECH Selection Dialog Box Manager Brings up the respective manager For example the Device Manager can be brought up from the Select Tag dialog box Any changes made through the manager will take effect in the dialog box after closing the manager This command is especially usefu
83. of a visualization window double click the window area or choose the appropriate command from the Window Manager or choose the Properties command from the main menu Configuring some properties will not be reflected at design time but at runtime only v Basic Common Object Properties Title Specifies any text to be displayed in the window s title bar header at runtime In addition to the title the window s name can also be displayed in the title bar in the development environment To enable disable displaying this option use the Environment Options dialog Environment gt Visualization Windows gt Show window name in title bar Window type Specifies the window s type which can be Normal Dialog or Tray Top Bottom Left Right Normal windows are usually displayed maximized i e they fill the area of the runtime software s window Also they display the monitored industrial process Dialog windows always display a title bar and have a fixed size You can also move them A dialog window can be displayed modally In such a case it is not added to the runtime software s window i e it is stand alone As long as the dialog window is displayed modally other visualization windows and commands of the runtime software are not accessible Most often a tray is used for creating a toolbar panel with buttons A tray has no title bar It can be aligned with any edge of the runtime software s window top bottom left right Its pos
84. of the data grid s columns sorted by order The data grid s columns can be added deleted moved and exported imported using commands from the toolbar or from the component s popup menu By selecting an item from the list the following column properties can be configured Link to tag Specifies the array type tag whose values are to be displayed in the selected column Column Name Specifies the text displayed in the column header Width Specifies the width of the selected column in pixels Enable setting value Determines whether to enable editing tag values in the selected column This feature is enabled only if the global option is active on the Security page Alignment Specifies the alignment of the selected column s items Text Brings up the Select Font dialog box which allows you to specify the font font style size and other font attributes Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi REI Additional Background Brings up the Select Color dialog box which allows you to specify the column s background color Control color The text and background color can be specified separately for each cell of the column using tags of type Array of Longint Text Specifies the link to the tag of type Array of Longint which allows you to configure the font color separately for each cell of the column Background Specifies the link to the tag of type Array of Longint which allows you to configure the background color sep
85. on the setting in the Project Options dialog box Update type Periodic Specifies the fixed interval for updating the real time chart s data Update type Tag controlled Specifies the link to a tag of type Gool used to update the data when changing the value from logical O to logical 1 HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Additional 179 v Security Functions scripts actions menus Secure Determines whether to select access rights required for securing the interaction between the user and the component If this feature is enabled the component is only accessible to users with sufficient access rights To specify the access rights required for accessing the component bring up the Select Access Rights dialog box by clicking on the key icon The user must have at least one access right selected in the list available v Series Contains a list of the chart s series and their settings The series to be displayed are contained in the list on the right side of the page The list s items chart s series can be added deleted or exported using standard toolbar commands v Properties Name Specifies the series name to be displayed in the legend Type Specifies the type of the series chart used to display the series Line Bar Horizontal bar Array Points Pie Simple lines Color Allows you to specify the color of the series chart Point count Specifies the number of the series points to be displayed
86. part corresponds to the country code and the third part corresponds to the object ID in hexadecimal format They are text files txt with support for Unicode System This directory is intended for files with tables of individual objects defined within a visualization project and their mutual relations They are files in the RDT format Reliance Data Table Objects 00000001 rdt Table of objects of type Control Area Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE A File and Directory Structure Obj Obj Obj Obj Obj Obj Obj Obj Obj Obj Obj Obj Obj Obj Obj Obj Obj Obj Obj Obj Obj Obj Obj Obj Obj Obj Obj Obj ec ec ec ec ec ec ec ec ec ec ec ec ec ec ec ec ec ec ec ec ec ec ec ec ec ec ec ec ts 00000002 ts 00000003 ts 00000004 ts 00000005 ts 00000006 ts 00000007 ts 00000008 ts 00000009 Ca 00000004A ts _0000000B ts 0000000C ts 0000000D ts 0000000E ts 0000000F ts 00000010 ts 00000011 ts 00000012 ts 00000013 ts 00000014 ts 00000015 ts 00000016 Ca 00000017 ts 00000018 ts 00000019 ts 00000014A ts QQ000018 ts OQ00001C ts 0000001D rdi rdi rdi rdi rdi rdi rdi rdi rdi rdi rdi rdi rdi rdi rdi rdi rdi rdi rdi rdi rdi rdi rdi rdi rdi rdi rdi rdi Table of objects of type Computer Table of objects of type User Table of objects of type Printer Tab
87. patterns available These can then be drawn with the selected color 10 5 5 Trend Series Types Picture Series type Line 02 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 em e om mm e e o e kb o o wm o mm o em e o e o e wk Zo wm e e e mm e e mm om mm wm ween eee eee ep CEET owe ewww mew we Em eee ee mm mm mm epee sees mm e mm mm mm mm mi em e e e e e e e e e e e ek e e e e e e e e e e e e ek o e e e e e e e e wm ae wm i N o E 2 a n Reliance 4 Development Environment EEE EE Trend Properties Bar 450 400 350 300 250 200 150 100 504 Horizontal bar 0 200 400 600 800 100012001 40016001800 Array 650 640 630 620 610 600 590 580 570 560 550 540 530 520 HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Trend Properties 431 Pie Points Reliance 4 Development Environment i 432 Environment Variables 10 6 Environment Variables me me The lt Reliance4 gt directory i e directory of the Reliance 4 program files Components The lt Reliance4 gt Components directory i e directory of the Reliance 4 components graphical objects The lt Project gt directory i e directory of a Reliance 4 visualization project UserDocuments The USERPROFILE Documents i e directory containing user data ApplicationData The PROGRAMDATA i e directory containing application data E Reliance 4 Development Environment 10 7 File and Directory Structu
88. performed automatically Register type Specifies the type of register where the tag is stored in the device Address unit length Specifies the length of the data type Address Specifies the register address where the tag is stored in the device For digital tags the bit number is also indicated 8 4 4 2 Advanced String character count Specifies the number of characters for string type tags Dec place count Specifies the number of decimal places displayed by floating point type tags It is the number of decimal places to which the value will be rounded For integer type tags the option is active only if the Analog value correction property on the Correction page is active Array element count Specifies the number of elements of array type tags Matrix row count and Matrix column count allow you to specify the number of matrix rows and matrix columns These properties are only used for array type tags defined within AMIT devices Reliance 4 Development Environment EEE 282 Device Manager Save last value Determines whether to save the latest value of the tag before terminating the visualization project The value is saved periodically during runtime by default it is saved every 30 s When the project is started next time the saved value is used to initialize the tag in the memory of the runtime software not the physical device s memory The values are stored in a file in the lt Project gt Settings Data dir
89. project file in the Reliance 3 format When selecting a file in the Reliance 4 format the project is opened and loaded When selecting a file in the Reliance 3 format the Project Conversion Wizard is brought up The wizard allows converting the project into the Reliance 4 format Restore Project from Backup Brings up the Restore Project from Backup Wizard Close Project Closes the active project If any modifications have been made the user is prompted to save the changes before closing the project New Window Brings up the Create New Window Wizard New Window Template Brings up the Create New Window Template Wizard Save Window Ctrl S Saves changes in the active window HE Reliance 4 Development Environment File Menu En Save All Windows Saves changes in all open windows F Close Window Ctri F4 Closes the active window and releases it from memory Sch Close All Windows Closes all active windows and releases them from memory Tl Exit Exits the program If any modifications have been made to the open project without being saved the user is prompted to save the changes before exiting the program Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE au Edit Menu 3 2 Edit Menu The Edit menu contains a set of commands for editing graphical objects components in the active window They are commands intended for basic editing operations Copy Duplicate Delete etc organizing components Group
90. property must be active if the I O device stores the most significant byte first big endian form as defined in the Modbus protocol since Reliance stores the least significant byte first little endian form In the latter case the option should not be active Swap words Similarly to the Swap bytes option it determines whether the communication driver should exchange Swap the word order within the data of tags of type DoubleWord Longint Float and DoubleFloat when the data is read written from into the I O device This property must be active if the I O device stores the most significant word first big endian form since Reliance stores the least significant word first little endian form In the latter case the option should not be active Supported communication functions Listed below are the Modbus communication functions supported by the communication driver It determines which communication functions the I O device supports Read Coil Status 01 Is a communication function for reading coils digital outputs Read Input Status 02 Is a communication function for reading inputs Read Holding Registers 03 Is a communication function for reading holding registers user registers Read Input Registers 04 Is a communication function for reading input registers HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Device Manager WM Read General Reference 20 Is a communication function for reading the extended memory
91. runtime software can be defined within virtual devices Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE Bes Reliance Main Features 2 2 2 14 Quick Component Handling Handling components grouping adjusting the size aligning guidelines transformation grid lock At design time there are many useful tools available for working with components placed into a visualization window The grid is very helpful when positioning components The commands for editing components are accessible from the Edit menu After selecting a single or multiple components you can for example adjust their width center them vertically horizontally or equally space them vertically horizontally Another useful feature is transformation The Transform command can be used to resize or move the currently selected components in a given ratio This can be helpful for example if it is necessary to adjust an already designed visualization window to a new size To avoid accidental changes you can lock the active window to prevent the position and size of the components from being changed You can also decide whether to display guidelines when changing the position and size of a component with the mouse These lines indicate the selected component s edges as they meet the edges of other components 2 2 2 15 Project Backup During Development Backing up a project at design time restoring the project from the backup file choosing the backup file name At design time
92. runtime via the trend viewer amp Trend Manager e d S ez bk i amp 4 2 aD Ga A G3 x Basic Information Diagnostics Gi Trends Name V Synchronize M Trendi Temperature all Filtern dr FilterOut Alias all Humidity Temperature Temperatu db Data table field F zg X Table1 Temperature Series Name Data Table Field Vertical axis a V Ji Filtern Table Filterln No ol FilterOut Table FilterOut No 3 Jr Humidity Tablet Humidity No Vertical axis g Jr Temperature Table1 Temperature No Automatic 0 z i fio Gi ID 4 Trends Trend1 T emperature oK Close Reliance 4 Trend Manager The Trend Manager window has the same layout as other managers see the chapter Managers In addition to the common toolbar commands the toolbar contains the New Trend E New Trend Series iW and Add Trend Series il commands The options of the Trend Manager at runtime and design time are identical After a new trend is added you have to select the computer s to which the trend should be connected Trend Properties Trend Series Properties E Reliance 4 Development Environment Trend Manager 305 8 8 1 Trend Properties Common Object Properties Title Specifies the text to be displayed as the title of the trend using the specified font If the Use trend alias or name property is active the trend s alias or name if an alias is not specified is used as the title Text Specifies the Font of the tit
93. selecting the appropriate item from the combo box Value Specifies the value of the item for the Numeric type At runtime the above specified text will be selected if the current value of the control tag is equal to this value and vice versa the corresponding value will be written into the main tag when selecting the appropriate item Query before setting value Determines whether to display a confirmation dialog box prior to writing the new value into the control tag when the item is selected You can enter custom text to be displayed in the confirmation dialog box Reliance 4 Development Environment EEE 152 Standard e Static Confirm button Allows you to display the button on the right side of the component thereby improving the security of writing values into the control tag When changing the value during runtime it is necessary to confirm the new state by pressing the button which will be activated after selecting an item from the combo box If the change is not confirmed before the delay specified by the Confirm timeout property expires the new value is not accepted and the item corresponding to the original value will be re displayed in the combo box The Width property is used to define the size of the Confirm button Setting value Update timeout Specifies the time period during which the component is not updated according to the main tag s value The update timeout s value depends on how fast it is to write the
94. shown in the preview area displaying sample text strings For a quick setup choose from several predefined color patterns Translator Specifies the access to Google Translate which is used by the String Manager to automatically translate text strings Google API key Is a key used for accessing Google Translate 5 3 5 Picture Manager Editors Associated external picture editors Contains a list of external picture editors allowing you to edit individual types formats of pictures The external picture editor can be activated using the Edit Picture command available in the Picture Manager After editing a picture using the editor the changed picture is automatically updated in the Picture Manager the picture is updated when the editor is closed Editor Specifies the path where the executable file of the external picture editor is located HEM Reliance 4 Development Environment Environment Options Parameters Specifies the command line parameters passed to the external editor at its startup The S name parameter is used to pass the file name of the edited picture to the editor Working directory A working directory of the external picture editor Thumbnails Is used to configure settings for picture thumbnails displayed in the Picture Manager This applies to the Thumbnails display style Here you can specify a picture s Thumbnail height and Thumbnail width In addition the picture size and file size can also be disp
95. so that each series displays points with the same time stamps If the Time range property is active the trend viewer always displays the specified time range on a single page regardless of the amount of series points Series Contains the list with trend series You are enabled to change the order of the series using arrows above the list The specified order will take effect for example in the trend s legend 8 8 2 Trend Series Properties Common Object Properties The name of a series can be synchronized with a data table field name Data table field Specifies the link to the data table field whose values time samples are to be displayed by the series If the Paging property is set to Time range the series can be linked to different data table fields i e the trend can display data stored in different data tables Series Specifies the series Color It should contrast with the background color of the trend Vertical axis Determines whether the series has its own vertical axis or uses the vertical axis common to all series The other properties enable you to configure the behavior of the vertical axis private to the series The Automatic property determines whether the axis automatically adjusts its minimum and or maximum to the series values within the current time range If the axis minimum and or maximum are not automatic they must be specified as the Minimum and or Maximum properties Hidden If this property is
96. switching between individual pictures the heavier the graphical load Though stated first this property should be edited last due to optimization purposes The animation speed should also be chosen so that the simulated phenomenon looks real Transparency It is recommended to avoid using transparent colors if possible Instead use the same color for the animation s background as used for the window s background HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Tips and Tricks 409 Display For components which draw pictures Picture Active Picture Animation etc the Layout property it specifies the way the pictures are drawn i e it determines whether the picture is drawn in its original size or not In terms of dynamic drawing the Normal and Resize component layouts are the least demanding options When designing the animation its position and size should be taken into consideration Position of components The graphical load increases if multiple components overlap with one another It is recommended that Animation components be placed into the visualization window without being overlapped with the other components Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE END Tips and Tricks 10 4 9 Optimizing Communication With Devices Using Zones When defining tags or communication zones for a device you should keep to the following rules When assigning an address to tags within a subordinated system i e device the user
97. tae 327 8 15 1 Toolbar EEN 327 8 15 2 Code Edit Window ENEE 329 8 15 3 Code Templates srinarendra a aair 329 8 15 4 Script Properties REENEN 330 8 15 5 Macro Usage soniya a aaae quae E E aE AE 334 8 15 6 Script Check ccccccccccecsssssseseeeceseesesssesaeeeeesesecsesssaeaeeesuseseesscsaeseeesesensesseaes 335 8 15 7 Smt DSW USWA geesde EEN 335 8 15 8 Source Block TOOls c cccccccecsssssssceeceeeesesssesaeeeeeeeeeesesssasaeeeeesessesssssenseeas 336 User Manage masinsinan eea aaa aa dee eege aaie 339 8 16 1 User Properties sisson aiaa SEENEN dee 340 8 16 2 User Access RISNIIS aserria aa A aa ENa aE A 341 8 16 3 Access Restrictions ENEE 342 Project Structure Manager EE 344 8 17 14 Control Area ss e eebe eee 344 8 17 2 Computer Properties EEN 345 8 17 3 Connecting Devices suriin eg eEgE 360 8 17 4 Communication Channel Properties EE 362 8 17 5 Connecting Data Tables g esg uzeteteesgeugeeegusg engedtteetegter eeeehget annene annen 372 8 17 6 Connecting PrinterS cecenii RA a 376 8 17 7 Connecting Modems ccccssssccecessssseeeesssseeeesseeeesnssanseseesseeesesseeersnseaeens 377 8 17 8 Server Connections and Their Groups EE 378 Standard Dialog Boxes viceticssecesvesscassturaaatiducsrutvtuusahundnesstunidavad aaeeesaiasvavaarcnnmtueaebuause 385 Select Colors e Aes ec een dee 386 Select RONU eeensenet iegeetaeecheegeegbetegeeiretegeghegeeEeebgeebegebeeeechieeresegfiegbteeeg 388 Selection Dialog BOX ten iegeegeng gel d
98. tag into a device Sometimes right after the value is changed the original value can be displayed for a short time if the update timeout s value is too short Displayed item count Specifies the maximum number of items displayed when selecting from the combo box If the box contains more items than specified by this property a scroll bar is displayed Text Specifies the font of the combo box s text using the Select Font dialog box Background Specifies the background color of the combo box using the Select Color dialog box 7 2 12 Check Box This component allows you to easily set Bool type tag values Properties Basic Alignment HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Standard 153 Dynamic v Security Functions scripts actions menus Secure Determines whether to select access rights required for securing the interaction between the user and the component If this feature is enabled the component is only accessible to users with sufficient access rights To specify the access rights required for accessing the component bring up the Select Access Rights dialog box by clicking on the key icon The user must have at least one access right selected in the list available Query before setting value Query for state O Allows displaying a confirmation dialog box with the specified text to deselect the check box Query for state 1 Allows displaying a confirmation dialog box with the specified text to select the
99. tag doesn t exist the property s text is highlighted red The check boxes in the list allow you to decide which properties texts should be replaced The Open in Standalone Window button is used to display the list of properties in a separate window This window can be maximized which makes working with multiple properties more comfortable Step 3 Successful completion Upon completion a summary showing the count of replacements performed is displayed After closing the wizard flags are displayed to mark all changed objects HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Export Project for Remote Users Wizard 6 9 Export Project for Remote Users Wizard The Project gt Export for Remote Users command is used to bring up the Export Project for Remote Users Wizard Remote users are users of Reliance s thin clients Reliance Web Client Reliance Mobile Client and Reliance Smart Client To export a project means to convert it into the format convenient for the thin clients It is a format optimized in terms of file size and saving the transfer data capacity Note For remote users the project should be exported from the Enterprise version of the Reliance Design development environment the Desktop version allows you to export the project for testing purposes only If thin clients are required to access the visualization project over the Internet intranet it is necessary to export the project prior to running it in the runtime software only
100. tag limit values in case the component is linked to a tag for which dynamic limits are defined The limits can then be changed by choosing the Enter Limits for Tag command from the component s popup menu The Secure option allows you to select access rights required for entering the limits for tags HEM Reliance 4 Development Environment Additional 185 v Functions Link to tag Specifies the link to the main tag whose value is used to indicate the level of filling the picture s active area using a medium similarly to the Progress Bar component Test value is used to display the preview in the development environment Base Specifies the side of the active area from which the picture is to be filled according to the selected range The base setting affects the direction of filling the active area with the chosen medium Range Allows you to set up the Minimum and Maximum value corresponding to the minimum and maximum fill of the active area with the medium The Minimum value corresponds to 0 and the Maximum value corresponds to 100 of the active area filled with the medium If the value of the linked tag is less or equal to the Minimum value the active area will not be filled with any medium If the tag s value is greater or equal to the Maximum value the entire active area will be filled Active area Specifies the color of the picture s area which is to be filled depending on the value of the linked tag To choose the color
101. termination Access rights Determines the access rights required for terminating the visualization project at runtime one access right is enough for the user to terminate the project 8 17 2 7 E mail Outgoing E mail configuration For each computer defined within the visualization project you can configure the settings related to sending email messages by the runtime software and SMTP server SMTP server name or address Specifies the name or IP address of the SMTP server to be used for sending email messages Port number Specifies the SMTP server s port to be used for sending email messages Connection timeout Specifies the maximum time period in milliseconds for the runtime software to connect to the SMTP server Sender address Specifies the sender s email address Sender name Specifies the sender s name SMTP server requires authentication Allows you to configure the connection settings when authentication is required by the SMTP server Reliance 4 Development Environment EEE ECH Project Structure Manager Account name Specifies the name of the account used for authenticating the SMTP server s user Password Specifies the password for the account used for authenticating the SMTP server s user 8 17 2 8 SMS For each computer defined within the visualization project you can configure the settings related to sending and receiving SMS messages via a GSM device modem using scripts Start SMS drive
102. text string to the file If the button located in the main visualization window is pressed at runtime a new directory named Logs is created in the lt Project gt directory The ScriptLog txt file is created in this directory The file contains lines with a current date time and example text string Downloading and saving a file from the network DownloadAndSaveFile is a project designed to show how to download and save a file defined by a URL to a local computer The project s main functionality is done in the DoDownloadAndSaveFile script This script downloads the file based on the string values of the FileURL and FileName tags The FileURL tag is linked to the corresponding Display component in the visualization window and defines the source file name and address the URL has to be entered with the leading http The FileName tag is linked to the second Display component and defines the target file To execute the script press the Download File button The CreateObject command is used to create an instance of the MSXML2 XMLHTTP object The open and send methods of this object are used to make the connection The file is saved to the disk via the methods of the ADODB Stream object Extracting bits from an integer tag ExtractBits is a project designed to demonstrate how to use scripts to extract bits from an integer tag and store the bit values in tags of type Bool Within the System device the following tags are defined via the De
103. the computer running the project Note Information on a system color is stored on a separate fourth byte Mixed Color Allows you to define a color by combining red green and blue additive mixing of RGB colors or cyan magenta and yellow subtractive mixing of CMY colors The mixing is performed by positioning the three sliders or by directly entering the values of individual coordinates O 255 HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Select Color 387 The bottom pane contains 16 squares for Custom Colors To add a color to the list of custom colors drag and drop the color selected from the palette of predefined colors or from the Selected Color s indicator Custom colors get stored with the visualization project Therefore when you next time bring up the Select Color dialog box they will be available The Selected Color property contains an edit box displaying the RGB CMY value and the selected color s preview and name in case a Named Color is selected The Capture tool is used to select a color on any image opened on your screen The color can be chosen by pressing the left mouse button over the Capture icon and releasing it over the required color Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE 388 Select Font 9 2 Select Font The Select Font dialog is a standard Windows dialog box used for selecting and configuring fonts Font Specifies the font font family It allows you to select the font from the list of fonts
104. the display is linked Properties Basic Alignment Dynamic Menu Scripts Actions v Security Functions scripts actions menus Secure Determines whether to select access rights required for securing the interaction between the user and the component If this feature is enabled the component is only accessible to users with sufficient access rights To specify the access rights required for accessing the component bring up the Select Access Rights dialog box by clicking on the key icon The user must have at least one access right selected in the list available Enable setting value Allows you to enable editing the tag value shown on the display during runtime at runtime the Enter Value for Tag dialog box is invoked after clicking on the display area Prohibit violating bounds Allows you to check the entered value and disables writing a tag value outside the limits set by the Min and Max values in such a case the warning Value is not within required range is displayed HEM Reliance 4 Development Environment Standard 127 Alert to violating bounds Allows you to check the value to be entered If the tag value is not set within the required range a warning dialog box will be displayed prior to entering the new main tag value The Query edit box is intended for specifying a custom question if the text Value entered is greater smaller than xxx Do you really want to set this value is not suitable Enable set
105. the pointer depends on the current value of the tag to which the gauge is linked Reliance 4 Development Environment EEE KOR Additional Properties Basic Alignment Dynamic Menu Scripts Actions Security Functions Link to tag Specifies the tag whose value is to be indicated by the position of the gauge s dial pointer Test value is used to display the preview in the development environment Range Specifies the range of the gauge s scale Maximum and Minimum displayed value Operating angle Specifies the scale s opening angle in degrees The minimum angle is 5 degrees the maximum angle can be 360 degrees For reflex angles change the Orientation of the gauge s axis by choosing the Center option or adjust the Offset on the Static gt Dial pointer page so that the entire gauge can be displayed v Static Dial pointer Axis The Axis is a rotary shaft to which the gauge s dial pointer is anchored for example a circular gauge has its axis in the center Visible Determines whether to make the axis visible and specifies its Size diameter and Color Orientation HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Additional 171 Specifies the position of the gauge Bottom Top Left Right or Center If the gauge is positioned at the Top or in the Center it is displayed as an upper sector If it is necessary to display the gauge in other parts of the circle the Bottom Right or Left orientation options can be used
106. the Select Access Rights dialog box by clicking on the key icon The user must have at least one access right selected in the list available Allow editing structure Allows the user to change the tree structure and insert or delete nodes Secure If this feature is enabled only users with sufficient access rights are allowed to edit the tree structure Cells Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi KEE Additional Nodes Tree Edit Tree Columns 7 3 11 1 Cells v Basic Name Specifies the name of the selected cell The name is used when defining the tree s node and is displayed in the component s status bar Type Specifies the type of data displayed by the cell The cell contents can be one of the following types Display Allows displaying the value of any tag within the cell A particular tag is linked to the cell when editing the tree structure Text Allows displaying any text within the cell A particular text is specified for each cell when editing the tree structure Picture Allows displaying a picture within the cell The size of the picture must correspond to the size specified by the Pictures Size property on the Tree page The picture is specified below on this page and cannot be changed for a particular cell when editing the tree structure HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Additional 195 Active text Allows displaying the text which is dependent on the value of the linked numeric type ta
107. the back wall is only displayed as a rectangle If the 3 Dimensions option on the 3D page is inactive the back wall is displayed as a rectangle and the options on the Left Wall and Bottom Wall pages have no effect Background Specifies the color of the selected wall Border Determines whether and how the border lines of the wall cuboid are to be displayed By pressing the button the Border Color Editor is brought up Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi 422 Trend Properties Pattern Specifies the pattern of the wall s sides By pressing the button the Pattern Color Editor is brought up Transparent If this option is active no color is used to fill the wall s sides The wall s border specified by the Border property remains unchanged Size Specifies the width of the wall in pixels Dark 3D If this option is active the 3D effect is increased 10 5 1 8 3D The following properties determine how the chart is displayed in a three dimensional format 3 Dimensions If this option is active the chart is displayed as a three dimensional image 3D Specifies the depth of the chart as a percentage of its width Orthogonal If this option is active the chart s left axis is parallel to the component s left edge and the chart s bottom axis is parallel to the component s bottom edge By selecting this option the Rotation Elevation and Perspective options are automatically disabled If you want to look at the ch
108. the character used to separate the parts of the complete name of an object For example if the default separator Slash is used the complete name of the tag Temperaturel from the device Tecomatl is displayed as Tecomatl Temperaturel If the dot character is used as the separator then the complete name of the tag is Tecomatl Temperaturel Warning This character must not be part of the name of any object within a Reliance visualization project 6 12 14 Timers Contains a list of the project s timers To add delete a timer to from the list use the commands located in the toolbar Timers are used to simultaneously perform events They can be used mainly in components to synchronously perform events such as the blinking effect or component content update Timers Name Specifies the timer s name that is unique within the list Interval ms Specifies the timer s repeat interval HE Reliance 4 Development Environment 119 7 Components Components are graphical objects used to design visualization windows of a Reliance visualization project They allow communication between the user and computer The components can be added to a visualization window from the Component Palette using the mouse see the chapter Designing a Window To configure the properties of a component components you can use either the Component Manager or the component s property editor After choosing the Component Properties command from t
109. the dynamic interconnection For example to acquire the value of the Control tag defined within the Tecomat1 device from Reliance Control the following syntax will be used R_Ct1 DdeServer Tecomatl Control HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Device Manager 285 OPC Determines whether to share the tag via OPC i e whether Reliance OPC Server should provide the tag to OPC clients If the property is not active for the specified tag the OPC clients won t be able to even import the tag the OPC server will not pass the tag to the OPC clients within the list of tags which can be imported 8 4 5 Alarm Event Properties To add an alarm event to the tree diagram you can either click the New Alarm Event button in the toolbar or press the Insert key or choose the corresponding command from the tree diagram s popup menu In addition to the common object properties there are other alarm event properties which are available on three pages v Basic Text Specifies the text of the alarm event The value is compulsory In multilanguage projects the text can be localized i e translated into all project languages The text string can contain special characters which will be replaced with a respective value during runtime The characters are case insensitive The meaning of individual characters is as follows YN value of the tag which generated the alarm event D date of the alarm event start in local time its format
110. the file and transferred to the device The Recipe Manager window has the same layout as other managers see the chapter Managers In addition to the common toolbar commands the toolbar contains the New Recipe Type E New Recipe Item a and Add Recipe Items 7 commands Recipe Properties Recipe Item Properties 8 6 1 Recipe Properties Common Object Properties Secure Allows you define access rights required for working with the recipe Using Specifies the access rights required for using the recipe type i e transferring a stored recipe to the device Saving Specifies the access rights required for saving the recipe type to a disk file i e creating a stored recipe Deleting Specifies the access rights required for deleting a stored recipe i e deleting the file containing the stored recipe Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi EH Recipe Manager Control loading recipe into devices Control Specifies the link to the digital type tag to be used to control the automatic transfer of a stored recipe to the device the operator s command is not required The transfer is performed on the leading edge of the tag i e when the value of the tag changes from logical O to logical 1 the off to on transition Recipe name Specifies the link to the string type tag whose value is to be used to control the recipe name Acknowledge loading recipe into devices Specifies the link to the digital type tag whose val
111. the percentage of change in the value of each tag defined within the group in order for the OPC server to send the new value of the tag to the runtime software If a value of O is given any change of the tag value will be immediately updated in the runtime software OPC group state Allows you to activate deactivate reading the tags defined within the OPC group A tag can also be used to control the state OPC Device Tag Properties Miscellaneous Eng name Specifies an optional engineering name for the tag Eng units Specifies the tag s unit of measurement Tag kind Specifies the kind of the tag The tag can be of the following kinds Physical Internal or data structure A physical tag is stored directly in the memory of a physical device PLC You can switch between the Physical and Internal tag kinds Tag data type Specifies the data type for the tag For tags of input and output registers only the Bool format is supported tags of user and system registers use for example the Gool Word Smallint and String formats Update interval Specifies the time interval used for updating the device s data It is only used by physical tags For other tag kinds the property is disabled Data structure Specifies the data structure to be represented by the tag It is enabled only if the Tag kind property is set to User defined structured tag Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE 278 Device Manager OPC ItemID Spec
112. the same type to the window To exit this mode click the arrow icon on the Component Palette or select the same or another type of component from the palette 10 4 2 Fine Moving and Sizing Components To slightly move the components selected in a visualization window press and hold the key combination Ctrl arrow left right up down The components change their position in the selected direction by one pixel Le one move is equal to one pixel To slightly resize the components selected in a visualization window press and hold the key combination Shifttarrow left right up down The components get resized in the selected direction by one pixel e one move is equal to one pixel Reliance 4 Development Environment EEE 404 Tips and Tricks 10 4 3 Selecting and Deselecting Multiple Components To select or unselect multiple components in a visualization window press and hold the Shift key while clicking individual components 10 4 4 Quick Opening Associated Visualization Windows To quickly open a visualization window linked to a Button component using the Activate window property at design time click the middle mouse button on the component area Similarly a window template can be opened 10 4 5 Quick Selecting Objects When Creating Links When invoking a selection dialog box to specify a link to an object such as a tag or item you can influence which object in the list is initially selected by default it is the ob
113. the text color Column width Specifies the width in pixels of the item s column Value format Specifies the format string to be used when converting the item s value to text for display purposes It is only used for the report items linked to numeric data table fields Alignment Specifies the alignment of the item s text within the item s column 8 10 6 Report Item Title Use item alias or name Determines whether to use the item s alias or name if an alias is not specified as the column title If this option is deactivated any title can be entered Text Specifies the Font of the item s column title Background Specifies the background Color of the item s column title The color should contrast with the text color Alignment Specifies the alignment of the item s column title within the column Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE 314 Custom Report Manager 8 11 Custom Report Manager The Custom Report Manager allows you to define and configure custom reports Among other things it determines which template is to be used for printing the custom report and specifies links between tags and custom report items Custom reports can be displayed printed exported and sent by e mail at runtime via the custom report viewer The Custom Report Manager window has the same layout as other managers see the chapter Managers In addition to the common toolbar commands the toolbar contains the Ne
114. the window If the user does not have sufficient access rights an error message is generated and displayed in the list of Current Alarms Events and the window is not activated Running a script after the window is loaded will not be influenced by configuring the window s security properties However if the Activate window option on the Scripts Actions page is active the script can be run only if the user s access rights are sufficient enough to activate the window All components have a similar security option which allows you to access them v Information Comment An optional comment about the object used by the visualization project developer systems integrator It can be useful when configuring debugging and altering an application Description An optional description of the object intended for the end user In multilanguage projects a description can be localized Le translated into all project languages which is in contrast to a Comment HE Reliance 4 Development Environment 6 12 Project Options Project SQL Alarms Events Runtime Access Rights Windows Telephone Service Providers DDE Sharing Web Languages Scripts Components Objects Timers 6 12 1 Project Name Project Options 105 Allows you to change the project name specified when creating a new project Comment Allows you to change the comment specified in the Create New Project Wizard 6 12 2 SQL Any number of the so called SQL connec
115. to a data table bit access etc Within the AMiT1 device a group of tags containing current values Sawtooth_1 Sawtooth_2 Sine ARC_index and current digital values Bit1 Bit2 Bit3 and a group of array type tags used to display the Real Time Trend component are defined via the Device Manager The current tag values are logged to the Database1 data table and can be displayed in Trend1 defined through the Trend Manager Via the Real Time Trend Manager Trend1_RT is defined to be displayed directly in the visualization window Reliance 4 Development Environment EEE Examples The main visualization window contains several Display components connected to the Sawtooth_1 Sawtooth_2 and Sine tags whose values can be changed even if the AMiT1 device is not in the online mode i e the Online property is not enabled Project Structure Manager gt PC1 gt AMiT1 gt Basic gt Online e g for testing purposes If the device is not in the online mode tag values can be set but a connection with the device is not made Communicating with a PLC via the BACnet communication driver BACnet is a project designed to demonstrate how a device is connected via the BACnet communication driver BACnet is not only used for defining communication services Among other things it is also used to define a number of objects and their properties through which data is presented In this project there are tags representing the properties of all Reliance sup
116. to enter the proxy server s address and port If the proxy server requires authentication it is also necessary to enter a user name and password In the Reliance Design development environment proxy servers for example are used to check for available updates 5 3 12 License License detection method Direct access to license key The Reliance SCADA HMI system acquires license information directly from the license key License Service The Reliance SCADA HMI system gets license information via the License Service program This program runs as a Windows Service i e it is independent of the logged on user Communication between the Reliance SCADA HMI system and the License Service runs via the TCP IP protocol If the License Service is used no problems with HW key detection occur when starting the Reliance SCADA HMI system from a remote desktop Repeat license key detection at program startup Determines whether to repeatedly detect the license key This option can be used if you run the Reliance SCADA HMI system after Windows startup License key detection timeout Specifies the duration of the time period during which the license key is detected Time period after Windows startup for which this feature is active Specifies the duration of the time period after Windows startup during which the Repeat license key detection at program startup feature is active Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE Environment Options 5 3 13 Updat
117. to hide the Windows task bar Hide icons on desktop Determines whether to hide icons on the Windows desktop Disable minimizing runtime software s main window Determines whether to disable minimizing the main window of the runtime software Disable moving runtime software s main window Determines whether to disable moving the main window of the runtime software Disable closing runtime software s main window Determines whether to disable closing the main window of the runtime software using the Close command from the system menu and the corresponding icon on the title bar This options does not affect the File gt Exit command Disable printing alarms events trends reports Determines whether to disable printing alarms events trends and reports at runtime Disable customizing trends Determines whether to disable the commands for changing loading and saving the settings in the trend viewer at runtime Disable customizing reports Determines whether to disable the commands for changing loading and saving the settings in the report viewer at runtime Disable Trend Manager Determines whether to disable the Trend Manager command at runtime Disable Report Manager Determines whether to disable the Report Manager command at runtime Disable Project Manager Determines whether to disable the Project Manager command at runtime HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Project Structure Manager 355 Project
118. to use the RDb AppendRecord method to add a group of records into a data table One record row in the Data1t data table contains the values of the following tags columns RecordTimeStamp Longint String and Word The data which will be logged into the data table is stored in array type tags named LongArray5 StringArray5 and WordArray5 The RecordTimeStamp value is assembled from the tags MinuteArray5 HourArray5 DayArray5 and the constants c_Month and c_Year before the record is logged into the data table The BlockSamplingData tag is connected to the Blocking tag property of the data table and to the corresponding button in the visualization window The sampling method of the data table is set to Script controlled this means the data can be logged only from a script via the AppendRecord command The time stamp source is linked to the RecordTimeStamp tag records don t have to be logged in a chronological sequence The InitArrays script is defined via the Script Manager and initializes the array type tags This script is executed at project startup via the AfterStartProject script The SaveArray script is started by pressing the Save array of records button in the visualization window and performs the logging of records to the data table The values of the RecordTimeStamp Word Longlint and String tags are set and the RDB AppendRecord method is called inside the for statement this sequence is performed five times You can view th
119. too often which can cause overloading the communication SMS Received SMS message check interval Specifies the time interval at which it is checked whether the modem has received a new SMS message AT commands for modem initialization Specifies the sequence of AT commands for modem initialization The initialization is performed at project startup and at modem reset e g in the event of a communication failure In some commands there may be the key Value which will be replaced with the corresponding value before sending an AT command to the modem Reliance 4 Development Environment EEE EH Communication Driver Manager Teco Secure communication by different length of communication packets Determines whether to secure communication against receiving Communication messages from a single device in a wrong order If this option is active the communication driver will secure that no response to any two successive messages is of the same length The length is checked when receiving a response Secure communication by reading time stamp Determines whether to secure communication against receiving communication messages from a single device in a wrong order If this option is active the communication driver adds a request for the time stamp contained in the child device to all messages The time sequence is checked according to the received time stamp when receiving a response Teco Modbus Communicate only via zones Th
120. type From value Specifies the beginning of the value range for which the selected item is displayed If the range for multiple items overlaps the item which is higher in the list is selected To value Specifies the end of the value range for which the selected item is displayed Text Specifies the item s text This option is displayed only if the Type of cell is set to Active text Font Specifies the font of the item s text using the Select Font dialog box Background Specifies the background color of the item s cell using the Select Color dialog box Picture Specifies the item s picture This option is displayed only if the Type of cell is set to Active picture 7 3 11 2 Nodes On the left side of the page there is a list of the data tree s nodes The nodes contained in the list are organized into a tree structure through the Tree Structure Editor Each row will contain the cells columns specified in the Used cells list Name Specifies the name of the selected node The name is used in the Tree Structure Editor and is displayed in the component s status bar at runtime HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Additional 197 Picture Specifies the picture icon to be displayed in front of the node name in the tree view The icon makes it clearer to handle the tree The size of the picture must correspond to the size specified by the Pictures Size property on the Tree page Used cells Specifies
121. used for testing communication with the device on an inactive communication channel This value is used by some communication drivers e g Teco when multiple communication channels are defined Comm timeout Specifies the time period between sending a request to and receiving a response from the device by the communication driver If the device does not respond to the request within the specified timeout the communication is considered faulty Err timeout and the request is sent again If there is still no response from the device it is recognized as a failure in communication with the device Communication protocol Specifies which of the two protocols TCP IP or UDP should be used for communication with the device Some device types support only one of them e g Teco devices only support UDP In such a case this property is inaccessible Accept connection in server mode only If this option is active the communication driver acts as a server towards the device It does not attempt to establish communication with the device but it waits until the device itself attempts to do so The IP addresses property allows you to select an IP address from the list of local addresses in case there are several network cards installed on the server Serial communication mode If this option is active the communication driver communicates with devices in the same way as if they are on a single serial line This means only one request can b
122. value and the last value sent to the communication driver is greater than the specified hysteresis a new spontaneous report with the current value is sent Its value is written to the device when initializing it W Defining Siemens Device Tag Symbol Data block Specifies the type of the address space in which the tag is located For the address space of type DB Data Block the data block number can also be entered Data type Specifies the tag s data type in which the tag is stored in the device If changed the tag data type within Reliance is changed accordingly Address Specifies the tag s address within the selected address space i Defining Tecomat and Tecoreg Devices Tag Register type Specifies the type of register where the tag is stored in the device A Teco device has the following types of registers X input Y output S system R user and M databox Address Specifies the register address where the tag is stored in the device For digital tags the bit number is also indicated HEM Reliance 4 Development Environment Device Manager IN ii Defining Wago Device Tag Addressing Determines how to address tags within the Wago device Considering the Modbus protocol is used to transfer tag values the Modbus option can also be chosen In such a case it is essential to know how to convert the address of the tag in the Wago device to the Modbus address If the Wago address is chosen the conversion is
123. via E mail Send via SMS On start and On end options are active The Message text property contains the necessary information and doesn t have to be altered To send information via E mail it is necessary to configure the options on the E mail page especially the SMTP server address To send information via SMS it is necessary to activate the Start SMS driver option on the SMS page and configure the other properties Sending alarm event information based on groups two areas SendAlarmsUsingGroups_TwoAreas is a project designed to demonstrate how to send alarm event information to certain users based on the alarm event groups defined in the project The alarm event information can be sent via E mail or SMS text messages as the alarms events occur end get acknowledged In the Project Options dialog box 5 alarm event groups are defined Project gt Alarms Events gt Groups The groups are defined based on two criteria alarm severity the TrivialAlarms SeriousAlarms CriticalAlarms groups and alarm area Areal Area2 The Areal and Area2 folders are defined through the Device Manager to represent the areas where particular devices PLCs telemetry systems etc are located In each folder one device is defined In each device alarms named TrivialAlarm1 SeriousAlarm1 and CriticalAlarm1 are defined to be simulated through the buttons in the visualization window Each alarm has an enumeration of the groups it belongs to the Ad
124. visualization windows KZ Open Enter Opens the selected window x Delete Del Releases the selected window from memory and removes it from the hard disk The user is prompted to confirm the action HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Window Manager En In addition to the commands contained in the toolbar the popup menu of the window list also includes the following commands mj Rename F2 Allows you to rename the selected window This can also be done by clicking on the already selected name of the window You can only rename open windows Ga Duplicate Ctrl D Displays the Duplicate Window dialog box which allows you to make a copy of the currently selected window Close Closes the currently selected windows The windows are released from memory when closed The user is prompted to save any changes that have been made to the windows Close All Windows Closes all open windows oe Find Object Ctrl F Brings up the Find Object dialog box which allows you to find a window by any part of its name Find Object Usages AIt F Brings up the Find Object Usages Wizard which will find the objects that reference the selected window SE Perform Diagnostics Brings up the Project Diagnostics Wizard which will check the selected windows for errors Replace Object Properties Brings up the Replace Object Properties Wizard Reliance 4 Development Environment Ha aa Window Manager Al
125. will be displayed Reliance 4 Development Environment Ha 428 Trend Properties Percent If this option is active the percentage of a single point s value out of the total sum of all values will be displayed Label If this option is active the points text will be displayed Label and Percent If this option is active the points text and the percentage of a single point s value out of the total sum of all values will be displayed Label and Value If this option is active the points text and values will be displayed Legend If this option is active the marks text is specified by the Text Style property Percent Total If this option is active the percentage of a single point s value out of the total sum of all values and the total sum of all values will be displayed Label amp Percent Total If this option is active the points text the percentage of a single point s value out of the total sum of all values and the total sum of all values will be displayed X Value If this option is active the points x values will be displayed 10 5 3 Border Color Editor The editor allows you to specify the visibility style width and color of a line If the selected width is greater than 1 only a solid line can be drawn 10 5 4 Pattern Color Editor The editor allows you to specify the style and color of a fill pattern There are several hatch EE Reliance 4 Development Environment Trend Properties
126. with the device is detected by the communication driver for the first time and the moment the Communication error event is generated by the runtime software Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi EKOR Project Structure Manager v Driver Computer Connect to driver Specifies where the communication driver is to start If the Locally option is active the communication driver will run on the same computer as the runtime software If the On remote computer option is active another computer defined within the visualization project must be selected to run the communication driver It is not recommended to use this option If you do so anyway make sure the Reliance 4 Driver Server program and the respective driver are installed on the remote computer Also the DCOM service must be configured for Reliance 4 Driver Server It is necessary to configure security settings for the driver in Windows too Computer name Specifies the computer on which the communication driver is to run For this computer the Address property s value must be specified v Time Regular synchronization Allows you to periodically synchronize the system time of the device with the system time of the computer the property is only accessible to some device types e g Teco and QMD The synchronization is performed daily at the specified time Tag controlled synchronization Allows you to synchronize the system time of the device with the system time of the com
127. with the mouse Allow changing sorting Determines whether to allow the user sorting the data grid by the selected column To activate the sorting click on the column header Another click on the column header changes the sorting direction A Z Z A Allow hiding columns Determines whether to allow the user to temporarily hide the data grid s columns The columns can be hidden or displayed using the column header s popup menu Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi RER Additional Text Brings up the Select Font dialog box which allows you to specify the font font style size and other font attributes of the header s text Automatic sorting If this option is active the data grid is sorted by the specified column after it is displayed at runtime The user may still change the sorting direction manually if it is enabled by the previous option Sort by column Specifies the column by which the data grid should be automatically sorted The column numbering starts from O Sorting direction Specifies the following two sorting directions Ascending or Descending Number format Use locale settings Specifies how to format the displayed numeric values decimal separator If this option is active the operating system formatting is used Otherwise the Reliance default formatting is applied 7 3 11 Data Tree This component is intended for organizing and displaying data in the form of a tree view Each item in the tree is call
128. within each device The tags are configured for DDE sharing the Sharing page The two virtual devices are connected to the DdeServer computer via the Project Structure Manager Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE Examples Communication with an external program via COM CommWithExternalProgram is a project designed to demonstrate how to transfer data between the Reliance SCADA HMI system and an external application via the COM interface The RandomValue and Seconds tags defined in the project are used to hold the data received from the external application The project also contains the RelianceValue tag which is used to send the data to the external program you can set its value in the visualization window The external application is located in the lt Project gt Main Apps folder and it is automatically started upon project startup the Project Options gt Scripts gt Other gt After run project property specifies the Create_GlobalObject script which is to run the program Before the project is started for the first time the external program needs to be started manually to register the COM object The project s main visualization window contains two buttons connected to the scripts which are used to start or terminate the external application The window also contains three Display components linked to the RandomValue Seconds and RelianceValue tags The Create_GlobalObject and Free_GlobalObject event scripts defined through the
129. won t be read Common Object Properties ii Tecomat and Tecoreg Devices Communication Zone Properties Miscellaneous Register type Specifies the type of register where the zone is located A Teco device has the following types of registers X input Y output S system R user and M databox Address Specifies the register address where the zone begins Length byte count Specifies the number of bytes to be read Reading interval Specifies the time interval used for reading the zone by the communication driver Control reading Determines whether to control reading the zone by the specified digital type tag The tag can be automatically reset when the zone is read if the Reset tag after reading finished property is active W Modbus Device Communication Zone Properties Miscellaneous Register type Specifies the type of register where the zone is located Address Specifies the register address where the zone begins HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Device Manager CN Length element count Specifies the length of the zone in elements Reading interval Specifies the time interval used for reading the zone by the communication driver Control reading Determines whether to control reading the zone by the specified digital type tag The tag can be automatically reset when the zone is read if the Reset tag after reading finished property is active Reliance 4 Development Environment E
130. y Static Appearance User interface mode Specifies the user interface mode For details see Axis Media Control s SDK documentation Show toolbar Determines whether to display the toolbar of the IP camera s user interface Toolbar configuration Allows you to specify the toolbar configuration For details see Axis Media Control s SDK documentation Show status bar Determines whether to display the component s status bar Adjust to component size Determines whether to adjust the size of the video to the size of the component Enable context menu Determines whether to enable displaying the component s context menu Maximize restore on double click Determines whether to enable maximizing the video to full screen by double clicking on the component area 7 10 2 Pelco IP Camera This component is used to integrate videos from Pelco IP cameras into a visualization Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi Ea IP Cameras application It allows you to e place a video into the visualization window e control the connection with the camera using a tag e perform other functions which depend on the camera type used rotating the camera zooming etc e configure the appearance of the player toolbar and status bar options The component uses the original Pelco Viewer supplied together with the IP camera It is designed for all types of Pelco IP cameras which are compatible with this control Today all Pelco IP camera
131. 19 v Functions Link to tag Specifies the link to the tag which contains the time program structure The tag should be of type IRC Module options Address Specifies the address of the end module which is to be configured 0 31 Editor dialog caption Specifies the text displayed in the title bar of the component s settings window at runtime Choose module type Allows the user to specify the type of end module in the Tecoreg IRC system Working with the component during runtime depends on the type of module selected It is specified using constants If this option is not active the type of module is specified automatically when communicating with the device Module type End module name 11 TR111 12 TR112 15 TR115 16 TR116 21 TR121 22 TR122 41 TR141 7 6 2 Teco Time Program This component is intended for the configuration of time programs in the iNELS electrical Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE E installation system Time programs are used for setting up the electrical installation time dependent control Two state program or the heating and air conditioning control Heating Air conditioning program iNELS is a sophisticated system of intelligent electrical installation developed by the ELKO EP company It is mainly used for the control of lighting and shutters and for the monitoring of states in buildings Properties The properties on the Static and States pages allow you to configure the
132. 23 rdt Table of objects of type Data Structure Objects 00000024 rdt Table of objects of type Data Structure Field Objects 00000025 rdt Table of objects of type Connected User Objects 00000026 radat Table of objects of type Action Objects 00000027 rdt Table of objects of type Communication Driver Objects 00000028 rat Table of objects of type Connected Communication Driver Objects 0000002E rdt Table of objects of type Connected Device Folder Objects 0000002F rdt Table of objects of type Connected Communication Driver E Folder Objects 00000030 rdt Table of objects of type Device Folder Objects 00000031 rdt Table of objects of type Communication Zone Folder Objects 00000032 rdt Table of objects of type Tag Folder Objects 00000033 rdt Table of objects of type Alarm Event Folder Obiects 00000034 rdt Table of objects of type Connected Data Table Folder Objects 00000036 rdt Table of objects of type Data Table Folder Objects 00000037 rdt Table of objects of type Data Table Field Folder Obiects 00000038 rdt Table of objects of type Connected Trend Folder Objects 00000039 rat Table of objects of type Trend Folder Objects 0000003A rat Table of objects of type Trend Series Folder Objects 0000003B rat Table of objects of type Real Time Trend Folder Objects 0000003C rat Table of objects of type Real Time Trend Series Folder Objects 0000003D rat Table of objects of type Connected
133. 29 Zone size Specifies the zone s width in pixels to display the unit Fine offset Specifies a horizontal offset i e the number of pixels by which the units are shifted to the right of the position specified by the Alignment property Alignment Specifies the placement of the engineering units within the zone 7 2 2 Button This component mainly allows for indicating and changing Bool type tag values In addition the Button component can be used for example to activate another visualization window execute scripts actions or change the main tag s value Properties Basic Alignment Dynamic Menu Scripts Actions v Security Functions scripts actions menus Secure Determines whether to select access rights required for securing the interaction between the user and the component If this feature is enabled the component is only accessible to users with sufficient access rights To specify the access rights required for accessing the component bring up the Select Access Rights dialog box by clicking on the key icon The user must have at least one access right selected in the list available Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE 130 Standard Setting value Query for state O Query for state 1 Upon clicking the button a dialog box displaying the specified text will be shown prior to assigning a new value to the main tag Prohibit violating bounds Disables entering a tag value which is not within the speci
134. 3 7 Real Time Chart EEN 178 7 3 8 Realelime Trendin aana ege EE ee dE Rer 182 7 3 9 Level Fill Picture sirince aaaea anaa a aaan aaraa raean Nerg 183 7 3 10 Data Gi BEE 186 7 3 11 RER 192 NGGUOIS E 203 7 4 1 Ve tele 203 7 4 2 EE eege Eeer EE EES 206 OMEN ON EE 209 7 5 1 Control Simple Time Program ccccceeeceeeseeeeeeeeeeaeeeesseaeeeseseeeeeeeesenaes 209 7 5 2 Control Time Program E 210 7 5 3 Control Equithermal Curve EE 213 TECO WE 217 7 6 1 Teco ET KE 217 7 6 2 Teco TIME Program ENEE 219 JONINSON Controls iisi gege degt See rei eege Eege 222 7 7 1 Johnson Controls Holiday Program EE 222 7 7 2 Johnson Controls Time Program EE 223 7 7 3 Johnson Controls ON OFF Time Program cccceeeeceeeeseneeeeeseeeeeees 224 el LEE 226 7 8 1 Sauter Holiday Program ssccsssiseccsvssciestensaceansacatecsabidesancnndessonedeesoaecacawobadeeans 226 7 8 2 Sa ter Time Progra WE 227 BACNET cee eee ee e 230 7 9 1 BACnet Time Program RE 230 IP Cameras EE 233 7 10 1 Axis IP Camera EE 233 7 10 2 Pelco IP Camera EE 235 7 10 3 Vivotek IP Came ra ENEE 237 MAN AB CMS E 241 Common Object Properties AAA 244 HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Table of Contents 8 2 Common Toolbar Commande ee 245 8 2 1 Substitution Of LINKS to TAGS sisi csecsccccsececesseacscees sacetenssasceatiscdecaisseassariiencencs 246 8 2 2 Substitution of Links to Data Table Fields EE 247 8 3 Data Structure Manager cccccccccsssss
135. 36 bytes for the Two state program type Time Program Name Specifies the name of the time program Type Allows you to select the type of time program Heating Air conditioning or Two state program The first type enables you to specify 8 time sections for each day of the week with the following settings Comfort Normal Falloff or Minimum The range of temperatures for cooling and heating corresponds to each level The Two state program type enables you to divide each day of the week into 16 sections and to select the On or Off state of the device in each section Time program settings window Title Specifies the text displayed in the title bar of the component s settings window at runtime Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE 222 Johnson Controls 7 7 Johnson Controls Holiday Program Time Program ON OFF Time Program 7 7 1 Johnson Controls Holiday Program This component allows you to specify the dates of holidays exception days in Johnson Controls devices and together with a time program allows you to control the on and off states of the device within the specified time intervals For more detailed information on the setup options see the Reliance 4 Runtime user guide Properties The properties on the Static and States pages allow you to configure the appearance of the component displayed in the visualization window They are the same as in the Button component Basic Alignment Dynamic Menu
136. 3D effect is achieved Color Each If this option is active individual connecting lines between the points are drawn in different colors so that they are easily distinguished from one another Line Mode Stairs If this option is active each connecting line is formed by one horizontal and one vertical line or plane in case of a 3D chart Inverted If you want to activate this option the previous one Stairs must also be enabled In such a case the first line is vertical and the other line is horizontal Pattern Specifies the pattern of the series fill The following options are available Solid Clear Horizontal Vertical Diagonal B Diagonal Cross Diag Cross 10 5 2 2 Point The following properties determine how the series points are to be drawn Visible Determines whether to show the points 3D Determines whether to display the points as plane or three dimensional objects This option can only be used for the following point styles Square Triangle Down Triangle HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Trend Properties 425 Inflate Margins Determines whether to automatically increase the axis range so that the series points are displayed inside the chart Dark 3D If this option is active the faces of the objects representing the points are shaded so that the 3D effect is achieved This option can only be used for the following point styles Square Triangle Down Triangle Width Specifies t
137. A HMI system vector graphics is represented by pictures in the wmf emf format which are imported and used in the same way as raster pictures To draw basic shapes you can use vector components such as Bar Circle Ellipse or Grid Vector graphics can also be used to draw most components Pipe Progress Bar Scale Clock Real Time Trend Real Time Chart Bevel etc 2 2 2 3 Quick Creation of Links to Tags Quick linking of tags to components visual linking Most active components are controlled by a main tag Their size position and visibility can also be controlled dynamically using tags To specify the link to a tag bring up the selected component s Properties dialog box and choose the desired tag via the Select Tag dialog box If multiple components are to be linked to tags the Visual Linking tool window can be used To specify the link to the tag whose value is to be control the desired property of the respective component simply drag and drop the tag from the Visual Linking window onto the component HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Reliance Main Features Ea 2 2 2 4 Open Format Open format scripts in TXT windows in XML pictures in the original format others in RDT tables export to CSV A Reliance visualization project is stored on disk within a specific directory structure The project itself consists of files in different mainly open formats Pictures are stored in the original format the window structure
138. CY TET IL Industrial SCADA HMI system Reliance 4 DEVELOPMENT ENVIRONMENT ASSN SS ae q bebe SC GEOVAP Relance Industrial SCADA HMI system Reliance 4 DEVELOPMENT ENVIRONMENT e GEOVAP 2013 GEOVAP spol s r o All rights reserved GEOVAP spol s r o Cechovo nabrezi 1790 530 03 Pardubice Czech Republic 420 466 024 618 http www geovap cz Products that are referred to in this document may be trademarks and or registered trademarks of the respective owners While every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this document GEOVAP spol s r o assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions or for damages resulting from the use of information contained in this document or from the use of programs and source code that may accompany it In no event shall GEOVAP spol s r o be liable for any loss of profit or any other commercial damage caused or alleged to have been caused directly or indirectly by this document Table of Contents ey Table of Contents 1 Reliance gt Geen er rer ne ee ee ee ee a eee ee 1 ie E EE 1 1 2 Reliance SW Modules 15 3si2 3ciieccasnntaindsiad emaaaiedeedassceusaautasandauadaecaauacsdedendeenamnmedenssnaceemanuaccdeds 2 2 Reliance Design Development Environment Ae T 2 1 troduction RE 9 2 2 Reliance Main Eeertutg zegetsderzederegebiiegebaedg eededeeEedgegehe NEESS nanana annee 11 2 2 1 End User Intended Features Aen 11 2 2 2 Systems Integra
139. DE_Client project and vice versa A DDE device named R_CtlSrv_DDEServer is defined through the Device Manager The DDE server property is set to R_CtlSrv it is the DDE server s filename without an extension Within the DDE device there are tags defined in the Tags folder These tags correspond to the tags defined in the DDE_Server project For clarity s sake the tags are divided into the TO and T1 folders For each tag the DDE Item property is configured so that it corresponds to the configuration of the same property in the DDE_Server project The R_CtlSrv_DDEServer device is connected to the DDEClient computer via the Project Structure Manager The DDE topic property is set to DdeServer this is if the DDE server is the Reliance runtime software i e Reliance View Reliance Control Reliance Server or Reliance Control Server Communication via DDE server DDE_Server is a project designed to show how to use the DDE protocol to exchange data between two Reliance projects The DDE_Server project needs to be started in the Reliance Control Server software and simultaneously the DDE_Client project needs to be started in the Reliance Control software If both projects are running successfully you can set a value in the DDE_Server project and the change is instantly visible in the DDE_Client project and vice versa Two virtual devices TO_Server and T1_Server defined through the Device Manager contain internal tags in the Tags folder
140. Data Servers user guide 10 4 7 Safe Project Termination During a Power Outage The basic assumption is that the computer running the visualization project is powered by a UPS Uninterruptible Power Supply In case of a power outage the project runtime software should be safely terminated before shutting down the operating system This prevents data from being lost or damaged If the UPS driver is available it must be configured to run the P Termin exe utility before shutting down the operating system the utility is located in the Utils directory on the installation CD Then the project can be safely terminated Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi 406 Tips and Tricks 10 4 8 Optimizing Computer Workload The computer s load at runtime is affected by the following factors e Project Size e Databases e Scripts e Data Transfer e Windows Project Size The project startup speed and the computer s load can be affected by the size of the visualization project The project size is determined by the number of objects defined within managers and the number of objects connected to the computer via the Project Structure Manager It is recommended to remove all unused objects from the project To find the unused objects project diagnostics should be performed Also only those objects required by the respective computer should be connected to it via the Project Structure Manager The other objects should be disconnected Databas
141. Defining Tecomat and Tecoreg Devices Miscellaneous Address Specifies the address of the device to be identified within multiple devices on a single bus The value can be overloaded with the Address property of the connected device s communication channel see the Project Structure Manager If the device is connected via the Ethernet network the address value must be equal to O If the address is non zero and the device is connected via the Ethernet network then another central unit is connected via an extended communication channel IP address Specifies the device s IP address on the Ethernet network The value can be overloaded with the IP address property of the connected device s communication channel see the Project Structure Manager Model Specifies the device s model All Teco device s models communicate via the same communication protocol However some of them have limited functions e g NS 946 does not fully support all communication functions while others have advanced functions eg TC700 supports redundancy Therefore the respective model must be selected to function properly If your device model is not on offer choose the Not specified option Databox Enable reading writing Databox Determines whether to enable the communication driver to read write data from to the Databox extended memory of Tecomat devices HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Device Manager Wl Offset Specifies the link to t
142. E 218 Teco Service access Allows you to fully configure the end module including PID control parameters The component works with a special data structure Array of Byte of length 7169 implemented by the tag of type IRC After clicking on the component at runtime the module s configuration data is non repeatedly read and the module management window is opened As a result the entire data structure does not have to be covered by communication zones the zones are used to read the operating data area for on line data update only Properties The properties on the Static and States pages allow you to configure the appearance of the component displayed in the visualization window They are the same as in the Button component Basic Alignment Dynamic Menu Scripts Actions v Security Functions scripts actions menus Secure Determines whether to select access rights required for securing the interaction between the user and the component If this feature is enabled the component is only accessible to users with sufficient access rights To specify the access rights required for accessing the component bring up the Select Access Rights dialog box by clicking on the key icon The user must have at least one access right selected in the list available Access rights are required to edit time programs Service Allows you to select access rights required for service access EE Reliance 4 Development Environment Teco 2
143. E 499 10 118 SCrPts Eeer 501 10 11 9 Databases EEN 510 10 1141 10 Data EXcGha nge iunii ee en ener nee eer nner er eee te eer er eer eee reer nr 513 HE Reliance 4 Development Environment About Reliance 1 Reliance 1 1 About Reliance Reliance is a modern SCADA HMI system designed to visualize and control industrial processes Data is acquired from control systems most frequently from PLCs logged to databases and presented i e visualized to end users in a graphical form schemes charts tables etc Other important features of the system are support for scripts recipes and alarms diagnostics custom reports Postmort languages access rights OPC SMS email messages and reciprocal communication with enterprise information systems Visualization applications are also easily accessible to remote users using a Web browser or mobile devices e g PDA Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE Cd Reliance SW Modules 1 2 Reliance SW Modules The Reliance 4 SCADA HMI system consists of the following SW modules e Development environment Reliance Design Reliance Design is the development environment designed for creating and editing visualization projects applications It is available in two versions Desktop and Enterprise Desktop The Desktop version is intended for creating applications of type 1 computer any number of devices A device can be a PLC Programmable Logic Controller telemetry system o
144. EC62056 BACnet Siemens Release communication port when idle If no communication packets are available to be sent and this property is active the communication driver will release a serial communication port Another communication driver can then use this port Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE 294 Communication Driver Manager Elgas Inmat Johnson Controls Modbus Promos Teco QMD Maximum communication packet length Specifies the maximum length of the communication message to send Communication error count before reset comm channel Exceeding this number results in terminating all communications on the respective communication channel closing the communication channel and deleting all unsent messages Subsequently the communication channel is reopened and the communication restarted Elgas Inmat Johnson Controls Modbus Promos Teco IEC104 IEC62056 M Bus Generic BACnet Siemens Maximum TCP socket count Specifies the maximum number of TCP sockets simultaneously opened by the communication driver H communicating with multiple devices these are equally divided into individual sockets After the communication with a single device is processed the socket is closed and prior to communicating with another device reopened with different parameters Maximum UDP socket count Specifies the maximum number of UDP sockets simultaneously opened by the communication driver H communicating with multiple devices
145. EEE EH Communication Driver Manager 8 5 Communication Driver Manager The Communication Driver Manager is a tool intended to configure the properties of the communication drivers The Communication Driver Manager window has the same layout as other managers see the chapter Managers In addition to the common toolbar commands the toolbar contains the New Communication Driver command which is used to add a new communication driver to the tree diagram Several instances of each type of communication driver can be defined to provide different configurations for the devices connected to different computers Similarly to other objects communication drivers are connected to the actual computers via the Project Structure Manager Basic Communication 8 5 1 Driver Basic Properties Common Object Properties Log information to file Determines whether to log information about the operation of the communication driver to a file Log communications Determines whether to log information about the received and sent communication messages Log errors Determines whether to log information about errors which occurred during the operation of the communication driver for example Failed to open the required communication port Failed to process the received data Log debug information Determines whether to log debug auxiliary information It helps the Reliance SCADA HMI system s developers when detecting and removing errors HE Rel
146. EEG 78 Project Conve sion Wizard E 79 Etangs 80 PROJECT Diagnostics Wizard iisseciccstecantvnanniaduansncndannutidstebatieaneansuaneaduavduedaciiansteiudvsineniaiiaadion 81 Backup Project Wizard sosisini animen aiea anaE EA EA ETARE RDE EEEE 83 Restore Project from Backup Wizard saccccicccienccinccsensiwtddeecstendeuscrviawestianeennsupieansitdesennivdntanke 84 Find Object Usages Wizard ENEE 85 Replace Object Properties Wizard Aen 86 Export Project for Remote Users Wizard EE 87 Project Infomation iipasi anaiai viaaa kanaa SEENEN aiaia 92 Visualization Window ENEE 93 6 11 1 Creating a New Window e essegeekguEEESESSESENgSEREEENRKEESEEEENEREEEEEEESSEEEEEREEEEe ENER 93 6 11 2 Duplicating a Window ee 94 6 11 3 DESISNINE amp WINDOW TE 95 6 11 4 Creating a Window Template ccscccssssccesessssseceessseeersssseserseeseseeeesas 96 6 11 5 Embedding a Window Template EEN 97 6 11 6 Window Propertie eck eEkeECee aaan aaa 98 POI GEE A 105 6 121 d ET 105 Yi KA Wu LER ee ev ere nee er re Pe ee eee ee eee 105 6 12 3 AlarmMS EVENTS egene centile and eie dn ied AEA NEURE 106 HEM Reliance 4 Development Environment 7 2 Table of Contents a 6 12 4 RUNTIME E 108 6 125 Access PRIUS aicina O 110 6 12 6 Vue VC 111 6 12 7 Telephone Service Providers ee 112 6 128 DDE Sharing isere raaa e Eaa aiaia iiaae 112 GK WE EE 113 6 12 10 Ee 114 6 12 11 Scripts ee 115 G KS KC ME E ul EE 117 MES EE 118 GE KS E MR VC 118 Components 0 eee
147. ER Using window templates for displaying motor information MotorDetails_WindowTemplate is another project designed to demonstrate how to use data structures and window templates The main visualization window MotorOverview is an overview window displaying 4 engine symbols By double clicking a symbol detailed information on the respective motor ID status speed and its controls speed setpoint start stop button is displayed Information on the device of type motor is arranged in the Motor data structure through the Data Structure Manager This data structure corresponds to the same named window template defined via the Window Manager the Templates folder Based on the Motor data structure structured tags named Motor1 Motor2 Motor3 and Motor4 are defined within the System device see the Device Manager Subsequently the Motor template is repeatedly used in the modal visualization windows Motor Motor2 Motor3 and Motor4 defined via the Window Manager the Motors folder Each time the template is used the respective structured tag of type Motor must be specified 10 11 7 Alarms Events Sending alarm event information based on groups SendAlarmsUsingGroups_Simple is a project designed to demonstrate how to send alarm event information to certain users based on the alarm event group defined in the project The alarm event information can be sent via E mail or SMS text messages as the alarms events occur end get acknowledged
148. End User Intended Features Systems Integrator Intended Features 2 2 1 End User Intended Features The benefits of using the Reliance SCADA HMI system for end users what and how to use it Communication with Control Systems Displaying Data as Trends Data Overviews Displaying Data as Mimic Diagrams Logging Data Controlling the Process Alarms and Events Multimedia Multilanguage Project Support User Profiles and Rights Postmort Built in Web Server Thin Clients Receiving Sending Text and Email Messages System of Notes Client Server Architecture Information Systems Interconnection Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE Reliance Main Features 2 2 1 1 Communication with Control Systems Communication with control systems PLCs telemetry systems OPC native drivers Device Manager tags CoDeSys import The main function of SCADA systems including the Reliance SCADA HMI system is to acquire data from subsystems PLCs telemetry systems etc Reliance allows for reading writing data in different formats from to communication drivers native drivers OPC and DDE servers In most cases each subsystem connected HW PLC corresponds to an object of type device defined within a visualization project Devices can only be defined via the Device Manager Within each device you can define tags of different types The list of tags can be easily imported from CoDeSys The basic properties for connecting to a subsys
149. Ending Specifies the style of the dial pointer s ending The dial pointer can be without any ending None or it can be ended with an Arrow or Full arrow The following properties can be defined for the arrow Color Size and Sharpness Line Specifies the Width and Color of the gauge s dial pointer Background Background Is used to specify the component s background color The background can be without any color Transparent Frame For more details see the Bevel component Scale Show scale Determines whether to display the scale Divisions Specifies the number of small and big divisions and the Color of the scale s divisions Show numbers Determines whether to display the scale s numbers and specifies their position Inside or Outside Dial Determines whether to display the dial s Background and Border and specifies its Colors and Width Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE KC Additional Limits Determines whether to display the limits High warning Low warning High critical Low critical and specifies their Colors The limits are displayed in the area of the gauge s scale The limits values correspond to the limits of the tag 7 3 3 Clock This component is intended for displaying an analog clock It can display either system time or the value of a tag of type DateTime in such a case changing the tag value can be enabled Properties Basic Alignment Dynamic Menu Scripts Actions v Security
150. Export Exports the selected window Due to subsequent import the object IDs in the exported file XML format are replaced with names Import Imports a window from an XML file When the import is finished the window is added to the project During the import the links to objects are resolved by name Import Content Imports components from an XML file into the selected existing window The original content of the window is removed During the import the links to objects are resolved by name The command is intended for transferring components between windows from different projects Properties Ctrl Enter Brings up the Window Properties dialog box which allows for setting up the selected window window type loading appearance size access rights etc HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Layer Manager En 4 3 Layer Manager The Layer Manager is a tool window that contains a list of the so called layers of the active visualization window The system of layers gives a third dimension to visualization windows Each window has 16 layers in which components can be arbitrarily located Each component can only be located on one layer The Layer Manager allows for locking and making layers hence the relevant components visible or hidden A name can be assigned to each layer 4 Visible Changes the visibility status If the Visible button is not pressed all the components located on the layer are hidden This makes wo
151. File gt Restore Project from Backup command is used to bring up the Restore Project from Backup Wizard The wizard allows you to create or restore the visualization project from the backup file which was created using the Backup Project Wizard Step 1 Selecting backup file Determines the path and name of the backup file Step 2 Project location Determines the directory where the visualization project should be restored By default the restored project will be located in the directory for projects Place project files in another directory Allows you to select another directory where the restored project is to be placed Step 3 Project restoration method Complete restoration Prior to restoring the project all files of the current project will be deleted Restoration of backed up directories Prior to restoring the project all files of the backed up directories will be deleted Files which were not stored in the backup file will be removed Restoration of selected files Only files stored in the backup file will be restored the other files will remain unchanged HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Find Object Usages Wizard Ea 6 7 Find Object Usages Wizard The Find Object Usages Wizard can be accessed from managers popup menus The wizard is used to find links to selected objects in specified parts of the project Step 1 Project scopes Allows you to choose project scopes to be scanned to find usages of the sele
152. Force Single Coil 05 Is a communication function for writing a single coil digital output If this function is not enabled the communication driver will try to use the Force Multiple Coils 15 function Preset Single Register 06 Is a communication function for writing a single holding register user register If this function is not enabled the communication driver will try to use the Preset Multiple Regs 16 function Force Multiple Coils 15 Is a communication function for writing multiple coils digital outputs If this function is not enabled the communication driver will try to use the Force Single Coil 05 function Preset Multiple Regs 16 Is a communication function for writing multiple holding registers user registers If this function is not enabled the communication driver will try to use the Preset Single Register 06 function Mask Write 4X Registers 22 Is a communication function for writing a digital value into a user register using a mask Extended memory Enable reading extended memory Determines whether to enable the communication driver to read write data from to the device s extended memory To function properly the Read General Reference 20 function for reading the extended memory must be activated on the Basic page Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi 262 Device Manager File Specifies the link to the integer type tag whose value is to be used to control the data file to be read Address Specif
153. Functions Link to tag Specifies the link to the Main tag which allows you to dynamically change the fill and border of the vector shape If the main tag is not used the appearance of the component is specified by the properties on the Static page Test value is used to display the preview in the development environment On the left side of the page there is a list of states which can be added and deleted using commands from the toolbar On the Fill and Border pages it is necessary to configure the display settings for each state in the list The selected state is active if the value of the main tag is within the range specified by the From value To value properties If multiple states meet this condition the state which is higher in the list of states will be selected If no state meets this condition the first state will be selected Fill This is a group of properties allowing you to specify the Style and Colors of the vector shape s fill for each state See the Static page Border This is a group of properties allowing you to specify the Line style Width and Color of the vector shape s edges for each state see the Static page HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Vectors 205 v Static Fill Style Specifies how the component s fill will be displayed Solid the component is filled with a continuous color Color 1 Gradient the area of the component is drawn as a color transition specified by other properties
154. HistoryData Connection Specifies the way in which the runtime software accesses the data table Direct The Direct connection is a primary way to access the data table As far as a file based data table is concerned the runtime software accesses the data table s files directly It opens the files and reads the data It can also log data to the files As for an SQL based data table the runtime software accesses the SQL server to obtain the data table s data or to pass data which is to be logged to the data table This option is always selected for a computer that has the Log data property active It can also be selected for a client computer which only views the data table updated by another instance of the runtime software running on another computer Log data Determines whether the runtime software running on the computer should sample real time data and log the samples to the data table If a single physical data table i e file based or SQL based is accessed by multiple instances of the runtime software the property can only be active for one of the computers accessing the data table In most cases it is the one acquiring the device s data directly from the communication driver Create archive files Determines whether the runtime software running on the computer should create archive files If a single physical data table i e file based or SQL based is accesses by multiple instances of the runtime software the prope
155. Insert Container component The template will be inserted into the visualization window through a Container component This way of inserting templates keeps the link to the window template unchanged possible subsequent changes made to the window template will be reflected in all places where the template is used Note To insert templates quickly without invoking the wizard drag the template from the Window Manager Copy components The components contained in the template will be inserted directly into the visualization window This way of inserting templates can be used for example when it is required to subsequently customize properties of individual components If the Group components option is active the Group command will be automatically applied on the inserted components Note To insert templates quickly without invoking the wizard drag the template from the Window Manager while pressing the Ctrl key Reliance 4 Development Environment Ha EH Visualization Window Step 2 Window template and structured tag Is used to select a window template which will be inserted in the same manner as defined in the previous step Structured tag Allows you to select a structured tag If the Insert Container component option has been chosen in the previous step a structured tag can be defined additionally 6 11 6 Window Properties To display the Window Properties dialog box which allows you to view or edit the properties
156. Lock etc locating components Alignment Center etc resizing Shrink to Smallest Grow to Largest etc changing the Z order of components transforming rotating and aligning components to the grid etc The commands for editing components use the internal clipboard not the system one As a result the contents of the clipboard can only be used within one instance of Reliance Design If you need to copy a component to another project you can use the Export command in the Window Manager and then import the window into another project using the mport command in the Window Manager e Undo Ctrl Z Reverses the last action taken and thus restores the components to their previous state Up to 100 actions can be undone using the Undo command To set the number of changes use the Environment Options dialog Environment gt Visualization Windows The change history allows for storing the operations of adding a component including pasting it from the clipboard deleting sizing rotating and changing the position of a component Redo Shift Ctri z Repeats the last action taken A Cut Ctrl X Removes the currently selected components from the window and places it on the clipboard mg Copy Ctrl C Places a copy of the currently selected components on the clipboard Ga Duplicate Ctrl D Copies the currently selected components and places them into the same window horizontally and vertically shifted by 8 pi
157. Name custom report item The data table s file name is set in the TableName property At runtime the custom report can be displayed by clicking on the Show Report button Custom report containing a trend based on the data from an SQL database CustomReport_ADOChart is a project designed to demonstrate how to use a custom report of type FastReport to access an SQL database and to draw a trend based on this data The TimeRange_From and TimeRange_Till tags used to specify the time range are defined via the Device Manager A sample tag of type Word is also defined The SQL type data table defined via the Data Table Manager is used to log the values of the sample tag The SQL server is named LOCAL SQLEXPRESS It is a standard name set when Microsoft SQL Server 2005 Express Edition is installed with setup bat A custom report named TemperatureReport is defined through the Custom Report Manager The ADODatabase component is used to make a link between the custom report and the SQL database You have to set the database parameter of this component in the same way as the Connection string in the Project Options gt Project gt SQL dialog The values from the data table are accessed via a dynamically generated SQL query the query is generated in the FastReport script After the SQL connection is properly configured you can start the project in the runtime software Log some records in the database the value of the word type tag is logged into the
158. Paths Keyboard Shortcuts Managers Picture Manager String Manager Script Manager Script Debugging Visualization Windows Window Layout File Types Connection License Update 5 3 1 Paths The Paths group allows you to preset some of the frequently used locations of files and directories within the system Project directory A default directory for creating or opening visualization projects You can choose a path using the Select Directory dialog box Project backup directory A default directory for storing project backups see the Backup Project Wizard for details HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Environment Options ee Picture Library directory A directory containing the picture library When you import pictures into a visualization project through the Picture Manager this directory will be preset in the Select File dialog box Note A separate installation program is used to install the picture library Log file directory A directory for storing Reliance log files They are files that contain detailed information on the computer operating system and the operation of individual Reliance modules To configure the logging options use the Project Options dialog Runtime gt Logging 5 3 2 Keyboard Shortcuts The Keyboard Shortcuts group allows you to assign or customize keyboard shortcuts for selected commands The command list is divided into several topic groups the All group contains all the commands
159. Script Manager are designed to start and terminate the external application the CreateObject method is used to start the external application The SendNewvalue script is designed to send the value of the RelianceValue tag to the external application this can be achieved by calling the SetValue method of the external application The last object defined via the Script Manager is a periodic script named Read_ObjValues its period is 0 3 seconds which is used to read the values from the external program the GetRandomValue and GetSeconds methods of the external program are used to read the values The external application which is part of the example project shows the current values of the two dynamically generated tags and the list of values received from the visualization application The external program is written in Borland Delphi Pascal and supplied including the source code the source code is located in the lt Project gt Main Apps Source External zip directory Script controlled data logging to a file and database LogDataToFileAndDb is a project designed to show how to log tag values to a file and database via a script The main visualization window contains three Display components displaying the sine and cosine of a periodically incremented angle and two Button components used to activate deactivate data logging to the file or data table The data will be logged to the lt Project gt History Data AngleData txt file and or to the
160. Scripts Actions Security Functions Link to tag Specifies the link to the tag of type Array of Word size of which is 60 elements which is read from the Johnson Controls device Editor dialog caption Specifies the text displayed in the title bar of the component s settings window at runtime HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Johnson Controls 223 Data transfer Timeout Specifies the length of the interval within which the component displays the currently changed value Sometimes right after the value is changed the original value can be displayed for a short time if the Timeout s value is too short 7 7 2 Johnson Controls Time Program This component allows you to configure the properties of a time program in Johnson Controls devices For more detailed information on the setup options see the Reliance 4 Runtime user guide Properties The properties on the Static and States pages allow you to configure the appearance of the component displayed in the visualization window They are the same as in the Button component Basic Alignment Dynamic Menu Scripts Actions Security v Functions Link to tag Specifies the link to the tag of type Array of Word size of which is 29 elements which is read from the Johnson Controls device Editor dialog caption Specifies the text displayed in the title bar of the component s settings window at runtime Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi au Johnson Cont
161. Specifies the tag of type String in which the text document is to be stored Reliance 4 Development Environment EEE 166 Standard Setting value Update timeout Specifies the time period during which the component is not updated according to the main tag s value The update timeout s value depends on how fast it is to write the tag into a device Sometimes right after the value is changed the original value can be displayed for a short time if the update timeout s value is too short On change focus after edited This option allows for saving the text document if the component loses focus Keep caret at the end of text on data change Determines whether to position the caret after the last character when the text document has changed v Static Alignment Specifies the alignment of the notepad s text Text Specifies the font and color of the component s text The command brings up the Select Font dialog box and its properties By clicking on the colored square the Select Color dialog box is brought up and the text s color can then be directly changed Word wrap Enables word wrapping depending on the width of the component Background Specifies the background color of the component The command brings up the Select Color dialog box in which the required color can be specified Editing The options specify how to highlight the component if it s being edited HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Standard 167
162. T Current Version Winlogon hive find the Def aultDomainName DefaultUserName DefaultPassword keys if the DefaultPassword key does not exist it must be created its data type is REG SZ and supply information on the specified user as the values of these keys domain name password e Enter 1 one as the value of the AutoAdminLogon key if the key does not exist it must be created its data type is REG SZ e Save the changes and restart the system If everything is specified correctly Windows no more requires manual user log on i e the user is logged on automatically Note To configure automatic user log on in Windows 2000 XP the Control Panel can also be used Warning If the specified user has no password or the password is shorter than 4 characters the value of the AutoAdminLogon key automatically changes to O at startup and manual user log on is required again 2 Starting a project automatically To automatically start a visualization project after user log on a shortcut to the runtime software R_Ctl exe R CtlSrv exe of R_ View exe must be placed to the Windows Startup folder You can also create a shortcut to the project by choosing the Project gt Create Shortcut command For a delayed start of the visualization project the R_Start utility can be used it is located in the Utils directory on the installation CD Note To start Reliance Server Windows Service after turning on a computer see the
163. Users Wizard Project Information Visualization Window Project Options Reliance 4 Development Environment i Create New Project Wizard 6 1 Create New Project Wizard After choosing the File gt New Project command the user is prompted to specify the project name and paths for the project s subdirectory The name of both the subdirectory and the main file will be automatically generated based on the project name entered illegal characters will be replaced The user is successively prompted whether or not to encrypt the project and to add a possible comment After completing the wizard the project s directory structure and files are created Whenever needed encryption can be activated or deactivated using commands in the Project menu The project name and comment can also be changed at any time using the Project Options gt Project dialog If the Create a new visualization window option is checked the Create New Window Wizard will be brought up immediately upon generating the project HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Project Conversion Wizard 6 2 Project Conversion Wizard The Project Conversion Wizard is brought up automatically if the main file of the Reliance 3 visualization project a file with a prj extension is selected when opening the project The project can also be converted without running the development environment by using Reliance 3 to 4 Project Converter R_3to4 exe which is located in the install di
164. a client towards the primary server As a result the time stamps of data and alarms events on both servers are identical HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Project Structure Manager Wu In the event of a primary server failure the secondary server will assume the active role It will thus start communicating directly with devices generating alarms events and acquiring historical data Once the connection with the primary server is reestablished the secondary server will again assume the standby role and the servers will start synchronizing with each other When the synchronization of current data and alarms events is completed the primary server assumes the active role again After that historical data data tables is synchronized Synchronization means data exchange between the servers in a way as to supplement the databases with the missing data and make the latest data available to both servers The same applies to alarms events Specifically when the operation of the primary server is restored after a previous failure the primary server s databases are supplemented with the missing data and alarms events Synchronization is performed automatically each time the connection between the servers is established for example a failure in communication between the servers may have occurred or the project may have been restarted in the primary or secondary server due to maintenance reasons Le not necessarily emergency reasons Histo
165. a physical device and logged by the runtime software at longer intervals e g telemetry systems HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Data Table Manager WII Reading Periodic If this option is active data is read periodically in minutes using the specified Reading interval Tag controlled Allows you to specify the link to the tag of type Boo whose value is to be used to control the reading The reading is performed if the value of the tag is set to logical 1 i e on the leading edge of the tag the off to on transition If it is required to set the value back to O after the operation is performed the Reset tag option must be active Max age of data read from device h Specifies the maximum age of the data to be read from the device v Advanced Database type dBASE Allows you to use the dBASE dbf format for the data table Paradox Allows you to use the Paradox db format for the data table This type of database was used in the past The database file is indexed by default to make working with the stored data faster However this can cause damage to the database e g when the program is not safely terminated Therefore this option is not recommended If the file is not to be indexed activate the Not indexed option Note To avoid losing data it is recommended to make the Not indexed option active SQL Allows you to use the SQL format for the data table Reliance 4 Development Environment
166. a project designed to demonstrate how to log tag values to an external SQL server and how to visualize this data in the trend viewer The example requires access to an SQL server MS SQL Server is part of the Reliance Add On Pack installer Four tags of type Word are defined within the System device The tag values are logged with a period of 5 seconds to the Pressures and Temperatures data tables defined via the Data Table Manager the Database type property is set to SQL The SQLServer connection is defined on the SQL page of the Project Options dialog box you may have to update some of the parameters Notice that the defined SQL connection is selected in the Project Structure Manager as a parameter for the connected data tables the SQL connection property on the Basic page The main visualization window contains four Edit Box components connected to the Word type tags and two Button components which display trends HEM Reliance 4 Development Environment Examples ENK Accessing an SQL database from scripts SQLFromScript is a project designed to demonstrate how to read and write data from to an SQL database via methods of the ADODB Command and ADODB Connection objects The ReadDataFromSQLTable WriteDataToSQLTable and Define scripts are defined in the project The first two scripts are event scripts calling the procedures defined within the Define script the script is started only once before all other scripts at the process sc
167. acedutedsouiabestueddtaueriusnetiouvatiheesesbews 304 8 8 1 Trend Properties acromia raian 305 8 8 2 Trend Series Properties ENEE 306 8 9 Real Time Trend Manager EEN 307 8 9 1 Real Time Trend Properties c c c ssssssesssssssssssesesesesssesesssesesssesssesenes 307 8 9 2 Real Time Trend Series Properties EEN 308 8 10 Report Manager cicada iaaea aaia AEAT O EAEG E Era aaa TERRORA 309 8 10 1 Report Properties eeekeEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEER nenene 310 8 10 2 Report Title a a aaa eara a aa aaraa aa a aara a aa aa Aaaa aaa aaa a RERA 311 8 10 3 Report Column Header REENEN 311 8 10 4 Report Page Footer ccsccccccceccesessssssereeeerensesssseceeseeseesenssgssneeseerenenssenes 312 8 10 5 Report Item Properties kk 312 8 10 6 Report Item Ur EE 313 8 11 Custom Report Managert disc scisaisencdeisidetsdspedgatedesdetederseaucancusatalnsdesiesexeunsdensdnsdacerdsieduandgia 314 Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE E Table of Contents 8 12 8 13 8 14 8 15 8 16 8 17 9 1 9 2 9 3 9 4 9 5 9 6 10 8 11 1 Custom Report Properties EEN 314 8 11 2 Custom Report Item Properties EE 315 String Manager os tei accccsentsataccdsancasnceaanacenscncaisietasitaskeseecadeaunceadnnnceeesensesteazvscdenseteainoceendncconss 317 Pict re MANAG ESN Geiger edel ed cada catacaed dacs E Gecduateeeed dactdetanaeeuas 319 Action Manager een 321 Script Ma ag el gegen gege dee eiei geed eee
168. active the indicator is smooth Style Single colored If this option is active the entire indicator is drawn in a single color depending on the current tag value and the color settings configured on the Functions page Limits property Multicolored If this option is active individual parts of the indicator are drawn in colors depending on the limits and colors configured on the Functions page Value Allows you to select the color of the indicator if the value of the control tag is within the specified limits normal state Frame Allows displaying the component s frame and configuring the frame s properties The properties specify the Width Black frame and the frame s Outer style Inner style For more details see the Bevel component Background Specifies the background color of the component The color is visible in places where the indicator is not displayed and in spaces if the Segmented property is active 7 2 15 Radio Buttons This component is intended for indicating and selecting one of several values of the tag to which the Radio Buttons component is linked It is also intended for indicating and setting several digital tags to which individual buttons of the component are linked In the latter case when changing the state of the component at runtime the value of the selected button s tag is set to logical 1 and the other buttons tag values are set to logical O Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi 158 Standar
169. age The text is printed only if it is enabled on the report properties Basic page the Page footer property must be active Text on footer Determines whether to display the specified text on the footer using the specified Font and Alignment Page numbers Determines whether to display the page number on the footer using the specified Font and Alignment Page numbers and text on separate rows Determines whether to print the page number and the footer text on separate rows If this property is not active the footer is printed on a single line Background Specifies the background Color of the footer The color should contrast with the text color and the page number color Height Specifies the height in pixels of the footer The height should correspond to the size of the fonts 8 10 5 Report Item Properties Common Object Properties The Name of an item can be synchronized with a data table field name Data source Specifies the link to a data source The data source can be a Data table field or Date or time of a data table record For the most part the first two report items are linked to date and time the other report items are linked to data table fields HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Report Manager 313 Text Specifies the Font of the item s text The size of the font should correspond to the report s row height Background Specifies the background Color of the item s text The color should contrast with
170. ain menu toolbar and pane for editing individual scripts codes In addition the following panes are available Scripts Code Templates Properties and Outputs The panes can be switched on and off as needed The Script Manager also provides some advanced functions macros and script checking which are accessible from the menu and the toolbar Toolbar Code Edit Window Code Templates Object Properties Macro Usage Script Check Script Debugging Source Block Tools 8 15 1 Toolbar In addition to the common toolbar commands the toolbar contains the following commands Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi ECH Script Manager Ze E New Script Creates a new script Save All Saves all changes made to edited scripts A Print Allows you to print the active script H Close Terminates the Script Manager L Find in Scripts Brings up the Find Text dialog which is used to search in multiple scripts at a time The following Search options are available All scripts in project Open scripts Edited scripts Find Next Is used to search for another occurrence of the desired text string Replace Brings up the Replace Text dialog which is used to substitute the desired text string in the specified script Scripts Check Scripts Checks the scripts parameters and syntax defined in the project See the chapter Script Check Run Project Runs the runtime software without closing the Script Mana
171. ally after selecting the OPC server Import tags from remote computer Allows you to configure importing tags from an OPC server running on a different computer or device Automatically generate OPC ItemID for nested tags Determines whether to automatically generate the value of the OPC ItemID property for the tags nested in structured tags This feature significantly simplifies defining structured tags You just need to enter an OPC ItemID only for a structured tag For all nested tags it is supplied automatically according to their names it consists of the OPC Item ID of the parent tag the specified delimiter and the tag s name When defining data structures See the Data Structure Manager their properties must be configured in the same way as the OPC server to function properly W Defining Promos Device Miscellaneous Address Specifies the address of the device to be identified within multiple devices on a single bus The value can be overloaded with the Address property of the connected device s communication channel See the Project Structure Manager IP address Specifies the device s IP address on the Ethernet network The value can be overloaded with the IP address property of the connected device s communication channel see the Project Structure Manager Device Model Specifies the device s model RT or PL2 Each model requires a different communication protocol Tag linking of both models also differs For this rea
172. ames_StatusBitsO1 Array ManualMode EmergencyMode CheckDevice Error To display the data of the structured tags of type StatusBits the same named window template is used See the Window Manager This template contains Display components linked to particular fields of the StatusBits data structure The template is embedded into the window named MainWindow through a Container component The window also contains a Display component which is used to display the value of the StatusO1 tag and enables you to change it The solution described above has proven to be very convenient There may be many tags like StatusO1 each of which contains status information on a machine used in the industrial process being visualized It is very easy to add a new structured tag of type StatusBits a new script and call the ExtractBits procedure with the respective parameters HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Examples 507 Passing parameters to a script GetCurrentScriptDataEx is a project designed to show how to pass a parameter from the Reliance SCADA HMI system to a script and how to access it inside the script A tag of type LongInt named ScriptParamValue is defined via the Device Manager It is linked to the Display component A script named EventScript defined through the Script Manager is linked to the three buttons located in the visualization window If you click a button the number associated with the button is passed to the script acc
173. anguage Activates the selected project language Activate program language Activates the selected program language Show list of project languages Brings up the Select Project Language dialog box Show list of program languages Brings up the Select Program Language dialog box Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi ECH Action Manager e Users Log on user Brings up the Log On User dialog Log off user Logs off the user e Trends Show trend Displays the selected trend in a separate window To display the selected trend in the runtime software s main window the nsert trend window into main window option must be active Show tag trend Displays the selected tag s values as a trend The command is enabled only if the tag value is logged to a data table Show list of trends Brings up the Select Trend dialog box e Reports Show report Displays the selected report in a separate window To display the selected report in the runtime software s main window the Insert report window into main window option must be active Show custom report Displays the selected custom report in a separate window Show list of reports Brings up the Select Report dialog box Show list of custom reports Brings up the Select Custom Report dialog box HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Action Manager 323 e Alarms Events Show current alarms events Displays the list of current alarms events Show dev
174. arately for each cell of the column e Static Rows Row height Specifies the height of all rows of the data grid in pixels Selection Color Allows you to specify the background color of the currently selected row or cell The color can be specified using the Select Color dialog box Select whole row Determines whether to highlight the whole row which contains the selected cell Division Show vertical division Determines whether to display the vertical grid lines HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Additional 191 Show horizontal division Determines whether to display the horizontal grid lines Different color for even rows Allows for highlighting the even rows with a different background color which simplifies reading values within a single row Color Specifies the background color of the even rows Scroll bars Specifies the scroll bars to be shown in case not all data can be displayed by the component The following scroll bars can be chosen None Horizontal Vertical and Horizontal and vertical Show column header Determines whether to display the column header and the column settings Header height Specifies the height of the header in pixels Allow changing column width Determines whether to allow the user changing the width of individual columns by dragging with the mouse Allow changing column order Determines whether to allow the user changing the order of individual columns by dragging
175. are available the SSL Buddy utility can be used Log information about thin clients getting connected and disconnected Determines whether to activate generating alarms events in case thin clients are connected disconnected to from the data server Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi 114 Project Options Secure server s Web page Specifies access rights required to access the data server s Web page When opening a Web page using a secure connection the Web browser s standard dialog box is displayed to enter a valid user name and password Require log on for server administration Specifies access rights required to provide the administration of the data server Run script on client request Specifies the script to be run when requested from a thin client The script will be run when there are any of the following requests Connect Disconnect User Log on User Log off Information on a particular type of request and further information on the connected client is passed to the script To acquire the information the RScr GetCurrentScriptDataEx function should be used Enable connection from custom applications Specifies the password used to access the data server using a client application of a third party Custom application 6 12 10 Languages Specifies a list of languages used in the visualization project To add delete a language to from the list use the commands located in the toolbar Subsequently the String Manag
176. art from a different angle this option must be disabled Zoom Text Determines whether to increase decrease the font size of the labels when zooming in out the chart through the Zoom feature Zoom Allows you to zoom in out the chart HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Trend Properties 423 Rotation Specifies the angle of rotation around the chart s vertical axis this axis passes through the center of the chart Elevation Specifies the angle of rotation around the chart s horizontal axis this axis passes through the center of the chart Horiz Offset Allows you to change the horizontal position of the chart Vert Offset Allows you to change the vertical position of the chart Perspective Allows you to change the perspective of the chart 10 5 2 Series The first control on this page is a drop down list of the chart s series After selecting the desired series its properties can be configured on the following pages Format Point General and Marks Format Point 10 5 2 1 Format The following properties determine how the chart s series i e connecting lines between the chart s points is to be displayed Border Specifies how the series border is to be drawn By pressing the button the Border Color Editor is brought up Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi 424 Trend Properties Color Specifies the color of the series fill or pattern Dark 3D If this option is active the
177. as an application runs Reliance Server as a service R_Srv_StopService bat stops the Reliance Server service unregisters the Reliance Server service Certificate files for a secure connection to Reliance s data servers cert pem key pem root pem pass txt certificate private key root certificate contains a password for unlocking a certificate 10 7 1 2 3 Components Directory Component Program Files DLLs ActivePicture dll ActiveText dll ActiveXContainer dll Animation dll AxisIPCamera dll Bar dll Bevel dll Button dll Crrelbe dll Clock dll ComboBox dll Container dll Active Picture Active Text ActiveX Container Animation Axis IP Camera Bar Bevel Button Circle Clock Combo Box Container HE Reliance 4 Development Environment DataGrid dll DataTree dll Display dll EditBox dll EditMemo dll Ellipse dll EquithermalCurve dll Gauge dll Grid dll CheckBox dll InternetExplorer dll Data Grid Data Tree Display Edit Box Notepad Ellipse Equithermal Curve Gauge Grid Check Box Internet Explorer JohnsonControlsHoliday Johnson Controls Holiday Program s dll JohnsonControlsTimePro Johnson Controls Time Program gram dll Level FillPicture dll Line dll MultimediaPlayer dll Picture dll Pipe dll PopupMenu dll ProgressBar dll RadioButtons dll RealTimeChart dll RealTimeTrend dll Rou
178. ata server with which communication should be established is not running on it 3 The server computer has been found within the network the runtime software data server with which communication should be established is running on it but communication at the server side is currently disabled this may occur in case communication at the server side is controlled by a tag 4 The server computer has been found within the network the runtime software data server with which communication should be established is running on it and communication at the server side is enabled In this case communication is established successfully The first situation might be caused by an incorrectly specified address IP address or hostname of the server computer in the visualization project or by the fact that this computer is not running Immediately after attempting to establish communication the client runtime software qualifies this situation as an unsuccessful attempt to find the server computer within the network Another attempt to establish communication will be made after the expiration of the time period specified by the Idle delay after failure to find the server computer on the network property If this situation is repeated more than x times x is specified by the Number of failed attempts to find the server computer on the network before using a secondary connection property a secondary backup connection defined in the same server conne
179. ated Offset from time stamp record count Not implemented yet Record search method Not implemented yet Tolerance Not implemented yet Show eng units Determines whether to display units of measurement after the tag value These can be defined via the Device Manager Tag gt Basic gt Eng name Test value Specifies the value of the item which is to be used to preview the custom report Occurrence count Indicates how many times the item occurs in the template The value is updated every time the list of items is updated by the Load Report Items command HE Reliance 4 Development Environment String Manager ENK 8 12 String Manager The String Manager is a tool which contains a list of all text strings used in a visualization project If multiple languages are defined within the project Project Options gt Languages the String Manager facilitates translating and verifying the text strings in each language The String Manager window consists of the toolbar and the list of text strings Each column of the list corresponds to one language In addition to the common toolbar commands the toolbar contains the following commands tee New String Ins Adds a new text string to the list Edit F2 Enables you to edit the selected cell string L Multi line Editor Ctrl E Brings up the Multi line Editor which allows you to edit the selected cell string t Add Comment Adds a comment for the
180. ative to its top left corner when the size of the window is changed If the Right and Bottom anchors are also active the size of the component changes when the size of the window is changed 7 1 3 Dynamic Link to tag Visible Enabled X Y Width Height Angle HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Common Component Properties 123 If these properties are active and linked to a tag the basic component properties defined on the Basic page can be changed dynamically during runtime The configured values can be either relative or absolute depending on the setting in the Project Options dialog box 7 1 4 Menu Display popup menu on click Determines whether to display the previously selected Popup Menu component This option is available for visualization windows and most components You can select a Popup Menu component added to any visualization window If it is added to another window it is necessary to make sure the window is loaded into the runtime software s memory in Such a case it is recommended to disable the Dynamic loading option The popup menu can be assigned to the Left Middle and Right most commonly mouse button 7 1 5 Scripts Actions Allows you to specify scripts or actions to be executed by clicking or double clicking a mouse button on the component Scripts Mouse Specifies links to the tags defined through the Script Manager At runtime the specified script will be executed after clicking or double
181. ats as well as vector pictures inthe SVG WMF and EMF formats Bitmaps are raster pictures with fixed resolution size in pixels However if you change their size deformations or loss of picture information occur Vector pictures on the other hand are saved as mathematically defined curves and no quality loss occurs if the size is changed In practice bitmaps are used more often due to higher availability Bitmaps and vectors in Reliance are commonly called pictures Every picture to be used in a visualization project must be first imported to the project via the Picture Manager When importing pictures using the Add Pictures and Add Picture Folders commands these are copied to the appropriate folder in the project s directory structure The Picture Manager window consists of three panes and the toolbar In addition to the common toolbar commands the toolbar contains the commands described below The left pane is used to display imported pictures in a tree view it is handled in the same way as other managers The middle pane enables you to view the list of pictures contained in the corresponding folder The right pane contains the properties of the selected picture its function is the same as of other managers Add Pictures Alt A Brings up the Select Picture dialog box allowing you to import pictures from graphic files omp gif jpg png wmf emf to the picture database One or more files can be selected at a time
182. auter Holiday Program Sauter Time Program 7 8 1 Sauter Holiday Program This button like looking component is intended to be used in projects with one or more devices of type Sauter EY2400 After clicking on the component at runtime the window for specifying holidays exception days is displayed This window allows you to read and edit the specified holidays from the Sauter device and write them into the device or read the holidays from the hard disk or save them on disk A holiday is saved in the Sauter device so that it occupies the memory space of one word Up to 16 holidays can be specified The main tag to which the component is linked must be of type Array of Word The number of array elements specifies the maximum size of the occupied memory of the Sauter device when editing the holidays at runtime concurrently the current information on the occupied and remaining free memory is displayed The data transfer Timeout property provides access to the settings window if data transfer from to the device was not successfully completed in the specified time period Properties The properties on the Static and States pages allow you to configure the appearance of the component displayed in the visualization window They are the same as in the Button component Basic Alignment Dynamic Menu Scripts Actions Security EE Reliance 4 Development Environment Sauter 227 v Functions Link to tag Specifies the link to the
183. available in the main menu To change the shortcut for the selected command press the required key combination in the Shortcut field and then confirm by pressing the Assign Shortcut button If the key combination has already been used for another command a notification appears in the Shortcut has already been assigned to field Use the Backspace key to remove the shortcut To reset the shortcuts to their default status click the Restore Defaults command 5 3 3 Managers The Managers group contains settings for all the object managers available in the Managers menu Enter edit mode for name of new object Determines whether to enter the edit mode for the name of a newly created object same as when pressing the F2 key i e it allows you to enter a new name for the object immediately after creating it Reliance 4 Development Environment EEE o Environment Options Import array elements as separate tags Determines whether individual array elements are imported as separate tags when importing data structures and array type tags If this option is active then for example the tag Array array 0 3 of Byte is imported as Array O Array 1 Array 2 Array 3 of type Byte 5 3 4 String Manager Colors Is used to set up colors for the text editor to differentiate types of text strings Here you can customize foreground and background color for each string type e g translated verified comment The currently selected setting is
184. ayed in the Project Structure Manager Server connection group Specifies the link to the server connection group which is to be used to transfer data See the chapter Server Connections and Their Groups describing how to create and configure such connections Enable sending commands Determines whether to enable sending commands from the client runtime software to the device e changing this device s tag values through the server connection 8 17 4 3 MEM File Data Transfer Properties The MEM file data transfer is an alternative to the network transfer If the Data transfer property is set to MEM file the runtime software running on a client computer obtains real time data of the device by periodically reading a MEM file which contains a binary image of the device s memory However this type of transfer can be used for viewing purposes only It does not allow you to transfer alarms events and send commands from the client runtime software To log data to the MEM file you must activate the corresponding property on the device s MEM file page see the chapter Connecting Devices File name Specifies the path and name of the MEM file Update interval Specifies the time interval used for reading the MEM file s data Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi 372 Project Structure Manager Offset in file Specifies the position in the MEM file from which to read the device s memory image 8 17 4 4 Specific Properties Sau
185. bounds The bounds are only displayed during design time and mark the window area visible during runtime This property enables the author of the visualization project to place components into the visible part of the window The bounds are displayed as a vertical dashed line on the right side and as a horizontal dashed line black and white on the bottom side of the window HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Visualization Window 101 Based on project resolution The bounds position indicates the visible area of the window It is defined automatically based on the project resolution specified in the Project Options dialog Windows gt Resolution When calculating the position the following features are taken into account width of the runtime software s main window s border height of the title bar height of the main menu height of the toolbar height of the alarm event panel shown at the bottom of the window and size of trays Note Some standard sizes of windows which influence the calculated bound position height of the title bar width of the border etc depend on Windows version or its settings The bounds are always positioned depending on the current Windows configuration Custom position The bounds can also be positioned manually Right and Bottom coordinate v Background Grid Determines whether to display the window s grid and whether to align components to the grid If this option is active all newly added c
186. bring up the Select Color dialog box and preferably use the Pick Color feature Capture by dragging and dropping it onto the picture in the Preview area v Static Background Picture Specifies the picture with a single colored area which delimits the active area For example a thermometer s active area is represented by a tube filled with mercury to choose the color to be replaced use the Active area property on the Functions page Layout Specifies the picture layout within the component area It can be one of the following Normal Resize graphic Resize component or Tiled For a detailed description of the layout options see the Picture component Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi KEN Additional Fill Medium Specifies the color of the medium used for filling the active area It allows you to choose between the Full single color and Gradient color transition style to indicate the surface height If the Gradient style is selected you can specify one or two more colors used for making the color transition Two types of orientation can be selected for the gradient Vertical or Horizontal Background Specifies the background color of the active area color of the area which is not filled with a medium e g showing the air above the surface Limits High critical High warning Low warning Low critical These options allow for example indicating an error by changing the color of the active area s fill if t
187. by a thin client before displaying the visualization project Step 3 Visualization dimensions Is used to specify the screen resolution for which the visualization project has been designed The Web client can be run on a screen with a different resolution In such a case before running the Web client the user is prompted whether to preserve the size of graphical objects windows and components or to proportionally adjust the size of graphical objects to the screen resolution For Smart Client which allows you to increase and decrease the display size in a Web browser the visualization resolution can be specified separately this is especially useful in cases when Smart Client has its visualization windows defined HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Export Project for Remote Users Wizard 89 Step 4 Connection options Data update interval Specifies the time interval ms used by the thin clients for requesting new data tags real time values current alarms events etc Communication is optimized in terms of the data transferred The data server only provides the thin clients with changes made since they last requested for new data Data server Specifies the Internet address or computer name on which the data server runs If multiple addresses e g a local or public address are available to access the data server you can enter all these addresses and separate them by a semicolon Each address can be entered including t
188. by default 2 2 2 17 Clear Licensing Clear licensing based on the number of I O tags data points license upgrade whose price is determined as the difference between the price of the new and the original license software keys for small applications hardware keys for large applications licenses with an unlimited number of data points time limited licenses trial version free of charge The number of data points is the main factor affecting the price of a license The number of data points depends on the number and data type of tags defined within a visualization project The number of tags defined within the System device i e private internal tags do not affect the price The license is stored in a license key of which there are two types software key and hardware key While a software key can only be used on the computer it is designed for a hardware key is portable between computers and is intended for licenses with 250 and more data points An already purchased license can be easily upgraded only the difference between the price of the new and the original license has to be paid off The upgrade process can take up to several hours you ll be sent a license file which has to be stored into the current hardware key via License Key Utility In the event of emergency or for testing purposes we can also provide you with temporary licenses both SW and HW If you run any software module without a license key it acts as a trial versi
189. ce 4 Development Environment Trend Properties 417 Font Specifies the font color and font style of the selected title Border Specifies the border line of the frame By pressing the button the Border Color Editor is brought up Back Color Specifies the background color of the frame Pattern Specifies the pattern of the frame s background By pressing the button the Pattern Color Editor is brought up Alignment Specifies the alignment of the title within the chart Left Center and Right 10 5 1 5 Legend The following properties determine whether and how the chart s legend is to be displayed Visible Determines whether to display the legend Legend Style Automatic If this option is chosen one of the following three options is automatically selected Series Names If this option is chosen there is an icon displayed next to the series names in the legend The icon shows the shape of the chart s points and the color of their connecting line Series Values If this option is chosen the list of the chart s series values is displayed Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE 418 Trend Properties Last Values If this option is chosen the last values of the chart s series are displayed Text Style Plain This is a standard option when the Legend Style property is set to Series Names Left Value The value is positioned on the left side of the space intended for the value This option only mak
190. ces where you can search for the selected text The commands on the right side of the list allow you to handle the list The controls below the list allow you to configure each item of the list Items Caption Defines the name of a template The minus character allows you to horizontally divide the popup menu Shortcut Allows you to define a keyboard shortcut for invoking the selected command Search URL Defines the address of the search engine which will be opened in the default browser The selected text is used instead of the s wildcard expression when a Web page is being opened 5 3 7 Script Debugging Enable script debugging with external tool Just In Time debugger Enables script debugging using an external debugger 5 3 8 Visualization Windows Grid and bounds Size X Size Y Specifies the grid size in pixels horizontally and vertically The grid size is common to all windows Later for each window you can choose whether the grid should be displayed and activate snapping components to the grid Reliance 4 Development Environment Ha Environment Options Show guidelines for aligning components Determines whether to display guidelines when changing the position and size of a component with the mouse These lines indicate the selected component s edges as they meet the edges of other components Display grid in newly created windows Determines whether to display the grid in newly created windows
191. ceseesscceceeecsesssseseeeeeseseesenssaeaeeeceseesessaeaesecesessssesesaeaeeesesensesssasaneeeesess 119 Common Component Properties EEN 120 7 1 1 BRS EAEL A T AA E T 120 7 1 2 Tu E 121 7 1 3 DY MAING direzen niia aaa aaa raaa E riaa paa 122 7 1 4 VUEN 123 TALS Scripts le EE 123 7 1 6 EE 124 Standard EE 125 7 2 1 DUS eege eege eege Eege 126 7 2 2 BUTO M e iegegtetueen Zeg EES Ee EE eee a EEN EER 129 7 2 3 VOX E 132 7 2 4 Active Text sccccccech cesta daiecehteach suekcieceee eas seesustesecacvecVosesceesesdceecedeadeivesdhieesteeestze 134 7 2 5 BOV GU icic0 255525202 geseet geet ce dee E NE aiaa 137 7 2 6 te Tt 138 7 2 7 Active uereg Segsiiege Spee EEN EEN SEN te Ne EEN whee deena evens steeds lene raai 140 7 2 8 AMMA NON einai iaai eainiie 143 7 2 9 ale EAE EE E E TE A AT E T 145 7 2 10 CONTAIN seene aa edd React E 148 7 2 11 Combo Box eee 150 7 2 12 Check BOX issnin ennd deeg ENER dA ne einen 152 7 2 13 POPUP EU 154 7 2 14 Progress TE 156 7 2 15 Radio BUttONS iaiia gees ENEE geg 157 7 2 16 Track Ball ee 159 7 2 17 Edit BOX E 161 7 2 18 ll crnina aaa aai eaa e aa a a a aa aaa aa 164 Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE Table of Contents 7 3 7 4 7 5 7 6 7 0 7 8 7 9 7 10 Additional E 168 7 3 1 EEN ee 168 7 3 2 Er 169 7 3 3 CIOCK tee ete ee eed ee 172 7 3 4 Internet EXPlOLeN crniiin arana aaia aaa aana e 174 7 3 5 Media Playe k nirereto naenda ariaa EA AREENA AAE A ege 175 7 3 6 ActiveX Containef ue 176 7
192. cess rights required for accessing the component bring up the Select Access Rights dialog box by clicking on the key icon The user must have at least one access right selected in the list available Enable setting value Allows you to change the values of the properties Min equithermal temperature on output Output temperature falloff Falloff operation start and end delay or to change the curve s point position if the properties are linked to tags Allow customizing chart Enables the user to customize the graphical appearance of the component at runtime If this option is active the Editing dialog box can be brought up by using the Customize Trend command from the component s popup menu Secure If this feature is enabled the trend is only accessible to users with sufficient access rights v Functions Information panel Displayed information Information which cannot be changed directly EE Reliance 4 Development Environment Control 215 Heating operation Specifies the heating state On or Off The parameter is usually linked to a tag of type Bool Outside temperature Specifies the value of the outside temperature Output equithermal temperature Specifies the value of the heating water temperature Configuration Min equithermal temperature on output The calculated equithermal temperature can be reduced by the set falloff but not less than specified by this parameter Output temperature falloff Is us
193. ch the pictures are specified The picture files are located in the lt Project gt Pictures folder Tags named PictureFileName PictureName and PictureDir are defined via the Device Manager They are used to build up the picture file names Two scripts are defined through the Script Manager The Init script is used to set the picture file directory in the PictureDir tag The PictureFileName script is used to build up the path to the selected picture s file The visualization window contains two Display components which display the values of the PictureDir and PictureFileName tags The Combo Box component is used to select a picture from the list The Picture component allows you to show the selected picture A custom report of type FastReport is defined via the Custom Report Manager For this report an item named PictureFileName is defined This item is linked to the PictureFileName tag In the report design work space a picture object is inserted A script is then used to load the selected picture to this object when generating the report HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Examples 497 Custom report used to display alarms events stored in a file based database CustomReport_AlarmsEvents_File is a simple project designed to show how to use a custom report to display alarms events stored in a file based database Within the System device a main tag named Level and an auxiliary tag named RAEFileName are defined The Level tag has its
194. ch hour mark The Offset specifies the position of the numbers toward the center Minute marks Specifies the properties for the minute marks The functions of the minute marks properties are identical to those of the hour marks Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE YC Additional Appearance Dial Specifies the dial s background color The background can be without any color Transparent Background Is used to specify the component s background color The background can be without any color Transparent Border Specifies the appearance of the dial s border 7 3 4 Internet Explorer This component allows you to add a Web browser Internet Explorer to a visualization window Properties Basic Alignment Dynamic Security v Functions Link to tag Specifies the address of the contents displayed by the Web browser The address can be specified dynamically using a tag of type String or statically by directly entering the address Main Specifies the tag of type String which contains the address of the displayed contents It can be an Internet address http www reliance cz or the path to a local file file C Reliance Documentation DataExchange_ END pdf HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Additional 175 URL Allows you to enter the address of the contents displayed by the Web browser 7 3 5 Media Player This component allows you to add a media player to a visualization window Proper
195. check box Functions Link to tag Specifies the tag to which the component is linked main tag To select the tag use the standard selection dialog box The component allows changing the tag s value When changing the tag the value displayed by the component also changes Test value Specifies the value to be displayed at design time Reliance 4 Development Environment EEE 154 Standard Setting value Update timeout Specifies the time period during which the component is not updated according to the main tag s value The update timeout s value depends on how fast it is to write the tag into a device Sometimes right after the value is changed the original value can be displayed for a short time if the update timeout s value is too short e Static Text Specifies the text to be displayed by the Check Box component Word wrap Determines whether to wrap the check box s text If the text word extends outside the viewable area of the component it will be displayed on a new line Font Specifies the font of the component s text using the Select Font dialog box Alignment Determines whether the text should be aligned to the Right or Left edge of the component Background Specifies the background color of the component using the Select Color dialog box 7 2 13 Popup Menu This component is used to define a popup menu for other components It is a non visual component which is not displayed during runtime
196. cknowledge Alarm Event dialog box If a fingerprint scanner is used the user s identity is verified after his her fingerprint is taken Require note before acknowledgment If this property is active the alarm event cannot be acknowledged until the user writes a note related to the alarm event The note can contain for example a description of the measures taken to solve the problem If the user attempts to acknowledge the alarm event with no note no note is written he she is prompted to write a note Reliance 4 Development Environment EEE 288 Device Manager Inhibitor tag Determines whether the specified tag can be used to inhibit the alarm event from being generated If the tag is set to logical 1 the alarm event is not invoked even though the Condition defined on the Basic page is met Related objects Window Determines whether the specified window can be brought up from the list of current or historical alarms events if the alarm event is selected Digital tag Determines whether the specified digital type tag is related to the alarm event The tag is set to logical 1 and kept on this value by the runtime software while the condition which generated the alarm event persists If the condition is not present the tag is set to logical O and kept on this value by the runtime software Alarm event groups Defines the list of alarm event groups to which the alarm event belongs v Actions On start Run script Determines wh
197. constant or linked to a tag which can be changed at runtime e Static Chart properties Brings up the Editing dialog box which allows you to change the graphical appearance of the component TeeChart For more details see the chapter Trend Properties Appearance Show toolbar Controls displaying the equithermal curve s toolbar The panel contains commands for saving and reading information from the device and a command for showing or hiding the information panel on the right side Show information about eq curve The information panel on the right side of the component contains the values specified on the Functions page If the values are not specified as constants they can be changed Indicate allowed point edit directions If the coordinates of the equithermal curve s points are linked to tags the position of the selected point can be changed directly by dragging the mouse When positioning the cursor in the neighborhood of the point the directions in which the point can be moved are indicated by arrows HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Teco 217 7 6 Teco Teco IRC Teco Time Program 7 6 1 Teco IRC This component is intended for the configuration of one end module of the Tecoreg IRC control system It allows for monitoring operating data setting up weekly time programs changing selected functions of the end module and configuring the module in detail PID control parameters sensor correctio
198. cript is executed only once and prior to all other scripts because the Run on thread initialization property on the Advanced page is enabled The script is also executed upon a possible forcible termination of the thread Each global array variable has to be declared only once to avoid the Type mismatch error The UseGlobalArrayVar script writes data to the global variable GlobalArrayVar1 whereas the UseLocalArrayVar script modifies only a local variable named LocalArrayVar declared inside the DoSomethingWithLocalArrayVar procedure HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Examples ED Logging information to a text file LogMessage is a project designed to demonstrate how to log a text string to a file from a script The button located in the main visualization window is used to start the LogMessageTest script which contains the LogMessage procedure This procedure is defined within the Define script also the functions for custom date and time formatting are defined within this script Access to the file is done via an object named Scripting FileSystemObject the OpenTextFile method of this object is used If this method is called with the filename as a parameter a new object is created the numerical parameter defines the opening method 1 read only 2 write 8 append and the logical parameter defines whether the file should be created if it doesn t exist Now you can call the WriteLine method of this object and write an arbitrary
199. ct Color dialog box 7 2 18 Notepad The component is intended for displaying and editing multi line text data The component s text document can be stored in a file or in a tag of type String The component s commands allow you to Clear Save Print Import or Export the text document s contents The Page Setup command is used to configure the properties of the page Properties Basic Alignment Dynamic HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Standard 165 Security v Functions Saving Internal The text document is stored in a file with an rdt extension in the lt Project gt Settings Components directory Edit Document Brings up the Edit dialog box allowing you to edit the contents of the text document Any changes made in this editor will be saved on disk once the project s window has been saved Saving Selected file The text document is stored in a text file Link to file Specifies the file in which the text document is to be stored File name Specifies the tag of type String containing the name of the file in which the text document s contents are to be stored Thus it is possible to change the file name at runtime Watch file changes Determines whether to watch changes made to the contents of the file on disk If the component is not being edited the text document s contents are automatically updated when changed Saving Main tag The text document is stored in a tag of type String Link to tag
200. ct Structure Manager Model Specifies the device s model If your device model is not on offer choose the Not specified option W Defining OPC Client Device An OPC device allows the Reliance SCADA HMI system to connect to any OPC server which meets the OPC DA specification 1 0 or 2 0 OPC OLE for Process Control is a worldwide standard for exchanging process data between computer programs It means that if the manufacturer of a hardware device or a third party company develops an OPC server for the device then Reliance which is an OPC client can use the OPC server to obtain process data from the device and send commands to the device Every OPC server has two unique identifiers within the Windows operating system the so called Prog ID and GUID Prog ID contains an identification string of the program eg Matrikon OPC Simulation 1 GUID contains a unique identification number generated by every OPC server manufacturer and this number should be unique throughout the world no other program should use this number as GUID Properties OPC server Prog ID Specifies a unique identifier of the OPC server It is supplied automatically after selecting the OPC server To select an OPC server bring up the Select OPC Server dialog box by clicking on the respective button Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE 264 Device Manager OPC server GUID Specifies a unique identifier of the OPC server It is supplied automatic
201. ct as a file in the ZIP format Step 1 Selecting target directory Determines the directory where the project s backup file file with a zip extension will be stored The default directory can be changed using the Environment Options dialog Environment gt Paths Step 2 Selecting project parts Allows you to select project parts to be backed up The dialog box contains a list of the visualization project s directories in which the user can select directories to back up By default the ThinClients and History directories are not backed up Step 3 Choosing backup file name Prefix Specifies the fixed part of the file name By default it corresponds to the project name Time stamp Specifies information contained in the time stamp The time specification can be omitted depending on the backup frequency If the file name already exists the user is prompted whether to rewrite the existing file with the backup file Step 4 Summary Here you can check the specified information If any information is incorrect choose the Back button The wizard enables you to Send Backup File via E mail Is used to run the default email program compose a new mail message and attach the project backup file Open Project Backup Directory Is used to bring up the Windows Explorer and open the project backup file Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE zs Restore Project from Backup Wizard 6 6 Restore Project from Backup Wizard The
202. ct it with the mouse Determines whether to arrange the properties into groups Expand Groups Expands the properties including the groups Ir Collapse Groups Collapses the properties including the groups Localized Property Names Determines whether to display the localized property names aliases or the real English programmatic names HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Component Manager Wi Help for Selected Property Shows or hides the bottom help panel describing the selected property Collection Editor Some components contain a special property called a collection it is a list of items of the same type Each item has its own properties To view or edit these items use the so called Collection Editor An example of a collection is a list of text states the States property of the Active Text component Active Text1 States eil Bixie eats 0 Active Text 1 Active Text2 Active Text component States The Collection Editor allows you to add delete and select the items and change their order If you select one or more items the Component Manager will enable you to view and edit their properties When you close the Collection Editor the properties of the selected component will be displayed again in the Component Manager Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE ER Window Manager 4 2 Window Manager The Window Manager is a tool window that displays a list of all visuali
203. cted objects Step 2 Object Usage Search Results Is used to display the search results The left pane displays the project scopes in a tree view The found object usages are highlighted The number shown in parentheses indicates the object usage count The right pane displays the list of usages To open the corresponding manager or dialog box with the object s properties press the Enter key or double click on the list s item Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE o Replace Object Properties Wizard 6 8 Replace Object Properties Wizard The Replace Object Properties Wizard can be accessed from managers or visualization windows popup menus The wizard allows you to textually replace the properties of the currently selected objects eg windows or components A text property can be a link to another object e g component s link to a tag localizable text or standard text The replacement is always performed over the selected objects Step 1 Text replacement Is used to specify the conditions of the replacement i e enter the text to be replaced and the new text Further the Case sensitive option allows for distinguishing lowercase and uppercase letters when searching for the text Step 2 Confirm text replacement Listed here are properties of the selected objects to be replaced For each property in the list there is its full path name and altered text If the property doesn t make sense after the text replacement e g
204. cted to the computer To successfully run the project it is required to have IP camera drivers installed on your computer they are part of the Reliance Add On Pack installer Within the System device a tag of type Bool named standby is defined The visualization window contains a Pelco IP Camera component and a Button component Before you run the project the camera s RTSP URL must be specified on the Functions page of the component s Properties dialog box Using the Vivotek IP Camera component IPCamera_Vivotek is a project designed to demonstrate how to use the Vivotek IP Camera component to display and record data received from the Vivotek IP camera connected to the computer To successfully run the project it is required to have IP camera drivers installed on your computer they are part of the Reliance Add On Pack installer Within the System device the Input and Output tags of type Word and the Record and Standby tags of type Bool are defined The visualization window contains a Vivotek IP Camera component and four Button components Before you run the project the camera s URL or IP address and login information for the connected IP camera must be specified on the Functions page of the component s Properties dialog box 10 11 3 Devices Connecting to the AMiT device AMIT is a project designed to demonstrate basic features of the AMiT PLC connected to the visualization application i e reading writing tag values logging values
205. ction group is activated according to the priority order The second and third situation will be qualified as an unsuccessful attempt to establish communication after the expiration of the time period specified by the Connection timeout property After that the attempt will be repeated If these situations are repeated more than x times x is specified by the Connection timeout count before using a secondary connection property a secondary backup connection defined in the same server connection group is activated according to the priority order HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Project Structure Manager 383 TCP port Shows the number of the TCP port used for communication through this server connection This value is unique for each server connection defined within the visualization project and is automatically generated based on the server connection ID Internal system messages Generate internal system messages Determines whether to generate internal system messages containing information about the connection status remote computer status alarm event synchronization progress etc Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE HE Reliance 4 Development Environment 9 Standard Dialog Boxes Standard dialog boxes are common to all Reliance visualization projects They are used for selecting various objects e g tags or for configuring some properties e g color or font Select Color Select Font Selec
206. ctional HE Reliance 4 Development Environment License 399 10 2 License In order for each module of Reliance 4 to be fully functional a license is required The license is stored in the so called license key There are two types of license key e HW key e SW key A hardware key is a small piece of hardware containing license information It is available in two versions LPT and USB Both of them can be connected to the respective port of a computer A hardware key is portable between computers A device driver is required to be installed before the hardware key can be used The price of a hardware key is included in the license price this applies to licenses with 250 and more data points The required type of hardware key LPT or USB should be specified when ordering a license A hardware key with a Reliance 4 license can also be used with older versions of Reliance A software key is a special file containing license information and information on the computer it is designed for For this reason a software key cannot be used on another computer it is not portable between computers A software key with a Reliance 4 license cannot be used with older versions of Reliance older versions do not support using a software key If you run the development environment or the runtime software without a license key or the respective license is not found in the license key it acts as the so called trial version which is limited to 25
207. ctiveX contro can be used The other option Properties stored by component is used to store all published ActiveX control properties in a similar way as with other components of the Reliance system Properties Brings up a dialog box allowing you to configure the Properties and Events of the Activex control Each property of the ActiveX control can be configured statically manually at design time or can be linked to the value of a tag during runtime An event invoked by the ActiveX control can be operated using scripts a script can be linked to an event When the ActiveX control s event is invoked the linked script is run In the dialog box s main menu File there are standard commands for the configuration of ActiveX controls HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Additional 177 Property Pages Brings up a dialog box which allows you to configure the selected properties of the ActiveX control the so called Property Pages About Activex Allows you to view information about the ActiveX control Note Not all ActiveX controls support these commands Properties On the left side of the dialog box there is a list of properties of the ActiveX control The right side allows you to configure the value of the selected property Syntax Contains a brief help description of the selected property The description s text is part of the ActiveX control Value Allows you to manually enter a value The type of the control for enter
208. d Properties Basic Alignment Dynamic Menu Scripts Actions Security Functions On the left side of the page there is a list of radio buttons displayed by the component The list can be extended and customized using commands from the toolbar or from the component s popup menu Link to tag Specifies the link to the main tag which is used to control the component s state and whose value can be set by the radio buttons Test value is used to display the preview in the development environment If the Main option is inactive individual radio buttons are expected to be linked to a tag of type Bool Text Specifies the text to be displayed next to the particular radio button Value Allows you to assign a numeric value to the selected radio button The radio button will be displayed at runtime if the current value of the main tag is equal to the assigned number and vice versa the specified number will be assigned to the main tag when clicking on the radio button If the main tag is not defined a Bool type tag can be assigned to each radio button in the list If the value of the assigned tag is set to logical 1 the radio button will be active and vice versa when clicking on the radio button the value of the button s digital tag is set to logical 1 and the other buttons tag values are set to logical O Query before setting value Upon clicking the button a dialog box displaying the specified text will be shown prior to as
209. d Windows Vista Windows 7 Windows 8 Windows Server 2000 Windows Server 2003 Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2 Reliance Web Client can be run on all operating systems on condition that the Java Runtime Environment JRE 6 0 and higher is installed on the computer Reliance Mobile Client is intended to be run on Windows CE Windows Mobile and NET Compact Framework 2 0 and Reliance Smart Client can run on any Web browser supporting HTML5 and the jQuery Mobile JavaScript framework To create or edit visualization projects your computer must meet the following requirements processor with a clock rate of 2 GHz 512 MB RAM screen resolution 1024x768 with color depth of 24 or 32 bits MS Windows XP Windows 7 or Windows Vista The complete installation of the development environment including the graphics library and runtime software requires approx 400 MB of free hard disk space Reliance Add On Pack which contains the installers of software tools and third party drivers requires an additional 1 GB of free space Starting the Development Environment The Reliance Design development environment can be started by using a shortcut in the Start menu or on the Windows desktop The shortcut allows you to run the executable file R_ Design exe located in the main directory of the Reliance SCADA HMI system At the first start of the development environment a dialog is displayed to find out whether files with an rp4extension main Rel
210. d from a file can be displayed on the background of the chart component Browse Clear Allows you to load or delete the selected picture Inside If this option is active the picture only fills up the chart area If it is inactive it fills up the entire component area Style Specifies how the image is to be displayed within the component You can choose from the following options Stretch Tile Center EE Reliance 4 Development Environment Trend Properties 421 Gradient In addition to a single color or picture a gradient gradual transition of two colors can be drawn on the component s background Visible Determines whether to display the gradient Start Color Specifies the start color of the gradient End Color Specifies the end color of the gradient Direction Specifies the direction and way in which the gradient is to be drawn You can choose from the following options Top Bottom Bottom Top Left Right Right Left To Center From Top Left From Bottom Left 10 5 1 7 Walls The following properties determine how the walls of a three dimensional chart are drawn The base point of the chart is its bottom left rear corner of the cuboid The Left Wall Bottom Wall and Back Wall pages allow you to configure the appearance of the walls adjacent to the corner The Visible Walls option determines whether to display the walls as cuboids or whether the left wall and bottom wall should not be displayed at all while
211. d script will be executed after clicking or double clicking the respective mouse button on the component executing the script can assigned to the right left or middle mouse button You can pass a numerical parameter to the script the parameter is accessible using the RScr GetCurrentScriptDatakx function Actions Mouse Specifies links to the actions defined through the Action Manager Most components allow the specified action to be performed after clicking or double clicking the respective mouse button v Security Functions scripts actions menus Secure Determines whether to select access rights required for securing the interaction between the user and the component If this feature is enabled the component is only accessible to users with sufficient access rights To specify the access rights required for accessing the component bring up the Select Access Rights dialog box by clicking on the key icon The user must have at least one access right selected in the list available HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Additional 189 Enable setting values Allows you to change the values of the data grid s items cells To change the value bring up the Enter Value for Tag dialog box by double clicking the data grid s cell This setting applies to the entire data grid You can also disable entering values for certain columns of the data grid on the Functions page Functions On the left side of the page there is a list
212. d value will be deleted Reliance 4 Development Environment EEE 358 Project Structure Manager Complete data recording interval min Specifies the time interval used for recording complete data i e real time data from all devices The instant when complete data is recorded can be chosen from the Postmort Record Player window at runtime as the Replay start time Only changes in process data are recorded at this interval Directory Specifies the directory where the files containing Postmort records will be located The default value of the property is HistoryPostmort which is the so called relative path representing the lt Project gt History Postmort directory The advantage of using the relative path is that you can move the visualization project to another place on disk without the necessity of customizing the path the path is relative to the project directory 8 17 2 10 Project Update For each computer defined within the visualization project you can configure the automatic project update settings This function is especially useful when multiple computers are defined which makes controlling the visualization project more complicated when changing it The Reliance SCADA HMI system allows you to automatically update the project from the specified directory can be only within the computer network You can only update the project files changed Automatically update project Determines whether to update the visuali
213. data points but has no time limit The trial version is intended for testing purposes only e The trial version of the development environment includes all features of the Desktop version e The trial version of Reliance Server and Reliance Control Server can be used as a data server for 1 thin client only Other features are not limited e The trial version of the runtime software cannot be used as the runtime environment for a real application at the end user site and it is protected against such a usage The license for thin clients is part of the license key for a data server i e Reliance Server or Reliance Control Server and specifies the maximum number of clients that can be connected to the data server at the same time The required number of thin clients should be specified when ordering the license for the data server A thin client is not limited in terms of the number of data points Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE 400 License The license for communication drivers is part of the license key for the runtime software The price of the license differs depending on the type of device for which the driver is designed but does not depend on the number of data points The license for communication drivers should be ordered along with the license for the runtime software The license key for the Reliance Design Desktop development environment also contains the license for Reliance View and Reliance Control with the same
214. data table every 6 seconds Select the Time range and display the custom report via the Show Report button HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Examples 495 Custom report containing a data grid based on the data from an SQL database CustomReport_ADODatabase is a project designed to demonstrate how to use a custom report of type FastReport to visualize data from an SQL database in the form of a data grid The project contains three virtual devices defined via the Device Manager Each of these devices contains five tags Tag1 Tag5 Also three SQL type data tables are defined via the Data Table Manager Each of this tables contains items corresponding to the tags in the virtual devices and has different settings of the Time stamp base property The SQL server is named LOCAL SQLEXPRESS It is a standard name set when Microsoft SQL Server 2005 Express Edition is installed with setup bat Three custom reports designed to display data from the corresponding virtual devices are defined via the Custom Report Manager The reports differ in the way the time stamp is decoded Depending on the way a time stamp is logged the Int64TimeToDateTime or UTCDateTimeToLocalDateTime conversion function is used The ADODatabase and ADOTable components are used to make a link between a custom report and an SQL database You have to set the database parameter of the ADODatabase component in the same way as the Connection string in the Project Options
215. default the Settings Profiles subdirectory of the visualization project in which user profiles settings are located is not to be updated It is assumed that the settings of trends reports alarm event viewers etc will be customized and the updated settings will be stored locally on the respective computer Therefore the settings must not be overwritten by the source computer s settings However it is desirable to update the so called default settings e g default settings of trends which are usually supplied by the author of the visualization project systems integrator For this reason the Settings Profiles Default option is activated so that it will be updated Updating this directory does not overwrite user profiles The other option is to store user profiles in a central location e g file server In such a case the Settings Profiles Default option won t be activated either The path where user profiles will be located can be specified on the Miscellaneous page The advantage is that the user has his her settings available when working on any computer 8 17 2 11 Other User profiles Directory Reliance 4 Development Environment EEE 360 Project Structure Manager Specifies the directory where user profiles will be located In the context of Reliance a user profile is a set of personal settings of a certain user settings of trends reports alarm event viewers etc The default value of the property is SettingsPro
216. desired transparent color using for example the Pick Color feature Capture This property is not active for bitmaps because they directly support transparent colors PNG Use 24 bit color depth Determines whether to convert the picture to 24 bit color depth for display purposes In some cases it can prevent transparent pictures from being wrongly displayed HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Action Manager EEN 8 14 Action Manager The Action Manager is a tool that is used to define and configure actions i e objects describing specific commands Actions are intended for executing predefined commands Displaying trends reports or the Log On User dialog are examples of actions Actions are related to various events e g double clicking a component in such a case the required action is defined on the Scripts Actions page of the component s Properties dialog box The Action Manager window has the same layout as other managers see the chapter Managers In addition to the common toolbar commands the toolbar contains the New Action zi command Common Object Properties Keyboard shortcut Specifies the keyboard shortcut which is to be used to execute the action If the desired key key combination is not available you can define it by typing the key as text directly in the box e g Left Right Ctrl Shift Left Action type Execute actions Is used to execute the listed commands e languages Activate project l
217. dialog box If a node is selected the displayed dialog box allows for choosing the type of node and selecting an action same as when creating a new node If a cell is selected the displayed dialog box allows for choosing an action by double clicking the cell specifying the link to a tag for cells of type Display Active text and Active picture and changing the text for a cell of type Text Enter Value Brings up the dialog box for changing the value of the tag linked to the cell The command is active only at runtime and only for cells of type Display HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Additional 201 Execute Action Is used to execute the action linked to the cell or node The command is active only at runtime and only for the cells for which the action was specified The command can also be invoked by double clicking on the desired cell 7 3 11 5 Columns Definition On the left side of the page there is a list of the data tree s columns The first column in the list indexed by O contains the tree itself nodes arranged in a hierarchical tree structure The other columns in the list are formed by cells which pertain to individual nodes of the data tree Title Specifies the text displayed in the column header Text alignment in column Specifies the alignment of the column s and header s text Width Specifies the width of the selected column Background Specifies the background color of the column usin
218. displayed The command line s format is lt software gt lt path_ to project_main file gt lt computer name gt Software Determines Reliance s program to open the project Computer to run project on Determines the logical computer defined in the visualization project for which the shortcut is created Shortcut name Determines the name of the shortcut as it will be displayed in Windows Shortcut location Determines the folder to place the shortcut in By default the shortcut is located on the Windows desktop Comment Specifies a description of the shortcut appearing as a tooltip when the mouse pointer is placed over the shortcut icon HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Project Diagnostics Wizard 6 4 Project Diagnostics Wizard The Project gt Perform Diagnostics command is used to bring up the Project Diagnostics Wizard Project diagnostics is intended for detecting issues caused for example by entering incomplete property values using invalid links or deleting project files used Step 1 Diagnostics options Allows you to choose which issues should be detected Invalid links Checks the validity of the links to the project files An issue is detected when for example there are links to an object which has been deleted Missing links Checks whether there are links between objects where required An issue is detected when for example a link to a component s main tag is not defined Invalid prop
219. ditor is brought up Centered If this option is active the grid lines are displayed between the main ticks Ticks Specifies the style width and length of the main ticks on the outer side of the axis By pressing the button the Border Color Editor is brought up At Labels Only Determines whether to show the ticks depending on whether the labels are displayed Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE 416 Trend Properties Inner Specifies the style width and length of the main ticks on the inner side of the axis By pressing the button the Border Color Editor is brought up Minor Specifies the style width length and number of minor ticks on the outer side of the axis By pressing the button the Border Color Editor is brought up e Position Position Positions the axis with respect to the beginning of the chart Start Positions the axis maximum with respect to the original position End Positions the axis minimum with respect to the original position Reset position Resets the position to its default settings 10 5 1 4 Titles The properties available on the Titles page allow you to insert a title to the header or footer of the chart Visible Determines whether to display the specified title Adjust Frame Determines whether to adjust the size of the frame to the size of the title If this option is not active the frame is spread out over the entire width of the chart HE Relian
220. dow After the window is freed from memory A dynamically loaded window is released from memory if closed only a dialog window can be closed it is freed right after it is closed or overlapped by other windows The runtime software contains a cache which stores several most recently closed windows Therefore the window is not released each time it is completely overlapped by another window Static loading does not allow you to execute scripts Scripts Mouse These scripts can be executed after clicking or double clicking the window area Actions Mouse These actions can be performed after clicking or double clicking the window area Advanced Show hint Allows you to display a brief help hint when the mouse cursor is placed over the window area The window s help hint is applied if the Show hint property of the components within the window area is active but no text is specified Locked Allows you to lock all the components in the window If this option is active the position and size of the components cannot be changed by dragging the mouse and using the arrow keys slight movement or size change Reliance 4 Development Environment EEE 104 Visualization Window v Security Access to window Specifies the access rights required for activating the window If the Secure option is not active all users are allowed to access the window If this option is checked at least one of the given access rights is required to activate
221. duration of the communication error This is the difference from the alarm that is automatically triggered by Reliance when an error in the communication with a device occurs It is an event type of alarm it is triggered but it does not remain active Reliance does not check to see if the error condition still exists this is a drawback HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Examples 485 Within the Modbus1 device the CommError tag of type Bool is defined via the Device Manager It is an internal tag not a physical tag from a PLC In addition the CommError alarm defined within the same device is linked to the CommError tag The alarm is triggered by the leading edge of the tag value the off to on transition The Modbus1 device is connected to the PC1 computer via the Project Structure Manager The communication options are defined through the Channel1 object which represents a communication channel On the Advanced page of the channel properties there are links to scripts to be executed when communication with the device is started interrupted due to an error and restored To each script an integer parameter representing the ID of the Modbus1 device is passed a value of 1 If the project contained multiple devices there would be the same scripts selected on the Advanced page only the device ID numbers passed as parameters would differ The Define script which contains the definition of the SetDeviceCommeError procedure i
222. e Automatically check for new versions of Reliance 4 Determines whether to check for new versions of the Reliance SCADA HMI system on the Internet at the startup of the development environment The user is notified of available updates with a dialog box This box offers to display a Web page containing links for downloads of the latest versions of the Reliance SCADA HMI system Also notify of new Pre release versions Determines whether to check for new Pre release versions of the system at startup Usually a testing version of the Reliance SCADA HMI system is released prior to releasing the official one This unofficial version is used to test new functions and check its compatibility with the existing projects It is not recommended to run a Pre release version at the end user site If you come across a problem either in the official or Pre release version of Reliance you can contact us by sending an email to support reliance cz HE Reliance 4 Development Environment 6 Visualization Project A Reliance Design visualization project is a group of files stored in a directory structure see Project Files All objects object links and other properties are defined in these files Create New Project Wizard Project Conversion Wizard Creating a Project Shortcut Project Diagnostics Wizard Backup Project Wizard Restore Project from Backup Wizard Find Object Usages Wizard Replace Object Properties Wizard Export Project for Remote
223. e sent to one device by the communication driver at a time Once the request is sent the driver waits for a response Only then it continues to send a request to another device Network Ethernet serial RS 232 RS 485 This type of channel is used for communication with the device via Ethernet using the Ethernet RS 232 RS 485 converter This type of channel is used for devices that do not support Ethernet communication Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi EH Project Structure Manager Address Allows you to override substitute the device s address specified via the Device Manager If it is not needed do not activate this option IP address URL Allows you to override substitute the converter s IP address the device itself has no IP address specified via the Device Manager If it is not needed do not activate this option TCP UDP port Specifies the converter s TCP or UDP port number Comm test interval Specifies the time interval used for testing communication with the device on an inactive communication channel This value is used by some communication drivers e g Teco when multiple communication channels are defined Comm timeout Specifies the time period between sending a request to and receiving a response from the device by the communication driver If the device does not respond to the request within the specified timeout the communication is considered faulty Err timeout and the request is sent a
224. e the Create New Window Template Wizard is brought up To run the wizard choose the File gt New Window Template command or use the Window Manager A template can also be created through the Data Structure Manager depending on a selected data structure In such a case a Button component is automatically created for each Bool type tag and a Display component for each string or numeric type tag HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Visualization Window Select data structure Allows you to select a data structure corresponding to a respective window template This data structure s fields will be linked to components placed in the window template If no data structure is selected you cannot benefit from window templates main advantage which is that you can repeatedly use the same component group each time linked to a different group of tags In this case the template can be used as a static graphic element without links to data or the components can be directly linked to tags as in a standard window Window template name Specifies the window template s name which is unique within the project It must not contain illegal characters 6 11 5 Embedding a Window Template To insert an existing window template into a visualization window choose the Insert Window Template command from the visualization window s popup menu This command will bring up the Insert Window Template Wizard Step 1 Choose how to insert window template
225. e Custom Report Manager and contains items corresponding to the tags from the System device At runtime you are enabled to enter values to the form To switch among the Edit Box components use the Tab button To preview and or print the form press the Display button The project also demonstrates the use of multilanguage support It is localized into Czech and English If you switch the language of the project the language is also changed in the text strings of the custom report Reliance 4 Development Environment EEE 494 Examples Custom report containing a data grid based on the data from a dBASE data table CustomReport_dBASE is a project designed to demonstrate how to use a custom report of type FastReport to visualize data from a dBASE database in the form of a data grid Within the System device the DatabaseName tag of type String is defined via the Device Manager It is an auxiliary tag which is used to store the dBASE data table s directory A script named Init is defined via the Script Manager The script is used for setting the dBASE data table s directory in the DatabaseName tag The script is run after project startup A custom report named Report is defined via the Custom Report Manager It contains an item named DatabaseName linked to the same named tag from the System device The BDETable component is used to make a link between the custom report and the data table BDETable s DatabaseName property can be set using the Database
226. e data logged in the data table via the trend or report viewer Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi Examples Random access to data table records RandomAccessToDataTable is a project designed to demonstrate how to manually randomly read write data from to a data table of type dBASE The Records data table is defined via the Data Table Manager The Data acquisition method property of this data table is set to Not specified and the Archive files property on the Advanced page is set to None The table contains the following fields Number Length Color and Material The fields are linked to the same named tags of different types defined through the Device Manager The records in the data table are accessed manually from a script You can view the records stored in the data table via the record viewer the Report report The Init script defined via the Script Manager contains the procedure and function definitions and is executed only once before all other scripts in a thread The RDb CreateTableObject command is used to create an instance of an object which will be used to access the Records data table For example to add a new record to the data table the AppendRecord procedure the following methods of the object are called OpenTable Append SetFieldValue Post and CloseTable For more information on the TTable object used to access data tables see the Scripts help file Logging data to an SQL database LogDataToSQLServer is
227. e event of a communication failure the client runtime software attempts to activate a connection with lower priority Miscellaneous Higher priority connection test interval Specifies the time interval at which the client runtime software attempts to re establish communication on a connection with higher priority if a secondary backup connection is active e Server Connection Basic Common Object Properties Reliance 4 Development Environment EE 380 Project Structure Manager Server computer Specifies the server computer with which the client computer is to communicate Alternative server address Allows you to use an address other than the one specified by the server computer s Address property It is useful for example when there are two different server addresses used for access from an inside and outside network Control connection Determines whether to control the connection by the specified tags of type Bool on the Client and Server computers Run script on Connect Determines whether to execute the specified script when the connection between the two computers is established This script will run in both instances of the runtime software Disconnect Determines whether to execute the specified script when the connection between the two computers is interrupted This script will run in both instances of the runtime software Real time data transfer Data update interval Specifies the minimum time i
228. e folder is only available for the types of devices allowing communication over communication zones ie New OPC Group Builds up a new OPC group It is only available within devices of type OPC Oy New Tag Creates a new tag The command is only available if the Tags folder or another tag are selected The command within OPC type devices is only available if an OPC group is selected K New Structured Tag Brings up the Select Data Structure dialog box to select a data structure A structured tag will be created according to the selected data structure Data structures can be defined via the Data Structure Manager Data structures and structured tags can later be synchronized by the Synchronize With Data Structures command G New Alarm Event Creates a new alarm event in the Alarms Events folder Alarms events within the selected device can only be linked to tags from this device Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi 254 Device Manager he Synchronize With Data Structures Synchronizes structured tags with the corresponding data structures at sub levels of the tree Any changes e g deletion or addition of tags implemented in data structures will reflect on structured tags within a device K Add Nested Tags Allows you to manually add tags in a structured tag e g after their deletion The command s function is similar to the Synchronize With Data Structures command However it allows you to independently add speci
229. e horizontal position of a component the Dynamic page Position Y Dynamically controls the vertical position of a component the Dynamic page al Width Dynamically controls the width of a component the Dynamic page t Height Dynamically controls the height of a component the Dynamic page a w Rotation angle Dynamically controls the rotation angle of a component the Dynamic page HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Visual Linking To perform the linking use the mouse to drag a tag from the Visual Linking window to a component located in the visualization window If multiple components are selected all the selected components will be linked this operation requires confirmation from the user Confirmation is also required if the tag is dragged to other than the selected component An orange blinking frame surrounding the component indicates the linking operation has been successful Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE ER Information Window 4 5 Information Window The Information Window is a tool window that acts as a status bar it displays various information depending on the situation When opening a visualization project it displays the current status of the operation If the project is open the current cursor position in the visualization window is displayed in the left part of the Information Window If the mouse cursor is placed over a component the middle part of the window displays the comp
230. e named tag defined within the PLC1 device When loading a stored recipe into the PLC1 device the value of the respective item is written into these tags To edit the recipe through visualization windows one auxiliary tag must be defined for each recipe item this auxiliary tag is of the same type as the corresponding tag in PLC1 The auxiliary tags are called editing tags They are defined within the System device with the same names as the tags in PLC1 Each recipe item is connected to the corresponding editing tag Also each editing tag is connected to the corresponding Display component located in the EditRecipe_ProductO1 window The Display components allow you to edit the values of the recipe items To show the EditRecipe_ProductO1 window click on the Edit Recipe button in the main visualization window ProductO1 The EditRecipe_ProductO1 window can be used to choose a recipe from the list of already stored recipes edit it and save it under the specified name The ProductO1 window can also be used to load or delete the selected recipe by clicking on the respective buttons Local and global array definition example DeclareArrayVar is a project showing how to define and use global and local array variables The main visualization window contains two buttons that start the UseGlobalArrayVar and UseLocalArrayVar scripts An event script named Define used to declare the global variable GlobalArrayVar1 is defined via the Script Manager This s
231. e on the speed of the alarm event synchronization between the computers Considering that in most cases it is not necessary that the complete archive files of the alarm event database be stored on the client computer we recommend to activate this option Max archive file count Specifies the maximum number of the alarm event database s archive files downloaded to the client computer The property s value should be chosen with respect to the type of archive files i e frequency of creation daily weekly monthly or it can be controlled by a tag The default value of the property is 2 it is suitable for monthly archive files Transfer window records Determines whether to transfer synchronize window records through this server connection e Server Connection Advanced Communication server connection between instances of the runtime software is started at the client side If communication at the client side is not controlled by a tag the client runtime software attempts to establish a connection immediately after starting the visualization project otherwise only in case the control tag s value is logical 1 Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE EH Project Structure Manager Any of the following situations may occur while establishing communication on a server connection 1 The server computer has not been found within the network 2 The server computer has been found within the network but the runtime software d
232. e property is used to specify the width of the tray as it will be displayed at runtime The size can be changed on the Position page in the Window Properties dialog box Most often trays are used to create a panel containing buttons 6 11 2 Duplicating a Window To duplicate a window means to create its copy The window can be duplicated either in the Window Manager by choosing the Duplicate command from the window list s popup menu or by pressing Ctrl D or using the Duplicate Window command from the window s popup menu This command brings up the Duplicate Window dialog box Name Specifies the newly created window s name Title Specifies the newly created window s title Substitute components links to tags Allows you to substitute components links to tags while duplicating the window Components links to tags will be replaced by links to same named tags but from another device This feature simplifies and makes working on projects with multiple identical visualization windows significantly faster Each of these visualization windows display industrial data from a different device Source device Specifies the name of a device linked to components before the operation is performed HEM Reliance 4 Development Environment Visualization Window Ea Target device Specifies the name of a device linked to components after the operation is performed Remove the original link if a tag with the same name does not exist in
233. e value or of the user who was logged on when the value was being written e g if the value was written from a script S write command source component script etc HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Device Manager 283 Display Text for state Logical 1 Allows you to specify a user defined name for the logical 1 state for Bool type tags Text for state Logical O Allows you to specify a user defined name for the logical O state for Bool type tags Format For integer type tags Byte Word DoubleWord Shortint Smallint Longint Largelnt and derived array type tags the Decimal or Hexadecimal representation can be used Alarms Events Alarm event start delay Specifies the time interval for which the condition for invoking an alarm event must be met to generate a new alarm event Alarm event end delay Specifies the time interval for which the condition for invoking an alarm event must not be met to terminate the active alarm event 8 4 4 3 Correction Analog value correction Determines whether to use one of the two types of analog correction The correction is used when reading the tag value When writing the tag value it is computed the other way around before it is sent to the communication driver k x q A formula for computing the tag value according to the equation y kx q with given coefficients The corrected value is used by the runtime software Min Max Allows for correcting the value
234. e values of all the tags located in the communication zones are read regardless of the update interval specified for each tag The values of the tags lying outside the communication zones won t be read Communication with the child devices is provided via the defined communication zones only WSR3000 Maximum number of Check packets Specifies the maximum number of sent Check packets A restriction which prevents from overloading the communication at project startup Maximum number of Init packets Specifies the maximum number of sent Init packets A restriction which prevents from overloading the communication at project startup Communication packet preparation period Specifies the time period needed for preparing the communication packets It prevents from overloading the communication at project startup and enables receiving data from individual child devices HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Recipe Manager In 8 6 Recipe Manager The Recipe Manager is a tool that is used to define groups of tags recipes whose real time values can be read and stored to a disk file They can later be loaded from the file and transferred to the respective devices Recipes are typically used in the single production line manufacture of various products glass press dye and chemical manufacturing etc The configuration settings tag values for a particular type of product are then stored in a specific recipe which can later be loaded from
235. e when in idle status the State 1 page when the button is pressed and the Active page when you place the mouse cursor over the component Text Specifies the text to be displayed on the button The text is displayed with the specified Font Button color and Text alignment if State 1 has no text defined the text of State O is used instead Picture Allows you to select a picture and configure its position on the button horizontal and vertical Offset and Picture alignment to the button s center and edges Active 3 state active button Allows you to specify the button s and text s color to be displayed when the mouse cursor is placed over the button The text to be displayed depends on the current state of the button 7 2 3 Text This component allows you to display static text Usually it is used to create labels and comments for other components HEM Reliance 4 Development Environment Standard 133 Properties Basic Alignment Dynamic Menu Scripts Actions Security e Static Text Font Brings up the Select Font dialog box Autosize Is used to adjust the size of the component to the length of the text The Width and Height of the component are set to display the entire text on one line without word wrapping Word wrap Enables word wrapping depending on the component s Width and Height The text is wrapped between words and where a line break is inserted Alignment Determines whether the text should be aligned
236. eceiving and sending text messages sending email messages The Reliance SCADA HMI system allows sending and receiving text messages via a GSM device modem The settings related to sending text messages can be configured via the Project Structure Manager and data communication is realized via scripts Sending and receiving text messages is demonstrated in the Demos SMS example which is supplied together with Reliance Sending email messages can be done in a similar way The settings related to sending email messages e g SMTP server and sender details can be configured via the Project Structure Manager on the E mail page of the respective computer Emails can only be sent from scripts Sending email messages is demonstrated in the Scripts SendEmail example This project as well as other examples are available in the lt Reliance gt Examples directory 2 2 1 15 System of Notes System of notes notes related to alarms events windows object comments labels Within Reliance there are many places where you can make notes or comments Every object component trend table tag etc contains properties named Comment and Description Components also allow you to display bubble help help hints Once you log on to the runtime environment you can leave a comment related to visualization windows or alarms events for your colleague employee etc To delete notes access rights can be required in the same way as for alarm event acknowledgment
237. ectory The file is named VarTagDataN rdt where N represents the computer ID in a decimal format e g VarTagDatal rdt Initial value Determines whether to initialize the tag with the specified value when starting the visualization project If the previous property is active this value may later be replaced with the value saved as the last The specified value is only used when starting the project for the first time or deleting the file which contains the saved value Log write commands to alarm event database Determines whether to log information about all write operations performed on the tag to the alarm event database Identical values are also logged Standard text The text will be generated automatically The standard text contains the name of the tag including the device the written value the alias name of the computer from which the value was written the alias name of the user and the write command source component script etc Custom text Allows you to define a custom text string to be displayed in the alarm event database together with information about a write operation The text string can contain special characters which will be replaced with a respective value during runtime The characters are case insensitive The meaning of individual characters is as follows YN value written into the tag C alias name of the computer from which the value was written U alias name of the user who wrote th
238. ed node and is displayed in a separate row It consists of a picture icon and text The tree s nodes can be organized into a hierarchical tree structure The child nodes can be collapsed or expanded Each node s row can contain several items of types Display Text Picture Active text and Active picture and thus make up a table with options to collapse and expand the rows Click the row to select it double click it to perform an action or another operation depending on the type of item Properties Basic Alignment HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Additional 193 v Dynamic Link to tag Visible Enabled X Y Width Height Angle If these properties are active and linked to a tag the basic component properties defined on the Basic page can be changed dynamically during runtime The configured values can be either relative or absolute depending on the setting in the Project Options dialog box Advanced Selected node Specifies the tag to be used to find out which of the tree s nodes has been selected marked or to specify which node is to be marked as selected v Security Functions scripts actions menus Secure Determines whether to select access rights required for securing the interaction between the user and the component If this feature is enabled the component is only accessible to users with sufficient access rights To specify the access rights required for accessing the component bring up
239. ed HDSerialNumber and CheckEnabled are defined through the Device Manager The first one contains the serial number the other one is used to activate deactivate the protection Three scripts are defined through the Script Manager The UpdateHDSerialNumber script is intended for updating the disk serial number in the HDSerialNumber tag The ExitRuntimeModule script is used to terminate the project The ProjectRun script is used to compare the current disk serial number to the value of the HDSerialNumber tag If the numbers do not match the Dig_ProjectCannotRun dialog window is displayed After the dialog is confirmed by clicking the OK button the project is terminated All instructions listed below are also shown in the visualization window Disk check activation instructions 1 Start the runtime software 2 Save the current hard disk serial number to the HDSerialNumber tag click on the Save HD serial number button Reliance 4 Development Environment EEE Examples 3 Terminate the runtime software 4 Bring up the Device Manager On the Advanced page of the CheckEnabled tag s properties activate the Save last value option 5 Start the runtime software 6 Start checking the hard disk serial number click on the Check serial number check box 7 Terminate the runtime software Disk check testing instructions 1 Start the runtime software 2 Change the saved value of the HDSerialNumber tag using the Display compone
240. ed for the configuration of the equithermal control temperature falloff Falloff operation start and end delay If the value of the input parameter Heating operation is set to logical O the calculated equithermal temperature is gradually reduced depending on the ramp length to the value of the equithermal temperature reduced by the specified Output temperature falloff If the value of the Heating operation parameter changes from logical O to logical 1 then again the output temperature increases depending on the ramp length to the value of the calculated equithermal temperature The time interval within which this value is achieved is specified by this parameter Main Setting value Update timeout Specifies the time period during which the component is not updated according to tags values The update timeout s value depends on how fast it is to write a tag into a device Sometimes right after the value is changed the original value can be displayed for a short time if the update timeout s value is too short Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE 216 Control Equithermal points On the left side of the page there is a list of points which define the equithermal curve Required outside temperature The required outside temperature and the corresponding temperature of the heating water can be specified for each point in the list Required equithermal temperature The temperature of the heating water can be either specified as a
241. ees dd egen aenda aaa aaaea eegend iat dee e 389 Select Access FRCS soseen cst ttl ses entulnslsbaredsuinubalaeVbaasilvdapdatuny wuauelrarnubavsdincaaduienmutetlde 391 Select Directory EE 392 i Ka 393 ADDON IT 395 HEM Reliance 4 Development Environment Table of Contents vii 10 14 Installation assassins deccst cen sa non axaqcsinnnaseen cosas coe sacensensacessios saikbuseasce ae vesnaennsececarsenxttnaeaccanoienect 396 10 2 LICENSE EE 399 10 2 1 Data POMS enoia an arana aE E E AA a aaa 400 10 3 egaal Characters su iiisiorianinani naaa aa aaa a aaia 402 10 4 Tips and Tricks ee 403 10 4 1 Adding Multiple Components of the Same Type to a Window 403 10 4 2 Fine Moving and Sizing Components EN 403 10 4 3 Selecting and Deselecting Multiple Components cecsseeeeeeees 404 10 4 4 Quick Opening Associated Visualization Windows cseeeeeeeees 404 10 4 5 Quick Selecting Objects When Creating Links A 404 10 4 6 Starting a Project Automatically After Turning on a Computer 404 10 4 7 Safe Project Termination During a Power Outage A 405 10 4 8 Optimizing Computer Workload een 406 10 4 9 Optimizing Communication With Devices Using Zones cceee 410 10 4 10 Interconnecting Reliance and Mosaic AE 410 10 5 Trend Properties sissies coicccicsdecaies aciesdeswecisedersiudeddedebsddect qedcsavdesacsves gedes dade cdsnedwcteanvdaacdsenanes 411 1051 MONA esson ea apa e aaa a
242. eet this condition the state which is higher in the list of states will be selected If no state meets this condition the first state will be selected Line Specifies the line s Style and Color for the selected state See the Static page Ending Specifies the ending s Color for the selected state See the Static page v Static Type Specifies the position of the line with respect to the component Normal any direction Horizontal or Vertical the line will be drawn in the center of the component Line Specifies the Style Width and Color of the line if the main tag is not defined see Vectors the Static page Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi EH Vectors Ending Allows you to specify the Color and shape of the arrows on either ends of the Line component Size Specifies the length of the segments in pixels which make up the arrow Sharpness Specifies the angle in degrees between the line and the arrow s segment If the Full arrow ending is selected it specifies half of the arrow s vertex angle v Error Link to tag Specifies the link to the numeric type tag which is used to indicate an error state The error is indicated if the tag value is non zero Line Specifies the line s Style and Color for the error state Ending Specifies the Color of the line s ending for the error state HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Control 209 7 5 Control Simple Time Program Time Prog
243. efine paths etc To configure the settings use the dialog boxes which can be accessed via the Tools menu Some settings are global i e visualization project independent Therefore they can be configured even if no project is open The global settings are stored in the R Design dsk file which is located in the Reliance program files directory Some settings of the development environment are project specific These settings are stored in the project dsk file which is located in the main project directory Configure Toolbars Configure Component Palette Environment Options Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE o Configuring the Toolbars 5 1 Configuring the Toolbars The Configure Toolbars dialog box allows you to arrange commands in the toolbars and change the toolbars positions including the Component Palette in the main window The main window of the development environment contains 5 toolbars Any available commands can be added to each toolbar To add a command drag and drop the command onto a toolbar Using the mouse each toolbar can be moved removed from the main window to another place on the screen Toolbars On the Toolbars page there is a list of toolbars contained in the main window of the development environment This list allows you to disable or enable the display of individual toolbars Each toolbar s settings can be reset by clicking the Restore Defaults command The Themes combo box enables you to choose
244. efore Head and after Tail the selected block List Contains the list of created templates The commands on the right side of the list allow you to handle the list The controls below the list allow you to configure each item of the list Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi Environment Options Items Caption Defines the name of a template The minus character allows you to horizontally divide the popup menu Shortcut Allows you to define a keyboard shortcut for invoking the selected command Line Block Mode Allows you to enter blocks of code on separate lines Indent Count Defines the number of indents after a block of code is entered Head Defines text to be entered before the selected block Tail Defines text to be entered after the selected block Note The character allows you to position the cursor If the Line Block Mode option is active you can also set up the following parameters for blocks of code to be entered Auto Indent Allows the entered block of code to be automatically indented Relative Indent Defines relative indent of the entered block of code Web Search Allows you to configure the list of websites where the selected text is to be searched For example after selecting a keyword a Web page using the popup menu can be quickly opened displaying the search results HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Environment Options List Contains the list of pla
245. elected object property as defined by ASHRAE It is shown here for informational purposes only Use COV function Determines whether to send the tag s value only when changed COV Change Of Value via spontaneously sent data Minimum change of value Specifies the value which is passed to the device as a minimum change needed to spontaneously send data The Use COV function property must be active W Defining DDE Device Tag DDE Item Specifies the tag s unique identifier within the DDE server i Defining IEC104 Device Tag Read address Specifies the read address HEM Reliance 4 Development Environment Device Manager ke Write address Specifies the write address Type identifier Specifies the structure type and format of the tag value Qualifier Specifies the qualifier W Defining IEC62056 Device Tag Address Specifies the tag s address which must be unique within the device The address is a text string with a maximum length of 16 characters It can contain all printable characters except for and 1 Example of an address 1 8 0 H Defining Johnson Controls DX9100 Device Tag Ref Specifies the type and number of reference as part of the tag s unique identifier within the device memory SubRef Specifies the type and number of sub reference as part of the tag s unique identifier within the device memory Address Specifies the address where the tag is stored in the device For digita
246. em peee e poa BESSERES oema pomene Ce aenean a ienaam BEER em es mm rm BESSERES BESSERES BESSERES menus ems e Gees s e Gem w e eem enean e eaen een o poa ee pene e eoe pomene e oe B SCH where n represents the number of array elements Sauter EY2400 en mm emm de o b o o b o ee o o E Reliance 4 Development Environment BESSE C BER E ee ews a I fmm f where n represents the number of array elements Rittmeyer WSR3000 BESSERES REES BEE Johnson Controls DX9100 BESSERES BERSCHENS en e em Jem pee e e en e me ponorem fo ee oo Reliance 4 Development Environment EEE em ae mn nm H Daylight saving 2 array elements Array of DateTime g Time schedule 29 array elements Array of Word KW Exception days 60 array elements 120 B Array of Word Johnson Controls SC9100 BESSERES eme eem e S em ame some Jew CC e Sem firan Je Jm REESEN een es mn mm oeme armes O e eee emee em emne amam p e Johnson Controls FX15 BEREEDEN BESSE DE aa BESSE p eem ee e e EE Reliance 4 Development Environment Elcor e mn mm Timea iesean me tem Sr E BESSERES eem poeren fe ooo A me te BESSERES emm isores fa ooo Elgas2 em me em BESSERES Ge pes e ooo BERGERE cn a Gem few e fe pnmon a C a een foen fw ce eC Reliance 4 Development Environment ia QMD en e em em BEE ren Parma EE Se Inmat fem pwe e
247. en the connection between the data servers is interrupted This script will run in both data servers Server role changes active standby Determines whether to execute the specified script when the server role changes active standby This script will run in both data servers It can be used for example for storing information about the current server role in a tag defined within the System device in this case it cannot be in another device This information can be retrieved in the script by calling the RSys IsActiveServer method In the script you can also find out whether it is executed in the primary server by calling the RSys IsPrimaryServer method or in the secondary server by calling the RSys IsSecondaryServer method HEM Reliance 4 Development Environment Project Structure Manager 349 Transition to active role The following options affect how quickly the server assumes the active role after running the project when the primary server becomes unavailable etc Connection timeout This property is used in both the primary server and the secondary server It specifies the maximum time period to be available for establishing the connection between the data servers after running the project or loss of connection If the connection is not established within the specified time period the server assumes the active role Hypothetically if both servers were running but the connection between them was blocked
248. end Dividing Lines Specifies the style width and color of the lines separating individual items of the legend By pressing the button the Border Color Editor is brought up Position Specifies the position of the legend with respect to the chart You can choose from the following options Left Right Top and Bottom Margin Allows you to increase the space between the chart and the legend Shadow Color Specifies the color of the legend s shadow Size Specifies the distance between the bottom right corner of the shadow and the bottom right corner of the legend 10 5 1 6 Panel The following properties determine how the chart s component s panel is to be displayed Reliance 4 Development Environment EEE 420 Trend Properties Bevel Inner Determines how the component s inner bevel frame is to be drawn You can choose from the following options None Lowered Raised Width Specifies the distance between the inner bevel and outer bevel The color of this space is the same as the Panel Color Bevel Outer Determines how the component s outer bevel frame is to be drawn You can choose from the following options None Lowered Raised Width Specifies the width of both bevels Panel Color Brings up the Select Color dialog box allowing you to specify the background color of the component Border If this option is active a dark colored border around the component is drawn Back Image Any picture loade
249. ent Teco o rm em mm BESSERES a a SC e Gem ees o Ge es o o Gem w e e e E Ge ferae e o ooo O a DateTime internally as DoubleFloat see the description in the chapter Internal CES max 23 characters max 2 GB string is terminated with the ASCII code O mn men mm mm BESSERES BESSERES Gewe pes G BESSER BESSERES se a G een amean e BESSERES BEER Array of DateTime internally as DoubleFloat see the description in the chapter Internal Reliance 4 Development Environment a where n represents the number of array elements E ji E a SE oe KR DataBlock indexes can t be used to work with the tag IRC 7169B indexes can t be used to work with the tag the tag s register type must be R the tag s address must be 100 AMIiT em ms mm BESSERES Gen p e Ge pea a Ge ee a e eemo O em e esem r e egen arean e eee pe mee where n represents the number of matrix elements columns x rows Modbus te e b e O o o Ge pes C E e E Gom pee e oo e aa C EE Reliance 4 Development Environment BESSERES Ge eea a eo Ce Ge eee e em poen fw BEE REENEN em as mm nm BESSERES BESSERES BESSERES Jee ff Geese s e Gem w e eem renean e eaen eer e poa ee pomene e ewen pomene fe BEE B SCH where n represents the number of array elements Wago Cc CO Flom p C RER C Reliance 4 Development Environment a Gee pee e Gew fes p o ooo Gem pew e Gem pemaen fe e
250. ent it can only be done by a user s who has been assigned this access right Servicing right Determines whether the user has a special right that ensures the user cannot be modified or deleted at runtime via the User Manager by a user administrator that has not been assigned the Servicing right This right can only be activated through this property in the development environment This feature enables Reliance system integrators to secure certain parts of the application from other users Reliance 4 Development Environment EEE 342 User Manager Check All Is used to select all the rights in the list Uncheck All Is used to unselect all the rights in the list Edit Is used to bring up the Project Options dialog box to rename the rights This command can only be executed at design time 8 16 3 Access Restrictions These properties determine the access restrictions applied when the user logs on to the program After logging the user off of the program the default restrictions configured for the computer are restored Disable Start menu Determines whether to disable using the Windows Start menu Hide task bar Determines whether to hide the Windows task bar Hide icons on desktop Determines whether to hide icons on the Windows desktop Disable minimizing runtime software s main window Determines whether to disable minimizing the main window of the runtime software Disable moving runtime software s
251. ent are changed so that they correspond to the size of the picture Tiled The picture is drawn as tiles so that they fill the component area 7 2 7 Active Picture This component allows you to display a picture depending on the current value of the tag to which the component is linked If the current value of the control tag is within the interval specified for any of the defined pictures the picture is displayed on the component area Properties Basic Alignment Menu Scripts Actions Security HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Standard 141 v Dynamic Link to tag Visible Enabled X Y Width Height Angle If these properties are active and linked to a tag the basic component properties defined on the Basic page can be changed dynamically during runtime The configured values can be either relative or absolute depending on the setting in the Project Options dialog box Advanced Blink Defines the link to the tag to be used to control the blinking effect at the specified time interval at runtime the component will blink when the tag value is non zero Error Defines the link to the tag which bears information on an error If the tag value is non zero the component will indicate an error at runtime v Functions On the left side of the page there is a list of the Active Picture component s states which can be switched using a tag The states can be added or removed You can also change the state s priority
252. epairing the equipment At runtime alarms events can be disabled or enabled using the View gt Defined Alarms Events command 6 12 4 Runtime Start and Shutdown Starting Runtime software Specifies the type of runtime software Reliance View Reliance Control Reliance Control Server in which the visualization project is to be started using the Project gt Start command from the development environment The default runtime software type depends on Reliance Design s license used for creating the project Reliance Control is the default software of the Desktop version whereas Reliance Control Server is the default software of the Enterprise version HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Project Options 109 Computer name Specifies the logical computer whose settings defined through the Project Structure Manager will be used by the runtime software started from the development environment The project consists for example of a control area containing two computers Computer 1 named Server is connected to subordinated devices PLCs and logs the read data to a database Computer 2 named Client is connected to Computer 1 through a server connection When starting a project as Server the runtime software runs a communication driver which will establish communication with subordinated devices The runtime software acquires data from the communication driver and logs is to a database When starting a project as Client the runtime
253. er allows you to translate texts into the selected languages At runtime it is possible to switch between languages thus it allows for example users with different language requirements to work in a single workplace Language Name Specifies the language s name This name will be displayed in all lists Details Contains information on the abbreviation and code page of the language The Change command is used to bring up a dialog box allowing you to change the existing language EE Reliance 4 Development Environment Project Options 115 Status Set As Active Allows you to activate the selected language An active language is a language whose texts are displayed at both design time and runtime If the active language differs from the default one the user is prior to modifying the text directly in a component s edit box notified and asked whether to replace the text in the list or create a new one Set As Default Allows you to set the selected language as the default one A default language is a language whose texts are used when creating a new language By the time all new language s texts are translated they will have been set according to the default language s texts Font Specifies the font font style to be used in controls to display and enter texts within the development environment and to be used as the default font for newly created components This font will be used for each language defined in the project
254. er enables you to repeatedly embed graphical elements of the visualization project with the option of central editing Options Window Template Is a window template whose instance will be created embedded into the container The width of the Container component is determined by the right edge of the component for which the sum of the X coordinate and the width is the largest of the sums for all components placed in the window template The height of the Container component is determined by the bottom edge of the component for which the sum of the Y coordinate and the height is the largest of the sums for all components placed in the window template If no component is placed in the window template only the edge of the Container component is displayed Structured tag Is a structured tag whose nested tags will be assigned to the components placed in the instance of the window template instead of the original data structure fields the components links to the data structure fields are automatically replaced with links to the nested tags Reliance 4 Development Environment Ha 150 Standard Embedded object Communication channel This option is used to embed a control with an online list of the communication channel s messages into the container Options Channel Specifies the link to a communication channel Filter by device Is used to filter the displayed information of the communication channel depending on the device selec
255. erty values Checks whether objects property values are within defined limits An issue is detected when for example a tag s high limit value is below its low limit Missing property values Detects whether property values are defined within objects where required Invalid data types Detects whether valid data types are assigned to links An issue is detected when for example a tag data type with existing links to a component is additionally changed and the new type is invalid for the component At runtime a yellow frame surrounding the component indicates the issue Invalid links to files and directories Checks whether links to files and directories are valid An issue is detected when for example there are links to a file which has been deleted Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE Lei Project Diagnostics Wizard Unused objects Checks whether all objects of the project are employed i e whether they are displayed or there are links to them An issue is reported when for example there is a tag which is not used in any part of the visualization project Unused objects can only be checked in a complete project Therefore this option does not allow you to define Project scopes on the next page Unconnected objects Detects objects which are not connected to any computer An issue is reported when for example there is a script which is not connected to any computer within the visualization project Project securit
256. erver or Reliance Server as Web pages in HTML5 The client s modern and user friendly interface is created by jQuery Mobile a JavaScript framework which adjusts to the display size on a target device and allows for convenient touch control jQuery Mobile is supported by many mobile devices Reliance Smart Client is a thin client it only has some of the features of the runtime software Among other things it allows for displaying visualization windows with real time data controlling the visualized industrial process displaying and acknowledging current alarms events displaying historical alarms events supporting time programs and displaying historical data as trends and or reports Mobile Client Reliance Mobile Client Reliance Mobile Client is a program intended to run a visualization project on mobile devices e g PDAs It is designed for the Windows CE Windows Mobile operating system and Microsoft NET Compact Framework 2 0 Reliance Mobile Client is a thin client it only has like Reliance Web Client some of the features of the runtime software For more detailed information see the Reliance Mobile Client manual e Communication drivers Communication drivers are designed to provide the transmission of data from hardware devices to the runtime software and the transmission of commands from the runtime software to the devices in accordance with the device communication protocol Communication drivers for some devices are part o
257. es To reduce the computer s load it is recommended to minimize the number of requests for reading writing data from to databases To achieve this the Logging interval property of the respective data table must be customized If an SQL server is used a Separate computer can be assigned to this server HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Tips and Tricks im Scripts To reduce the computer s load it is recommended to minimize the number of executed scripts or customize the Repeat interval property However the demand factor of script operations has the greatest effect Therefore scripts code should be as much effective as possible Repeated code should always be placed into procedures sub or functions function so that the scripting engine translates it only once at project startup For working with array type tags the RTag SetTagElementValues and RTag MoveTagElement Values procedures should be used Basically it is not recommended to use wait loops based on infinite cycles If possible we recommend that time consuming scripts be moved to another thread to enable a parallel processing of these scripts Data Transfer To minimize the computer s load it is recommended to minimize the amount of data transferred between instances of the runtime software between the runtime software and communication drivers and between thin clients The computer s load can also be affected by the interval at which data is updated For tag
258. es sense if the Legend Style property is set to Series Values or Last Values Right Value The value is positioned on the right side of the space intended for the value This option only makes sense if the Legend Style property is set to Series Values or Last Values Left Percent The values are expressed as a percentage and positioned on the left This option only makes sense if the Legend Style property is set to Series Values or Last Values Right Percent The values are expressed as a percentage and positioned on the right This option only makes sense if the Legend Style property is set to Series Values or Last Values X Value For each point of the chart its horizontal axis value is shown This option only makes sense if the Legend Style property is set to Series Values or Last Values Font Specifies the font color and font style of the legend Back Color Specifies the background color of the legend Frame Specifies the style width and color of the legend s border By pressing the button the Border Color Editor is brought up EE Reliance 4 Development Environment Trend Properties 419 Resize Chart If this option is active the size of the chart is adjusted to the position of the legend so that the legend is not overlapped with the chart Inverted Order Determines whether to display the list of series in the legend in reverse order Top Pos Color Width Specifies the width of the marks in the leg
259. eses 8 15 3 Code Templates If a specific construction is often used in scripts it may be beneficial to save it as the so called template Templates simplify and speed up scripts code Thanks to the possibility to format text strings they also make scripts clearer The templates contained in the Code Templates pane are divided into the following three groups Visual Basic Script Functions VBScript functions operators and keywords Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi 330 Script Manager Reliance defined Objects Methods and properties of objects for working with a visualization project User defined Templates Predefined templates with the possibility to be edited and to add new templates Each user defined template is specified by its name and source code and optionally by its description and shortcut If a shortcut is defined you just need to write this shortcut when writing a script s code press Ctrl J and the shortcut will then be replaced with the respective template s source code If a text string corresponding to the shortcut of some of the user defined templates is not inserted before the cursor when pressing Ctrl J all available templates are displayed When editing a user defined template s source code the sign can help you determine where to position the cursor after the template s source code is added to the script s code If this is not specified the cursor is positioned at the beginning of the line af
260. esponding buttons Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE 496 Examples Custom report containing a trend of an equithermal curve CustomReport_EquithermalCurve is a project designed to demonstrate how to print an equithermal curve via a custom report of type FastReport To define the equithermal curve fourteen tags are defined via the Device Manager A custom report of type FastReport named Report1 is defined through the Custom Report Manager the items of this report correspond to the tags defined within the System device You can edit the report template via the Edit Report command The template file is located in the lt Project gt Main CustomReports folder At runtime you can change the tag values in the visualization window using the Equithermal Curve or Display components The following script is used to draw the trend in the FastReport template with ECChart do begin SeriesData 0 XSource VarToStr lt TempA 6 gt VarToStr lt TempB 7 gt SeriesData 0 YSource VarToStr lt TempEkvA 10 gt VarToStr lt TempEkvB 11 gt end Custom report used to print a picture CustomReport_DynamicPicture is a project designed to show how to use a custom report of type FastReport to print a picture selected from the list The available pictures are not stored in the custom report but they are loaded dynamically from a file when generating the custom report In the visualization window there is a Combo Box component in whi
261. essed inside the script stored in the ScriptParamValue tag and shown in the Display component located below Listing the contents of a selected directory GetFolderContents is a project designed to demonstrate how to list the contents of a directory The main visualization window contains a Display component enter the name of the directory you want to list a Button component which starts the GetFolderContents script and two Data Grid components After the script is finished the left data grid displays the list of subdirectories and the right one shows the file list The GetFolderContents script defined via the Script Manager uses an object named Scripting FileSystemObject to get the directory listing The SubFolderNames and FileNames array tags are populated with the names of subfolders and files in this script The SubFolderCount and FileCount tags hold the length of the corresponding lists Copying array values in a script MoveTagElementValues is a project designed to demonstrate how to use an event script started via a button in the visualization window to copy the first 10 elements from WordArray20 array to the positions 50 59 in the WordArray100 array The RTag MoveTagElementValues method is used to copy the values of the array type tags Copying tag values in a script MoveTagValue is a project designed to demonstrate how to copy a tag value between two devices The project contains the AfterStartProject script which is run a
262. ether to run the specified script when the alarm event is generated Information on the alarm event is passed to the script To acquire the information the RScr GetCurrentScriptDataEx function should be used Play sound Determines whether to play the specified sound file in the wav format when the alarm event is generated The sound file must be located in the lt Project gt Main MMedia directory Show current alarms events Determines whether to display the list of current alarms events when the alarm event is generated HEM Reliance 4 Development Environment Device Manager 289 Online print Determines whether to print the alarm event on the printer defined in the Printers folder of the respective computer via the Project Structure Manager see the chapter Defining Printers On end Run script Determines whether to run the specified script when the condition which generated the alarm event ceases to exist Information on the alarm event is passed to the script To acquire the information the RScr GetCurrentScriptDataEx function should be used Play sound Determines whether to play the specified sound file in the wav format when the condition which generated the alarm event ceases to exist The sound file must be located in the lt Project gt Main MMedia directory On acknowledge Run script Determines whether to run the specified script when the alarm event is acknowledged Information on the alarm even
263. f Reliance the so called native communication drivers These drivers require a license The price of the license differs according to the type of device for which the driver is intended Reliance additionally allows for communication with any device for which an OPC or DDE server is available Reliance is an OPC and DDE client Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE e Reliance SW Modules Communication drivers are not stand alone programs They are DLLs hosted by Reliance Driver Server R_DrvSrv exe If communication with devices is required Reliance Driver Server is automatically launched at project startup Reliance Driver Server as well as Reliance Server can run as a Windows Service HE Reliance 4 Development Environment 2 Reliance Design Development Environment The Reliance Design development environment is a program designed for creating and editing visualization projects Its user interface consists of several windows The main window contains the main menu toolbars and the Component Palette Other windows are the Component Manager Window Manager Layer Manager Visual Linking and Information Window They can be easily shown and hidden Each visualization window matches up with a separate design window These windows can be managed through the Window Manager i Reliance 4 Design AirCondition b EE SW Johnson Controls Sauter Vectors Control IP Cameras Other op 29 bIoempea agaange Noa ABRAT Ea BIse siroeoves vy
264. fic tags on the basis of data structure fields 8 4 2 Device Properties Common Object Properties v Advanced Tag quality determination method Assume quality from communication driver Determines that the quality of the tag is provided by the communication driver alongside the tag value and its time stamp Determine quality based on time stamp The tag quality is determined on the basis of the time stamp The tag value is marked invalid if the time stamp is older than it is defined by the Max age of valid data property This option can solve for example the problem with invalid data yellow framed after the start of a visualization project when tags are read from devices with a long duration e g telemetry systems Time stamp base A proper setting of the tine stamp base is particularly important for a device from which the time stamp is read along with the tag value e g telemetry systems In such an event it must be the same as in the device It affects the display of time stamps in visualization windows charts etc It also affects the function of time synchronization in the device see the Project Structure Manager HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Device Manager Ea UTC The time stamp of the tag value is in UTC Coordinated Universal Time Thus it is a time independent of the time zone UTC is identical to Greenwich Mean Time GMT UTC offset The time stamp of the tag value is in UTC Coordinated
265. fied colors 3D Specifies the number of colors used for drawing the area of the pipe If this option is inactive only the first color Color 1 is drawn the gradient providing the 3D effect is not used 3 colored Specifies the number of colors used to create a gradient Three colors provide a better three dimensional perception Borders Allows you to display the pipe s borders and specify its Width and Color Ending Specifies the shape of Straight pipe s ending you can for example create tanks reservoirs reactors if the ending settings are configured appropriately The Right and Left or Bottom and Top if the pipe s Vertical orientation is chosen ending can be defined independently of each other Flange Specifies the Width and Color of the straight line used to separate the pipe s ending Shape selection Enables you to select a particular shape for the pipe bend T shape or cross If the bend shape is selected the bend s Inner radius and Segment count can be specified the lower the Segment count the more angular the bend Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE 148 Standard v Error Link to tag Error Specifies the link to the numeric type tag to be used to switch the component to the error state The error state is activated if the tag s value is non zero or logical 1 true If negated it is activated when the tag s value is O or logical O false Colors Specifies the colors to be displayed if the comp
266. fied limits Require confirmation Determines whether to display a confirmation dialog box prior to writing the new value into the main tag Alert to violating bounds Allows you to check the value to be entered If the tag value is not set within the required range a warning dialog box or a dialog box with user defined text will be displayed prior to entering the new main tag value v Functions Link to tag Main Specifies the link to the component s main tag The component allows changing the tag s value When changing the tag the value displayed by the component also changes Negation Is used to negate the selected tag of type Bool If this option is active logical O is sent to the tag when pressing the button on and logical 1 when pressing it off If the tag is of any type other than Bool this property takes no effect Write const value Allows you to specify a constant to be written into the tag when pressing the button If this option is not active the value can be changed using the Enter Value for Tag dialog box which appears immediately after pressing the button If the main tag is of type Bool this property takes no effect HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Standard 131 Other functions Activate window Allows you to activate any window of the project with the exception of the window into which the button has been placed Static Appearance and behavior Flat button Allows displaying the button a
267. fies the font of the edit box s text using the Select Font dialog box and its properties Background Specifies the background color of the edit box using the Select Color dialog box Look change Allows the user to change the font and background color when editing the edit box The Look change combo box allows activating the Text and Background properties so that you can customize the colors during runtime Password character In addition the edit box can also be used by users to enter passwords When writing a password the text must not be displayed on the monitor This option allows you to specify the wildcard character which is to be displayed If no password character is specified the standard text is displayed Reliance 4 Development Environment Ha 164 Standard Label Show label Determines whether to display the edit box s label Position Specifies the position of the edit box s label The label can be placed on the Left on the Right Above or Below the edit box Offset Specifies a horizontal offset of the label s text from the edit box Alignment Specifies the alignment of the label s text The text s alignment depends on the position of the label If the label is positioned on the Right or Left of the edit box the alignment will not work Text Specifies the font of the label s text using the Select Font dialog box and its properties Background Specifies the background color of the label using the Sele
268. fies the value of the VIFE1 VIFE5 parameter il Defining OPC Device Tag Tags defined within an OPC device cannot be added directly into the Tags folder First you have to add a special folder called OPC group This folder then allows you to define new tags within the group or import tags to the group from an OPC server For the OPC group the update interval and the way the tags added to the group are updated are defined Import of tags Import from OPC Server Brings up the Import Tags from OPC Server tool which is used to import tags from the specified OPC server and define new OPC groups The command is active only if the OPC server is specified on the Basic page of the OPC device s properties Import from OPC CSV Allows you to import tags from the specified text file Export to OPC CSV Allows you to export tags from the OPC group to the specified text file OPC group properties Update interval Specifies the time interval used for updating the tags defined within the group Some update intervals are not available for all OPC servers Therefore we recommend that you read through the manual for the respective OPC server and use the nearest supported interval for example if the runtime software requires a 70 ms update interval and the server supports 50 ms and 100 ms intervals the OPC server will use the 100 ms interval for updating the tags HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Device Manager ke Deadband Specifies
269. file Specifies the position in the MEM file at which to write the device s memory image To use a single file to log data from multiple devices the device s memory image is shifted by the offset dependent on the offset and data amount of the previously saved device If two devices have the same offset configured it would result in overwriting one device s data with the other device s data 8 17 4 Communication Channel Properties In the context of Reliance a communication channel is an object used for configuring the connection to the device If multiple communication channels are defined for the device the runtime software only uses the channel with the highest priority switching between channels has not been implemented yet One communication channel is automatically generated for each device connected to the computer To add a new channel choose either the New Object command from the toolbar or the New Communication Channel command from the popup menu Common Object Properties EE Reliance 4 Development Environment Project Structure Manager 363 Data transfer Specifies the way in which the device s data and alarms events are transferred to the runtime software or also vice versa The following transfer options are available Direct Network and MEM file Direct Network MEM file 8 17 4 1 Direct Data Transfer Properties The direct data transfer is a primary way to obtain the device s data If the Data transfer
270. files which is the so called relative path representing the lt Project gt Settings Profiles directory The advantage of using the relative path is that you can move the visualization project to another place on disk without the necessity of customizing the path the path is relative to the project directory If the visualization project runs on multiple computers i e it is a network application it can be useful to store the application in a central location e g file server The advantage is that the user has his her settings available when working on any computer Window records Directory Specifies the directory where the window record database will be located The default value of the property is HistoryWindowRecords which is the so called relative path representing the lt Project gt History WindowRecords directory 8 17 3 Connecting Devices Devices previously defined via the Device Manager can be connected to each computer defined within the visualization project The properties related to connecting a device to a computer can be configured on the pages described below The System device is always connected to the computer However it is not displayed in the Project Structure Manager v Basic Common Object Properties The selected device s Name and Alias can be edited via the Device Manager Enable Determines whether to make the device accessible to the computer at runtime If the property is not active t
271. from the input range to the output range according to the formula y x Min Max2 Min2 Max Min1 Min2 Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi 284 Device Manager Negate value if digital If this property is active the runtime software uses the negated value and the original value is not available anymore 8 4 4 4 Limits Allows you to define critical and warning limits for the tag The value of a dynamic limit is controlled by the value of the specified tag A limit can be used to generate an alarm event when the tag s value exceeds or falls below the limit It can also be used for a Display component to configure the font and background color etc For numeric type tags the following limits can be defined by the Reliance SCADA HMI system High critical High warning Low warning and Low critical 8 4 4 5 Sharing The runtime software acts as a DDE server DDE Determines whether the value of the tag should be made accessible using the DDE Dynamic Data Exchange standard DDE is now an obsolete technology by Microsoft designed for interprocess communication MS Excel and MS Word are examples of programs which support this communication DDE Item To dynamically interconnect the runtime software and a DDE client program the following syntax should be used runtime DdeServer DdeI tem runtime the runtime software s file name without extension R_Ctl R_CtlSrv R_Srv DdelItem the name for
272. fter project startup Project Options gt Scripts gt Other gt After run project This script initializes the DateTime tag In addition there are several scripts defined in the project used to copy tags from the System device to the Virtual device They are event scripts linked to the buttons in the main visualization window the window contains Display components which display the values of source and target tags To copy the tags of different type the RTag MoveTagValue method is used Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE 508 Examples Script Debugging ScriptDebugging is an example project which requires a debugging tool installed on your computer You can use the Microsoft Script Debugger application it is part of the Reliance Add On Pack installer The visualization window contains two buttons which enable disable the script debugging function This is done in the Windows registry via actions that execute the ScriptDebuggerEnabled reg and ScriptDebuggerDisabled reg files The runtime program has to be restarted before the change takes place Since Reliance 4 1 3 you can also enable disable the script debugging function via the Environment Options dialog box in the development environment If the debugging is enabled and the Run Script button is pressed the debugging tool is opened Types of scripts available in Reliance ScriptTypes is a project designed to demonstrate how to use different script types The main visualizatio
273. fter the operation is performed the Reset tag option must be active Update interval Specifies the time interval ms at which the trend series values will be sampled Automatic time axis Determines whether to change the range of the time axis according to the current number of samples in the trend s series Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE 308 Real Time Trend Manager Visible point count Specifies the number of points time samples to be displayed on the trend s horizontal axis For example 60 points with the update interval of 1000 ms will display the tag values for the last minute Control deleting chart data Determines whether to use the specified Bool type tag to control deleting the values The Reset tag property determines whether to reset the control tag after detecting the leading edge Blocking tag Determines whether to use the specified Bool type tag to block the sampling If the value of the tag is set to logical 1 the sampling is disabled Otherwise it is enabled 8 9 2 Real Time Trend Series Properties A real time trend is formed by series of values Samples Each series represents a sequence of a single tag s most recent values Common Object Properties Tag Specifies the link to the tag whose values are to be displayed by the series Series Specifies the series Color and Line width in pixels The color of the series should be in contrast with the background color of the trend see the T
274. g The items of the Active text and the value range determining when the selected item is to be displayed can be specified on the Items page It is necessary to link the control tag to each cell when editing the tree structure Active picture As with the Active text this type allows displaying the picture which is dependent on the value of the linked tag The size of the picture must correspond to the size specified by the Pictures Size property on the Tree page Picture Specifies the particular picture if the chosen Type is Picture Text Specifies the font using the Select Font dialog box Background Specifies the background color of the cell using the Select Color dialog box v Security Enable operations If this option is not active the user is not allowed to edit the cell s contents nor can he she run the action assigned to the cell Secure If this feature is enabled only users with sufficient access rights are allowed to edit the cell s contents and run the actions assigned to the cell v Limits If the chosen cell Type is Display the cell s Value and Background color can be specified in case of reaching warning or critical limits v Items Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi REI Additional The list contains items between which you can switch depending on the value of the control tag Depending on the type of cell the items can be either texts for the Active text type or pictures for the Active picture
275. g the Select Color dialog box Show column header Determines whether to display the header row whether to display the column headers Text Specifies the font using the Select Font dialog box Allow changing column width Determines whether to allow the user to change the width of the tree s columns by dragging with the mouse Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi EH Additional Allow changing column order Determines whether to allow the user to change the order of the tree s columns by dragging with the mouse Allow changing sorting Determines whether to allow the user to sort the tree by the selected column Allow hiding columns Determines whether to allow the user to temporarily hide the tree s columns The columns can be hidden or displayed using the column header s popup menu Automatic sorting If this option is active the tree s cells are sorted by the specified column after they are displayed at runtime The user may still change the sorting direction manually if it is enabled by the previous option Sort by column Specifies the column by which the data tree should be automatically sorted The column numbering starts from O Sort direction Specifies the following two sorting directions Ascending or Descending HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Vectors 203 7 4 Vectors Vectors Line 7 4 1 Vectors Vectors are a component group representing basic shapes Bar Round Bar Circle Ellipse Gr
276. g the cause of a failure The Postmort function is designed for recording changes in process data of the controlled process on a real time basis into special data files Thus for example it is possible to analyze the cause of a technology failure To activate Postmort bring up the Project Structure Manager and activate the Record postmort property on the Postmort page of the selected computer here you can also specify the number of days recorded Postmort records can be played via the Postmort Record Player When you start replaying the records all tags values are loaded from an archive file not from devices Due to the fact that real time data is not available when replaying Postmort records it is highly recommended to use a different computer for this activity Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE Reliance Main Features 2 2 1 12 Built in Web Server Built in Web server tag values data overviews alarms events displayed as Web pages The programs designed for data sharing Le Reliance Control Server and Reliance Server contain a built in Web server The user can log on to the server via a common Web browser and thus be informed of tag values generate reports and custom reports or run the mobile or Web client Similarly to accessing components defined within a visualization project access rights can be required to access the Web server 2 2 1 13 Thin Clients Thin clients one visualization project visualization
277. gain If there is still no response from the device it is recognized as a failure in communication with the device Communication protocol Specifies which of the two protocols TCP IP or UDP should be used for communication with the converter Accept connection in server mode only If this option is active the communication driver acts as a server towards the device It does not attempt to establish communication with the device but it waits until the device itself attempts to do so The IP addresses property allows you to select an IP address from the list of local addresses in case there are several network cards installed on the server In this case the IP address belongs to the converter HEM Reliance 4 Development Environment Project Structure Manager WI Control serial link parameters via NVT protocol If this option is active the following properties of the converter s serial link can be configured via the NVT protocol Parity Communication speed Data bits and Stop bits It is required to use the converter that supports this functionality Dial up modem This type of channel is used for communication with the device via a modem Address Allows you to override substitute the device s address specified via the Device Manager If it is not needed do not activate this option Repeat call count Specifies the maximum number of repeated attempts to establish a dial up connection Comm test interval Specifies the t
278. generated if the value of the tag lies within the interval specified by the Range property To define the range including the limits the From value and To value limits must be specified Miscellaneous Specifies the Type and Priority of the alarm event HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Device Manager Wi Type An alarm event can be of one of the following types Alert Command and System message Different icons are used to distinguish the types in the list of alarms events Priority Specifies the order in which the sounds triggered by the start or end of the alarm event should be played The alarm event with a higher value of this property has higher priority Advanced Options Log to alarm event database Determines whether to log the alarm event to the alarm event database Show in current alarms events Determines whether to display the alarm event in the list of current alarms events Require acknowledgment Determines whether to require acknowledgment for the alarm event before it can be removed from the list of current alarms events Only the user with sufficient access rights can acknowledge the alarm event If no access right is selected the alarm event can be acknowledged by any user Verify user on acknowledge If this property is active the alarm event can only be acknowledged after the operator s identity is successfully verified The user proves his her identity by entering a password in the A
279. ger re System message Determines whether to print alarms events of type system message 8 17 7 Connecting Modems For each computer defined within the visualization project you can configure modems to be used by communication drivers to establish a telephone dial up connection to 1 0 devices v Basic Common Object Properties Provider Specifies the telephone service provider used by the modem see also Channel type Edit Allows you to rename the telephone service provider via the Project Options dialog Project gt Telephone Service Providers Control Determines whether to enable disable block using the modem by the specified integer type tag If the value of the tag is set to logical O the modem will not be used to communicate with the device Only for callbacks Determines whether the modem should be used for callbacks only COM port Specifies the number of the serial port used for communication with the modem Comm speed Specifies the soeed used for communication with the modem v Advanced Process DCD signal Determines whether the modem should process the DCD signal Reliance 4 Development Environment EEE ECH Project Structure Manager Dial timeout Specifies the maximum timeout for the communication driver to connect to the dialed number Command timeout Specifies the timeout between sending a command to and receiving a response from the modem Initialization string no 1 Specif
280. ger window Any changes made to the scripts are automatically saved before the project is started HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Script Manager ER KE 1 Insert Parameter Allows you to insert the name of an object defined in the project e g device tag or the name of a selected file or directory in the place where the cursor is positioned Macro commands The following commands are available Record Macro a Pause Recording Macro E Stop Recording Macro E Replay Macro E See Macros g Help Contents Brings up the Scripts manual which describes the basic VBScript functions and procedures and contains detailed information on Reliance defined objects Note The toolbar commands can also be accessed via the main menu In addition to the toolbar commands the main menu contains the following commands Duplicate Delete Select All Edit menu Control Characters View menu and Options Tools menu 8 15 2 Code Edit Window The pane in the middle of the Script Manager window is intended for editing scripts creating their codes VBScript keywords are displayed in bold characters strings in quotes and comments are different in color Several smart and very useful features simplify writing scripts code in the editor Here are the most important ones code completion Ctrl Space automatic supplement of function and procedure parameters display of function parameters Ctrl Shift Space and highlighting pairs of parenth
281. ghts are required for the following operations controlling the visualized industrial process changing process values or parameters using recipes and acknowledging alarms events To control the access to an operation e g changing a value choose the appropriate access rights required to perform the operation Each user can be assigned a list of available access rights To perform the operation at least one of the required rights must be assigned to the user EE Reliance 4 Development Environment Project Options 111 There is no hierarchy among the access rights i e it doesn t matter in which order they are listed On the basis of operations for which the access rights are intended it is strongly recommended to rename the rights prior to using them The following examples can be used for renaming Control Change Required Values Change Process Parameters Use Recipes Acknowledge Alarms Events etc Access right Name Specifies the access right s name Verify user identity Determines whether to verify the identity of the logged on user during operations for which the access right is required The user proves his her identity by entering a valid user name and password The operation can be performed only if the user s identity is successfully verified This feature can for example prevent the process from being accessed by unauthorized persons in case the logged on user s workplace is left unattended 6 12 6 Windows Wind
282. gnment Dynamic Menu Scripts Actions Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi ME Additional v Security Functions scripts actions menus Secure Determines whether to select access rights required for securing the interaction between the user and the component If this feature is enabled the component is only accessible to users with sufficient access rights To specify the access rights required for accessing the component bring up the Select Access Rights dialog box by clicking on the key icon The user must have at least one access right selected in the list available Enable setting value Allows you to enable editing the tag value shown on the display during runtime at runtime the Enter Value for Tag dialog box is invoked after clicking on the display area Prohibit violating bounds Allows you to check the entered value and disables writing a tag value outside the limits set by the Min and Max values in such a case the warning Value is not within required range is displayed Alert to violating bounds Allows you to check the value to be entered If the tag value is not set within the required range a warning dialog box will be displayed prior to entering the new main tag value The Query edit box is intended for specifying a custom question if the text Value entered is greater smaller than xxx Do you really want to set this value is not Suitable Enable setting limits Allows users to change the main
283. grid spacing El Lock Ctrl L Locks the active window to prevent the position and size of the components from being changed The highlight style of the selected components in a locked window is different in color from the one of an unlocked window To unlock the window repeat the previous command EI l Component Properties Alt Enter Opens the dialog box for editing properties of the currently selected component see Components HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Edit Menu En 3 2 1 Transform Relative change of position and size X coordinate Y coordinate Allows for setting position ratios of a component components Width Height Allows for setting size ratios of a component components Rotate horizontally by 180 Rotate vertically by 180 This option is only used to change the orientation of a Line component for other components it is not active Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE wm View Menu 3 3 View Menu The View menu allows for showing and hiding tool windows of the development environment ER Component Manager F11 Shows or hides the Component Manager window D Window Manager F12 Shows or hides the Window Manager window ae Layer Manager Shows or hides the Layer Manager window S Information Window Shows or hides the Information Window My Visual Linking Shows or hides the Visual Linking window HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Managers Menu
284. gs value at runtime using for example scripts 2 2 1 5 Logging Data Logging data data tables SQL dBASE Paradox Real time data can be sampled and archive files can thus be created The Reliance SCADA HMI system supports logging data to a file based data table dBASE and Paradox used in the past or to a relational database of type SQL Microsoft SQL Server A group of tags is logged within a data table Data tables and their properties eg sampling interval interval of logging data to a physical table or interval of creating archive files can be defined via the Data Table Manager Historical data can be easily displayed as trends and reports 2 2 1 6 Controlling the Process Controlling the process displays recipes time programs level fill picture HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Reliance Main Features In addition to displaying data loaded from the connected devices PLCs the Reliance SCADA HMI system allows for writing data to the devices To change tag values i e to control the visualized industrial process the following components can be used Edit Box Check Box Track Bar Display etc You can also use scripts to change tag values automatically To control the process recipes can be used too A recipe is a group of tags whose real time values can anytime be stored to a disk file and then loaded from the file Recipes can be defined via the Recipe Manager All the runtime software programs b
285. gt Project gt SQL dialog At runtime you can set the tag values logged into the database and preview the reports via the corresponding buttons Custom report used to display hourly average data CustomReport_AVG is a project designed to demonstrate how to use a custom report of type FastReport to access an SQL database and to display a data grid containing hourly average values based on this data A sample tag named ActFlow is defined via the Device Manager The SQL type data table defined via the Data Table Manager is used to log the values of the sample tag The SQL server is named LOCAL SQLEXPRESS It is a standard name set when Microsoft SQL Server 2005 Express Edition is installed with setup bat Two custom reports are defined through the Custom Report Manager The CustomReport_RealData object is used to display all historical data The CustomReport_AVG object is used to calculate and display the sample tag s hourly average values for the last 24 hours The ADODatabase component is used to make a link between a custom report and the SQL database You have to set the database parameter of the ADODatabase component in the same way as the Connection string in the Project Options gt Project gt SQL dialog The values from the data table are accessed via a dynamically generated SQL query the query is generated in the FastReport script At runtime you can change the tag value logged into the database and preview the reports via the corr
286. gured values can be either relative or absolute depending on the setting in the Project Options dialog box HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Standard 135 Advanced Blink Defines the link to the tag to be used to control the blinking effect at the specified time interval at runtime the component will blink when the tag value is non zero Functions On the left side of the page there is a list of the Active Text component s states that can be switched using a tag The states can be added or removed You can also change the state s priority The right side is designed to configure the display settings for the specified state Link to tag Specifies the link to the numeric type tag that controls how the particular text is to be displayed Test value is used to display the preview in the development environment Text Specifies the text to be displayed for the actual state At runtime the text will be displayed if the current value of the control tag lies within the specified interval From value To value If multiple states meet this condition the text that is higher in the list of states is displayed If no state meets this condition the first state s text is displayed Font Brings up the Select Font dialog box Blink Activates the blinking effect for the actual state at the specified time interval on the Dynamic page a tag can also be used to control the blinking effect Alignment Determines whether the text sh
287. h adds a second server computer Server2 to the BoilerRoom_ClientServer project Server2 communicates to the BoilerRoom2 device In this case Server1 only communicates to the BoilerRoom1 device This project demonstrates how to configure a client computer to access data from both servers at the same time Each server provides the client with the data and alarms events from a different device The most important thing is creating two server connection groups for Client1 through the Project Structure Manager Each group contains one server connection Server1 Server2 To avoid displaying the top tray on the Server1 and Server2 computers the TopTray window is disabled on the Display page Disabled windows To run the project create shortcuts by using the Project gt Create Shortcut command for Client1 use Reliance Control for Server1 and Server2 use Reliance Control Server Mobile Client example BoilerRoom_MobileClient is a project based on the BoilerRoom demo The project is designed to run on the PDA devices it contains visualization windows PDA Overview PDA Trends and PDA Boiler designed for a limited resolution The windows can be viewed on mobile devices via Reliance Mobile Client program designed to run on the Windows CE Windows Mobile operation system with NET Compact Framework 2 0 installed You can also test the example in a Windows CE emulator You can find the computer configuration node named PDA in the Project
288. h data server maintains a copy of the data table s files The copy can be used to store data acquired for example directly from the device or from the other data server The data servers continuously synchronize update their copies of the data table This connection option is only used in some very specialized applications such as applications with telemetry systems which can establish a connection with any of the two computers data servers and pass historical data to them It is also required that the telemetry system s historical data be stored on both computers The functions of the properties are identical to those of the network connection 8 17 6 Connecting Printers For each computer defined within the visualization project you can configure printers to be used to print alarms events It is necessary that the respective printer support printing a single text line without ejecting the paper For example a dot matrix printer can be used On the other hand in most cases laser printers and regular ink printers cannot be used for this purpose Common Object Properties The Name property specifies the name of the printer within the Windows operating system Alarms event online print Specifies the type of alarms events to print Alerts Determines whether to print alarms events of type alert Commands Determines whether to print alarms events of type command HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Project Structure Mana
289. he Ctrl Shift Space shortcut if the cursor is positioned right after the method s name s left parenthesis The setting allows for changing the delay before the list will be displayed Automatically supply function and procedure parameters Determines whether the script editor automatically displays a dialog box for selecting a Reliance project defined object after entering a predefined object s method s name For example when entering the RTag SetTagValue procedure name the Select Tag dialog box is displayed When confirmed the selected tag will be entered as the procedure s parameter If this option is not active the procedure name will be entered without parameters Show hint for functions and procedures Determines whether to show a help hint for the functions and procedures Colors Is used to set up colors for the script editor to highlight code s syntax Here you can customize foreground and background color and a font style for each element of the code e g keyword identifier operator or comment The currently selected setting is shown in the preview area displaying a sample script s code For a quick setup choose from several predefined color patterns Surround With Allows you to define user templates which can be applied to the already created statement block After selecting the statement block and choosing the required template from the Script Manager s popup menu Source Block Tools the chosen template is added b
290. he Edit menu or popup menu or after double clicking the component the Properties dialog box of the selected component is brought up Unlike the Component Manager which allows you to configure the properties of multiple components the property editor enables you to configure the properties of a single selected component only Therefore more emphasis is put on making the edit operations clear and simple The properties are arranged in separate pages according to their functions Common Component Properties Standard Additional Vectors Control Teco Johnson Controls Sauter BACnet IP Cameras Reliance 4 Development Environment EE 120 Common Component Properties 7 1 Common Component Properties The Basic Alignment and Dynamic pages are common to all components editors the components have basic properties in common The Menu Scripts Actions and Security pages are common to most components these pages allow you to configure the properties of most components and thus affect the behavior If a component s properties have no function and cannot be configured some properties controls for editing the properties on the page can be inaccessible inactive Basic Alignment Dynamic Menu Scripts Actions Security 7 1 1 Basic Basic Name Specifies the component s name which is unique within the visualization window Alias Specifies an alternative name for some components e g for trends to make labels more u
291. he displays located to the right of the tree To activate commands or change the structure of the Data Tree component it is required to log on If you log on as the Edit user you are allowed to edit the Data Tree structure no password is required If you log on as the Command user you can execute actions such as view trends reports or alarms events list Using localized text strings in the Data Tree component DataTree_Localized is an example project designed to demonstrate how to use text strings in the Data Tree component which are translated into several languages The component is used to display the list of actions For individual tree nodes aliases are specified to be localized into different languages The tree nodes are connected to actions At runtime an action can be executed by double clicking on the alias the node description Using the Data Tree component to display data in a tabular format DataTree_Grid is a project designed to demonstrate how to use the Data Tree component to display non array tags in a tabular format The project contains ten virtual devices defined via the Device Manager All virtual devices contain the identical set of tags For each virtual device one data table is defined via the Data Table Manager to log the tag values The same number of trends are defined via the Trend Manager to display historical data An action is defined for each trend via the Action Manager These actions are connected
292. he integer type tag whose value is to be used to control the initial address byte number of the data block to be read written from to the device Length Specifies the link to the integer type tag whose value is to be used to control the length of the data block to be read written from to the device in bytes Control Specifies the link to the digital type tag whose value is to be used to control the reading writing The reading writing starts on the leading edge of the tag the off to on transition It may contain the following values Oe reading data block 2 writing data block Buffer Specifies the link to the array type tag whose value is to be used to store write the data block read written from to the Databox Status Specifies the integer type tag whose value is to be used to store the current status of the reading operation It may contain the following values le ee Ee the write operation in progress the write operation completed successfully the write operation failed Reliance 4 Development Environment EEE 268 Device Manager W Defining Wago Device Miscellaneous IP address Specifies the device s IP address on the Ethernet network The value can be overloaded with the IP address property of the connected device s communication channel see the Project Structure Manager 8 4 3 Import and Export of Tags and Alarms Events Tags The Reliance SCADA HMI system allows users to impor
293. he main control room PC when connected to multiple clients will be avoided e Thin clients Reliance Web Client Reliance Smart Client Reliance Mobile Client Web Client Reliance Web Client Reliance Web Client is a program designed to run a visualization project over the Internet at remote user sites It is based on the Java platform JRE GO and higher and therefore independent of operating system and Web browser It uses one of the data servers Reliance Control Server or Reliance Server as the data source Reliance Web Client is a thin client it only has some of the features of the runtime software Among other things it allows for displaying visualization windows with real time data controlling the visualized industrial process displaying and acknowledging current alarms events displaying historical alarms events and displaying historical data as trends and or reports For more detailed information see the Reliance Web Client manual HEM Reliance 4 Development Environment Reliance SW Modules Ea Reliance Smart Client Reliance Smart Client is a client of the Reliance SCADA HMI system intended for making visualization applications available to the user via Web pages It is designed for use with smartphones and tablets and optimized for touch control Generally the client can be used for any device equipped with a Web browser Visualization and system windows are generated by Reliance s data servers Reliance Control S
294. he main tag s value is not within the specified range 7 3 10 Data Grid This component is intended for displaying or editing array type tags The tags are displayed in columns to form a grid To enter a new value double click the data grid s cell that you want to change if it is enabled Properties Basic Alignment HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Additional 187 v Dynamic Link to tag Visible Enabled X Y Width Height Angle If these properties are active and linked to a tag the basic component properties defined on the Basic page can be changed dynamically during runtime The configured values can be either relative or absolute depending on the setting in the Project Options dialog box Advanced Rows Specifies the number of rows to be displayed in the data grid The value can be specified statically or it can be controlled dynamically using a tag If the tag value is 1 minus one all rows of the data grid will be displayed In this case the number of rows is equal to the number of elements of the array type tag with the greatest number of elements Offset Specifies the offset of the first row to be displayed within the array Together with the previous option the data grid s extract can be displayed The value can be specified statically or it can be controlled dynamically using a tag Selected row Allows you to specify the selected row The value O zero corresponds to the selection of the
295. he one which needs to get data from a server computer The data is transferred through the so called socket using the TCP IP protocol A server connection is defined within the Server Connection Groups folder which allows backing up communication channels redundancy One or more server connections can be added to each server connection group Their priority is determined by the order of these server connections the first connection i e primary connection is the one with the highest priority If a communication failure occurs network failure server failure etc the runtime software on the client computer automatically attempts to re establish communication on a connection with lower priority while it repeatedly checks for the availability of the original connection at a specified interval AS soon as a connection with higher priority is available again the runtime software on the client computer terminates communication on the lower priority connection and the higher priority connection is used for communication again i e within each group there is never more than one server connection being used for communication Note Objects of type server connection group and server connection can be created and configured via the Enterprise version of the Reliance Design development environment only v Server Connection Group Basic Common Object Properties Connection priority Specifies the list of connections sorted by priority In th
296. he port number following a colon which will overload the port number entered in the Project Options dialog box e g 10 0 0 146 www firma cz 81 The Web client only uses this parameter when it is run through Java Web Start If the Web client runs as Java Applet the address of the Web server from which the Web client applet is started will be used to connect to the data server A separate user guide for Reliance Web Client offers you to see and understand the differences between the two ways of running the Web client as Java Applet and through Java Web Start Timeout Specifies the maximum time period between sending a request to and receiving a response from the data server by the thin client If this time limit is exceeded a Can t connect message is announced by the thin client Step 5 Security A group of options allowing users of thin clients to perform selected actions However it is also necessary to configure access rights in the development environment e security settings used by the runtime software Enable sending commands to devices Determines whether to allow users of thin clients to change tag values in the visualization project This can be controlled by using a tag the Tag controlled property Enable forcing data to be updated Determines whether to allow users of thin clients to force updating tag values using a command from some components popup menu Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE E Export P
297. he runtime software acts as if the device were not connected to the computer i e as if it were not contained in the Devices folder This device and its subordinated objects tags communication zones and alarms events will be ignored by the runtime software when loading the visualization project It allows you to temporarily disconnect the device e g for debugging purposes The advantage over removing it from the Devices folder is that the value of other properties remains unchanged HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Project Structure Manager IN Online Determines whether the communication driver should communicate with the device establish a connection read write data etc This property only applies to communication drivers Reliance 4 native communication drivers that support offline mode in offline mode the driver does not attempt to establish communication with the device If an OPC or DDE server is used to communicate with the device the property s value is ignored Active channel choice Not implemented yet Specifies how the active channel should be chosen to connect the device to the computer There are two options available Automatic and Tag controlled Index Index Not implemented yet Allows you to define the link to the tag whose value is to be used to specify the active channel s index Status Not implemented yet Allows you to specify the link to the tag which is to contain information on the con
298. he track bar horizontally or vertically Thumb Allows you to adjust the size of the track bar s thumb Show value on change If this option is active a bubble help will appear displaying the current value when moving the thumb Background Specifies the background color of the track bar using the Select Color dialog box Show scale Determines whether to show the scale next to track bar and specify its position Step Specifies the step of the scale The scale will display every nth value of the component s range 7 2 17 Edit Box The component is intended for displaying and editing the current value of a tag The value can be edited directly from the visualization window To write a new value into the tag the Enter key can be used Reliance 4 Development Environment EEE 162 Standard Properties Basic Alignment Dynamic v Security Functions scripts actions menus Secure Determines whether to select access rights required for securing the interaction between the user and the component If this feature is enabled the component is only accessible to users with sufficient access rights To specify the access rights required for accessing the component bring up the Select Access Rights dialog box by clicking on the key icon The user must have at least one access right selected in the list available Prohibit violating bounds Allows you to check the entered value and disables writing a tag value outside the lim
299. he value from the keyboard The Levels option allows you to enter the tag value with the mouse Levels Level count Specifies the number of levels when entering the tag value with the mouse Increment Specifies the increase at one mouse click on the tag area the space between two time stamps Static Time program settings window Title Specifies the text displayed in the time program settings window s title bar at runtime 7 5 3 Control Equithermal Curve This component is intended for the monitoring and configuration of the radiator equithermal control parameters The equithermal control parameters allow you to adjust the temperature of the heating water depending on the outside temperature Functions the Main page The appearance and contents of the Information panel is based on the RegoLib library s function blocks of the Mosaic environment It is used for the monitoring and configuration of other parameters from the Ekviterm1 or Ekviterm2 function blocks For general use of the component there is no need to display the information panel Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE 214 Control Properties Basic Alignment Dynamic v Security Functions scripts actions menus Secure Determines whether to select access rights required for securing the interaction between the user and the component If this feature is enabled the component is only accessible to users with sufficient access rights To specify the ac
300. he width of the objects representing the series points Height Specifies the height of the objects representing the series points Style Specifies the shape of the objects representing the series points The following options are available Square Circle Triangle Down Triangle Cross Diagonal Cross Star Diamond Small Dot Background Specifies the color of the objects representing the series points Default If this option is active the color of the points is the same as the color of the line specified on the Format page Border Specifies how the edges of the objects representing the series points are to be drawn By pressing the button the Border Color Editor is brought up 10 5 2 3 General The following properties determine how the points values on the trend s axes are to be displayed Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE 426 Trend Properties General Show In Legend Determines whether to show the points values in the legend Cursor Specifies the appearance of the mouse cursor when placed over the points Formats Values Specifies how to format the numeric value displayed by the marks Percents Specifies how to format the percent value displayed by the marks Horizontal Axis Specifies the axes to be used to display the points x values Date and Time If this option is active the numeric x values are converted to text values which are to show time To specify the way in wh
301. hin the Project Structure Manager must contain the same project Network applications can be developed via the Enterprise version of the development environment the Desktop version is intended for creating applications with 1 computer To add another client to your application simply install the Reliance SCADA HMI system on another computer and run the visualization project in the same way as on the original client computer Data servers can be added to your application via the Project Structure Manager where the needed server connections should also be defined Data servers can be configured so that they provide redundancy and load balancing or load data from different places see the Network Applications example projects HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Reliance Main Features Reliance Server which has no graphical interface and runs as a Windows Service can operate on computers which are only used as data servers To extend the application topology thin clients can also be used 2 2 2 12 Automatic Project Update Automatically updating a project from the specified directory For smooth operation each computer running Reliance s runtime software must have the current version of the project files installed To avoid the need to manually copy the project to all computers each time it is updated you can update the project automatically If this function is active the availability of a new version of the project is checked each t
302. his directory can be changed using the Environment Options dialog box 10 7 3 2 ProjectsBackup Directory This directory is intended for storing Reliance visualization project backups The location of this directory can be changed using the Environment Options dialog box 10 7 4 User Settings Reliance user settings directory structure Reliance4 Directory RelianceLicenseKeyUtil Directory 10 7 4 1 Reliance4 Directory Settings Files with User Settings R_3to4 dsk Reliance 3 to 4 Project Converter settings R_Ctl dsk Reliance Control settings H CtlsSrv dsk Reliance Control Server settings R_Design dsk Reliance Design settings R_DTEditor dsk RDT File Editor settings R_FRDesigner dsk Custom Report Designer settings FastReport HE Reliance 4 Development Environment File and Directory Structure 449 R_FRViewer dsk Custom Report Viewer settings FastReport R_RCC dsk Reliance Remote Control Center settings R_View dsk Reliance View settings Other files R_Design kst keyboard shortcut settings 10 7 4 2 RelianceLicenseKeyUtil Directory Settings Configuration files settings config 10 7 5 Project Files It is the directory structure of a Reliance visualization project Project Folder History Directory Main Directory Settings Directory ThinClients Directory 10 7 5 1 Project Folder rps the main file of a visualization project it contains the project s basic properties dsk pr
303. ia the Script Manager is used to log off the current user by calling the RUser LogoffUser method In order for the script to be run after a certain time of inactivity some parameters in the project s main file the one with an rp4 extension must be altered The project s main file is a text file which can be opened for example with the Notepad program Notepad exe The parameters are stored in a section named Section50 and have the following meaning ParamO inactivity time period in milliseconds after which the script specified by Param2 should be run Param1 determines whether to run the script specified by Param2 O disabled 1 enabled Param2 ID of the script to be run Note The script ID is displayed in the bottom left corner of the Select Script dialog box Example Section50 Param0 20000 Param1 1 Param2 10 Custom recipe editor CustomRecipeEditor is a project designed to demonstrate how to use visualization windows and scripts to implement the features of the Recipe Editor which is available at runtime This should be done in cases where a customer requires to edit recipes through a form not by editing values in the list of recipe items through the Recipe Editor Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi ER Examples A recipe type named ProductO1 is defined via the Recipe Manager This recipe type contains 4 items named ParamO1 ParamO2 ParamO3 and ParamO4 Each item is connected to the corresponding sam
304. iance 4 Development Environment Communication Driver Manager 293 Log interface method calls Determines whether to log information passed between the communication driver and the runtime software 8 5 2 Communication Elgas Inmat Johnson Controls Modbus Promos Sauter Teco IEC104 IEC62056 WSR3000 M Bus BACnet Siemens Interval between reception and transmission Specifies the time interval between receiving a communication message and sending a new request An optimal configuration of this property is especially suitable when communicating using the RS 232 485 converter s RTS signal Maximum communication error count Exceeding this number will be evaluated as an error in communication with the device Elgas Johnson Controls Modbus Promos Sauter Teco IEC104 WSR3000 M Bus BACnet Siemens Maximum packet count for writing into one device Specifies the maximum number of unsent communication packets for writing into the device If requests for writing into the device from the runtime software are generated faster than they are sent to the device by the communication driver these requests are added to a queue This property limits the number of pending requests and thus prevents the occupied memory from growing uncontrollably The reaching of the limit specified by this property is indicated in the respective communication channel s diagnostics Elgas Inmat Johnson Controls Modbus Promos Teco M Bus IEC104 I
305. iance 4 Development Environment EEEE Reliance Main Features 2 2 1 8 Multimedia Multimedia sounds video IP cameras ActiveX animation The Reliance SCADA HMI system allows you to use multimedia Animation allows for animating a sequence of static pictures Media Player Internet Explorer and other components can be placed into visualization windows Other applications can be inserted via the Activex Container component Reliance also supports using Axis and Vivotek IP cameras Sounds can be played when alarms events are generated end or are active They can be defined via the Project Options dialog 2 2 1 9 Multilanguage Project Support Support for multilanguage projects Unicode String Manager switching between languages during runtime aliases The Reliance SCADA HMI system allows you to easily create multilanguage projects The operator can switch between languages directly in the runtime environment or thin clients As Unicode is supported by Reliance the project and program language can be independently switched during runtime The program language is the language of the GUI main menu viewers of alarms events trends managers etc At runtime you can choose for example from the following languages English Russian German and Czech The project language is the language of most project defined text strings They are for example text strings displayed by components Button Text Check Box etc alarm even
306. iance 4 project files should be associated with the Reliance Design program This allows for opening these files automatically without having to run the program in advance The association of the rp4files can also be done later using the Environment Options dialog Environment gt File Types Upon association the files with an rp4 extension are marked as Reliance Project and they are assigned a specific icon Thus for example a visualization project can be opened by double clicking on the rp4 file in the visualization project directory Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi Introduction Whenever you start the development environment the availability of new versions of the Reliance SCADA HMI system is being checked The program connects to the www reliance cz server and users are notified of new versions if they are available Checking for new versions of Reliance can be enabled disabled using the Environment Options dialog Environment gt Update Welcome Window This window will appear whenever you start the Reliance Design program The window contains the following commands Create New Project Open Project Open Recent Project Show Help Show Tutorial and Reliance Website The Welcome window can also be invoked by using the Help gt Show Welcome Window command at any time during working with the development environment HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Reliance Main Features 2 2 Reliance Main Features
307. ice s current alarms events Displays the selected device s current alarms events Show historical alarms events Displays the list of historical alarms events Show device s historical alarms events Displays the selected device s historical alarms events e Windows Activate window Activates the selected visualization window Activate previous window Activates the most recently opened visualization window It corresponds to the Previous Window command Activate next window Activates the next visualization window It corresponds to the Next Window command after executing the Previous Window command Close dialog window Closes the active dialog visualization window Show records related to active window Brings up the Records Related to Window dialog window Show records related to all windows Brings up the Records Related to All Windows dialog window Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE Ea Action Manager Print main window Allows you to print the runtime software s main window Brings up the Print window which is used to configure the print settings and print the runtime software s main window Minimize main window Minimizes the runtime software s main window e Tags Set tag value Allows you to set the value of the selected tag The value can be set upon executing the action using the Enter Value for Tag dialog or at design time the Write constant value option Set tag limits Brings up the E
308. ich time is to be displayed use the Values Format property Vertical Axis Specifies the axes to be used to display the points values Date and Time If this option is active the numeric values are converted to text values which are to show time To specify the way in which time is to be displayed use the Values Format property 10 5 2 4 Marks Visible Determines whether to display the points marks EE Reliance 4 Development Environment Trend Properties 427 Format Back Color Specifies the color of the marks background Transparent If this option is active no color is used to fill the mark s background The marks border specified by the Border property remains unchanged Font Specifies the font color and font style of the marks Border Specifies the visibility style width and color of the marks border By pressing the button the Border Color Editor is brought up Clipped If this option is active the marks lying outside the trend area will be clipped The trend area is determined by the size of the horizontal and vertical axes Arrows Color Specifies the visibility style width and color of the marks arrows By pressing the button the Border Color Editor is brought up Length Specifies the length of the arrows It is the distance between the center of the points and the marks border Style Specifies the text of the marks Value If this option is active the points values
309. id and Line Their appearance fill and border can be specified statically on the Static page You can also switch between different appearances using a numeric type tag which can be specified on the Functions page The property configuration options on the Functions Static and Error pages are common to editors of all the shapes except the Line shape The Static page of the Round Bar and Grid components property editor contains some more properties Bar Represents a right angled quadrilateral with options to independently specify its border and fill The size of the bar is determined by the size of the component Width and Height specified on the Basic page Round Bar This component is similar to the Bar component but the difference is that the corner rounding can be specified for the round bar Circle Represents a circle with options to independently specify its border and fill The circle s diameter is specified as a lower value of the width and height of the component Ellipse Represents an ellipse with options to independently specify its border and fill The shape and size of the ellipse depends on the component s width and height Grid This component is similar to the Bar component but the difference is that the grid can be divided horizontally and vertically Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE E Vectors Line See the Line component Properties Basic Alignment Dynamic Menu Scripts Actions Security v
310. ies 2 x 12 bytes 2 x 2 bytes of overhead day 2 bytes of overhead program 30 bytes in total One event specified for each day of the week occupies 7 x 12 bytes 7 x 2 bytes of overhead day 2 bytes of overhead program 100 bytes in total Two events for a single day specified by three states heating at 6 00 falloff at 16 00 and off at 19 00 occupy 18 bytes 2 bytes of overhead day 2 bytes of overhead program 22 bytes in total The data transfer Timeout property provides access to the settings window if data transfer from to the device was not successfully completed in the specified time period HE Reliance 4 Development Environment BACnet WEN Properties The properties on the Static and States pages allow you to configure the appearance of the component displayed in the visualization window They are the same as in the Button component Basic Alignment Dynamic Menu Scripts Actions Security v Functions There is a list of programs on the left side of the page The list s items can be added and deleted using commands from the toolbar or from the component s popup menu On the right side of the page you can configure the properties of the selected program Link to tag Specifies the link to the tag of type Array of DoubleWord which contains data of the time programs Editor dialog caption Specifies the text displayed in the title bar of the component s settings window at runtime Data transfer Timeout
311. ies the address of the device to be identified within multiple devices on a single bus The value can be overloaded with the Address property of the connected device s communication channel see the Project Structure Manager Write priority Specifies the communication driver s priority of accessing the tags when writing a new value The lower the value the higher the priority If there is a value with higher priority lower number stored in the tag the new value is not written The default value of the property is 8 Manual Operator Maximum APDU size Specifies the maximum size of the communication packet in bytes COV activation interval s Specifies the time in seconds at which the communication driver activates the spontaneous sending of changes of tag values COV Change Of Value Once this time expires the device will stop sending these changes At this time interval the communication driver periodically activates the spontaneous sending of data This ensures the device terminates communication at the specified time interval after the visualization project is terminated Require acknowledged COV messages Determines whether to spontaneously send data with a request for an acknowledgment of its receipt If the communication driver does not acknowledge the receipt of the data the device will repeat the spontaneous sending of the data W Defining DDE Device HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Device Manager Wi Mi
312. ies the first string to be used to initialize the modem optional Initialization string no 2 Specifies the second string to be used to initialize the modem optional Dial command Specifies the command to be used for dialing the connection Hang up command Specifies the command to be used for hanging up the connection Reset command Specifies the command to be used for resetting the modem Command mode transition delay Specifies the time delay before switching to the command mode Idle period between dialing Specifies the minimum idle period between two dial up connections 8 17 8 Server Connections and Their Groups In the context of Reliance a server connection is used to transfer data between instances of the runtime software running on different computers i e between two computers defined within the visualization project In addition to transferring both real time and historical data and alarms events from a server computer to a client computer it also includes sending HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Project Structure Manager KC commands in the opposite direction A server connection always involves two computers a client computer Reliance View Reliance Control Reliance Server or Reliance Control Server and a server computer Reliance Server or Reliance Control Server A server computer has data available directly from a communication driver or from other data servers A client computer is t
313. ies the link to the integer type tag whose value is to be used to control the initial address of the data block to be read from the device Length Specifies the link to the integer type tag whose value is to be used to control the number of registers to be read Control Specifies the link to the integer type tag whose value is to be used to control the reading The reading starts on the leading edge of the tag the off to on transition It may contain the following values 0 ready 1 reading data block Buffer Specifies the link to the array type tag whose value is to be used to store the data block read from the extended memory Status Specifies the integer type tag whose value is to be used to store the current status of the reading operation It may contain the following values 0 ready 1 the read operation in progress 2 the read operation completed successfully 3 the read operation failed HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Device Manager 263 W Defining M Bus Device Miscellaneous Address Specifies the address of the device to be identified within multiple devices on a single bus The value can be overloaded with the Address property of the connected device s communication channel see the Project Structure Manager IP address Specifies the device s IP address on the Ethernet network The value can be overloaded with the IP address property of the connected device s communication channel see the Proje
314. ifies the identifier used for the tag within the OPC server W Defining Promos RT Device Tag Memory bank Specifies the number of the memory bank from which the tag is read Address Specifies the memory bank address where the tag is stored in the device For digital tags the bit number is also indicated il Defining Promos PL2 Device Tag Object Specifies the number of the object from which the tag is read Instance Specifies the number of the instance from which the tag is read Item Specifies the address where the tag is stored in the device For digital tags the bit number is also indicated ii Defining Rittmeyer WSR3000 Device Tag Address Specifies the address where the tag is stored in the device Connection timeout Specifies the maximum time period for the communication driver to connect to the tag The communication driver attempts to establish a connection with both the device and individual tags If the connection is not confirmed within the specified time period the communication driver makes another attempt to establish the connection EE Reliance 4 Development Environment Device Manager KC Pre write priority Specifies the communication driver s priority of accessing the tag when attempting to edit its value In case the priority was higher when the value was last edited the value cannot be overwritten Otherwise a new value is written Another tag s value can be used to control the priority P
315. ights Restrictions Information Diagnostics Users Name i Teco le SS Afs Alias User Identification Password Confirm password Name HW code 3 Teco Contact User Phone number E mail Miscellaneous Active user v Log user log on V Log user log off v User administrator V Language Program language English D Project language Uu d English United States ID 2 Users User Reliance 4 User Manager The User Manager window has the same layout as other managers see the chapter Managers In addition to the common toolbar commands the toolbar contains the New User command The options of the User Manager at runtime and design time are identical After a new user is added you have to select the computer s to which the trend should be connected Reliance 4 Development Environment EEE 340 User Manager User Properties User Access Rights Access Restrictions 8 16 1 User Properties Name Specifies the user s login name that must be unique within the project and cannot contain illegal characters The name is entered by the user when logging on to the program Identification Password Specifies the password that is entered by the user when logging on to the program It is case sensitive Confirm password Must have the same value as the Password property Code Specifies the code assigned to the user if logging on by a
316. ime you can change the main tag s value in the visualization window Custom report used to display alarms events stored in an SQL database CustomReport_AlarmsEvents_SQL is a simple project designed to show how to use a custom report to display alarms events stored in an SQL database Within the System device a tag named Level is defined This tag has its operating limits fixed There are also four alarms defined within the System device The alarms are triggered when the Level tag s operating limits are exceeded A custom report named Report basic is defined via the Custom Report Manager Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi Examples To retrieve data from the database objects named ADODatabase1 and ADOQuery1 are used in the Custom Report Designer The connection to the SQL database defined in the ADODatabase1 object is automatically synchronized with the setting defined via Reliance s Project Options dialog box The appearance of the alarm event table is specified through two bands The top band named PageHeader specifies the column header and the bottom band named MasterData specifies the data to display To display data in the bands objects of type TfrxRAEMemoView are used Alarm Event Table Column Text object To configure the displayed table there are two important properties named RAEDataField and RAETitle in those objects The RAEDataField property specifies the data field column of an alarm event s record the RAETitle property
317. ime interval used for testing communication with the device on an inactive communication channel This value is used by some communication drivers e g Teco when multiple communication channels are defined Comm timeout Specifies the time period between sending a request to and receiving a response from the device by the communication driver If the device does not respond to the request within the specified timeout the communication is considered faulty Err timeout and the request is sent again If there is still no response from the device it is recognized as a failure in communication with the device Limit connection time Allows you to limit the duration of a single dial up session Provider Allows you to select the telephone service provider to be used to establish a dial up connection To edit the provider use the Project Options dialog Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE 368 Project Structure Manager Phone number Specifies the telephone number static or dynamic to be used to establish a dial up connection If the Dynamic property is active the telephone number can be changed at runtime using the selected tag of type String v Advanced Control Allows you to specify the link to the tag whose value is to be used to control communication with the device It is based on bit flags The function of individual bits is stated in the table below the values are in hexadecimal format 0001 establish commu
318. ime the project is started The project can be automatically updated from the specified directory usually within the computer network This function can be used for example together with the program designed for the remote control of Reliance s runtime software Reliance Remote Control Center which allows among other things restarting a project from remote locations The automatic project update settings can also be configured for the thin clients Reliance Web Client and Reliance Mobile Client The availability of a new version of the project is checked each time a thin client is run The new version is then downloaded A program named Updater can be used to download updates for the mobile client 2 2 2 13 Virtual and System Tags Virtual and system tags In Reliance tags can be divided into physical and internal A physical tag is stored directly in the memory of a physical device PLC Its value is synchronized with the value of the tag stored on the computer running the runtime software The value of an internal tag is only stored in the memory of the computer Tags defined within the System device are a special type of internal tag These tags values are not intended to be transferred between instances of the runtime software For this reason they do not affect the number of data points i e they are free of charge Internal tags which do affect the number of data points and whose values can be transferred between instances of the
319. imeout property provides access to the settings window if data transfer from to the device was not successfully completed in the specified time period Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi EH Sauter Properties The properties on the Static and States pages allow you to configure the appearance of the component displayed in the visualization window They are the same as in the Button component Basic Alignment Dynamic Menu Scripts Actions Security v Functions There is a list of programs on the left side of the page The list s items can be added and deleted using commands from the toolbar or from the component s popup menu On the right side of the page you can configure the properties of the selected program Link to tag Specifies the link to the tag of type Array of DoubleWord which contains data of the time programs Editor dialog caption Specifies the text displayed in the title bar of the component s settings window at runtime Data transfer Timeout Specifies the maximum time period to be used to transfer data from to the computer to from the Sauter device Basic Text Specifies the name of the time program HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Sauter 229 MFA Specifies the machine fine address to which the resulting command of the time program is written Commands Contains a list of the selected program s commands The list s items can be added and deleted using standard commands Text
320. in a project has 16 layers 2 2 2 9 Actions Invoked by Components Performing actions related to various events displaying Web pages program startup function activation In the Reliance SCADA HMI system actions are intended for easily executing one shot commands Actions can be performed after clicking or double clicking individual mouse buttons on the area of most components They can be defined via the Action Manager Displaying trends reports or the Log On User dialog are the most often used actions It is helpful to use actions for example when a visualization project runs without displaying the main menu i e most of the menu s commands are accessible via actions You can choose from about 40 actions After defining an action it can be chosen on the Scripts Actions page of the selected component s Properties dialog box The Data Tree component allows you to connect an action to individual nodes and cells 2 2 2 10 Backward Compatibility Backward compatibility and upgrading older versions of Reliance regular updates converting to a newer version Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi es Reliance Main Features While the development of Reliance is in progress new features are added to fix potential bugs Therefore it is recommended to use the latest version of the system Any upgrades within the current major version Reliance 4 or Reliance 3 are free of charge Also there is no problem with loading existing projects i
321. ing the left mouse button The selected component can be placed into a window with its default size by clicking on the window area The size can also be defined by dragging the component s corner within the window area before releasing the mouse button To make adding multiple components of the same type easier press the Shift key while selecting the component This mode is not exited upon placing the component the more times you click on the window area the more components will be added to the visualization window It is automatically terminated by clicking the arrow icon or by selecting another component on the palette Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi ER Visualization Window The position or size of components or component groups can be changed not only by using the mouse and by specifying values directly in the Component Manager or in the component s property editor but also by using edit functions centering alignment changing the Z order height and width modification transformation etc The Undo and Redo commands allow you to undo and redo up to the last 100 depending on the settings edit actions this mainly applies to position and size changes and component deletion To select multiple components placed into a visualization window it is recommended to use the left mouse button in combination with the Shift or Ctrl key The Shift key is used to easily select unselect components by clicking the mouse The Ctrl ke
322. ing the value corresponds to the property s data type Link to tag Allows you to link the property to the tag in the visualization project The property s value can be transferred to from the tag in one or both directions For the two way transfer its Priority can be specified Events On the left side of the dialog box there is a list of events of the ActiveX control The right side allows you to run a script when the required event is invoked Syntax Contains a brief help description of the selected event The description s text is part of the ActiveX control Run script Specifies the script to be run if the ActiveX control s event is invoked Reliance 4 Development Environment EEE KOCH Additional Preview Displays the ActiveX control in a preview window 7 3 7 Real Time Chart This component is intended for displaying a common X Y chart Each chart is formed by series which consist of points The X and Y coordinates of individual points are defined as constants or values of the linked tags A series can also be formed by a point linked to an array type tag or by a sequence of values with a constant interval Properties Basic Alignment v Dynamic Link to tag Visible Enabled X Y Width Height Angle If these properties are active and linked to a tag the basic component properties defined on the Basic page can be changed dynamically during runtime The configured values can be either relative or absolute depending
323. ironment Hi 440 File and Directory Structure _DrvModbus dll _DrvPromos dll _DrvQMD dll _Drvsaucer dll _DrvSMS dll _DrvTeco dll DH J V V V W DW _DrvWSR3000 dll Other Program Files Reli Comm exe Other files ini 10 7 1 2 7 Help Directory Help HTML Help CustomReports chm Design lt LANG gt chm Scripts lt LANG gt chm Runtime lt LANG gt chm VBScriptsS chm WindowsScript56 chm Modbus and Wago devices Promos device QMD device Sauter EY2400 device sending and receiving SMS messages Teco device Rittmeyer wsr3000 device External Communicator driver configuration Custom Report Designer FastReport the original manual in English Development Environment Scripts functions and procedures in VBScript and Reliance defined objects for working with scripts Runtime Software Reliance View Reliance Control Reliance Control Server Visual Basic Scripting original help Windows Script Technologies original help where lt I ANG gt represents the language identifier 10 7 1 2 8 Languages Directory The Languages directory is contained in Reliance 4 Library The library is not part of HE Reliance 4 Development Environment File and Directory Structure 441 Reliance s installer A separate installer is used to install the library The location of this directory can be changed using the Environment Options dialog box Directories lng
324. is brought up to change the tag s value Action Is used to select the action to be performed after the specified item of the Popup Menu component is chosen Actions can be defined through the Action Manager Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi 156 Standard 7 2 14 Progress Bar This component allows for displaying the current value of the tag to which the progress bar is linked Properties Basic Alignment Dynamic Menu Scripts Actions Security Functions Link to tag Specifies the link to the tag whose value is to be indicated Test value is used to display the preview in the development environment Range Allows you to set up the Minimum and Maximum value to be displayed by the Progress Bar component specifies the range of the indicator The range of the indicator can also be controlled dynamically using a tag Limits Allows you to specify the color of the indicator depending on the value of the control tag You can use either the limits defined for the specified tag or the limits defined manually for the particular progress bar e Static Orientation Determines whether to display the indicator horizontally left to right or vertically bottom to top HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Standard 157 Segmented Allows you to divide the indicator into the specified number of segments Division count The segments are separated by spaces defined by the Space width property If this option is not
325. ist of states will be displayed If no state meets this condition the first state will be displayed Colors Allows you to specify the Colors and Offset used to display the component The offset can be anywhere within the interval 0 255 It specifies the position of the middle color e g value 128 indicates the middle color will be drawn in the center of the pipe The area of the component is drawn as gradients gradual transition of the specified colors 3 colored Specifies the number of colors used to create a gradient Three colors provide a better three dimensional perception v Static Width Specifies the diameter width of the pipe If this option is inactive the spinner can be used to specify the pipe s diameter in pixels If the option is active the diameter is dependent on the size of the component this applies to Straight pipe Shape Determines whether to draw the component as Straight pipe or as Other shapes bend T shape or cross HEM Reliance 4 Development Environment Standard 147 Orientation Determines whether to display the pipe horizontally or vertically Colors Allows you to specify the Colors and Offset used to display the component The offset can be anywhere within the interval 0 255 It specifies the position of the middle color e g value 128 indicates the middle color will be drawn in the center of the pipe The area of the component is drawn as gradients gradual transition of the speci
326. ition and size cannot be changed HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Visualization Window o Options Show title bar Determines whether to display the window s title bar header with a title Dialog windows always display a title bar whereas trays have no title bar Dynamic loading Determines how to load the window into memory The window is dynamically loaded into memory only before it is opened displayed If the window is closed or completely overlapped by other windows it is released from memory in fact to increase performance several most recently closed windows stay in memory Otherwise the window is loaded into memory right after starting the visualization project and it is not released from memory until the visualization project is terminated The advantages of dynamic loading are faster project startup and less memory demands It is recommended to use dynamic loading for all types of windows except for a tray Enable sizing Determines whether to allow users to resize the window at runtime It is recommended to consider whether or not this option should be activated If you make the window smaller some components may be hidden Stay on top Determines whether to display the window on top of the other open windows except for windows with the identical feature and trays Modal Determines whether to display the window modally The user is not allowed to switch to another window or to perform other operations i
327. its set by the Min and Max values in such a case the warning Value is not within required range is displayed Alert to violating bounds Allows you to check the value to be entered If the tag value is not set within the required range a warning dialog box will be displayed prior to entering the new main tag value The Query text box is intended for specifying a custom question if the text Value entered is greater smaller than xxx Do you really want to set this value is not suitable Functions Link to tag Specifies the tag to which the component is linked main tag To select the tag use the standard selection dialog box The component allows changing the tag s value When changing the tag the value displayed by the component also changes HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Standard 163 Test value Specifies the value to be displayed at design time Setting value Update timeout Specifies the time period during which the component is not updated according to the main tag s value The update timeout s value depends on how fast it is to write the tag into a device Sometimes right after the value is changed the original value can be displayed for a short time if the update timeout s value is too short On change focus after edited This option allows for writing the value into the tag if the component loses focus Static Input box Alignment Specifies the alignment of the edit box s text Text Speci
328. ject defined by the existing link To preselect the first object on the top level of the object hierarchy press and hold the Ctr1 key while invoking the dialog box To preselect the object most recently selected via the selection dialog box press and hold the Shift key while invoking the dialog box To preselect the same object which has so far been assigned for the respective purpose you should not press Shift or Ctrl while invoking the selection dialog box If no object has been specified so far the first object on the top level of the object hierarchy is preselected 10 4 6 Starting a Project Automatically After Turning on a Computer In order to start a visualization project automatically after turning on a computer it is necessary that the user be automatically logged on after starting the operating system and the project be automatically started after user log on 1 Automatic user log on in Windows after starting the operating system By configuring the Windows registry see as follows manual user log on is not required after starting the operating system This means that the specified user can be logged on automatically The user must have administrator access rights and a password longer than 4 characters e Start the regedt32 exe located in the System32 subdirectory or regedit exe application HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Tips and Tricks 405 e In the HKEY LOCAL MACHT NE SOFTWARE Microsoft Windows N
329. ject language can be switched during runtime Reliance Control allows you to control the visualized industrial process It is intended for control workplaces and centers Access rights may be required to control the process Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE Loi Reliance SW Modules Reliance Server In addition to the features common to all runtime software types Reliance Server is a data server for other instances of the runtime software and thin clients Reliance Web Client Reliance Mobile Client It contains a built in Web server It provides clients with data and alarms events executes commands received from the clients and generates reports based on the clients requests It runs as a Windows Service Reliance Server cannot display visualization windows Therefore it is used as a non visual data concentrator and a data server It is especially suitable for unmanned computers Reliance Control Server In addition to the features common to all runtime software types Reliance Control Server includes all the features of Reliance Control and Reliance Server It is intended for computers with enough performance to simultaneously handle users requests and requests from client instances of the runtime software and thin clients Reliance Web Client Reliance Mobile Client For large applications it is highly recommended that you use a separate server to handle the clients requests Thus potential problems with the performance of t
330. l if the required object has not yet been defined and thus it can be defined immediately La Show or Hide Tags Displays all available tag data types It allows you to filter the list of tags by data type This command is only available when selecting a tag Note The Select Picture dialog box contains the Preview command instead of the Show or Hide Tags command It determines whether to preview the selected picture at the bottom of the dialog box HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Select Access Rights i 9 4 Select Access Rights The Select Access Rights dialog box is used for selecting a set of access rights required for certain operations e g setting a tag s value or for accessing an object e g access to a visualization window Servicing right Is a special access right intended for systems integrators authors of visualization projects to secure certain parts of the application Usually these parts contain settings for managing the application This right can be activated at design time only Check All Selects all the access rights in the list Uncheck All Unselects all the access rights in the list Edit Brings up the Project Options gt Access Rights dialog to rename the rights and verify the user s identity To define and configure users their names passwords access rights etc use the User Manager Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE ECH Select Directory 9 5 Select Directory
331. l tags the bit number is also indicated ii Defining Johnson Controls SC9100 Device Tag Ref Specifies the type and number of reference as part of the tag s unique identifier within the device memory Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi 274 Device Manager SubRef Specifies the type and number of sub reference as part of the tag s unique identifier within the device memory Address Specifies the address where the tag is stored in the device For digital tags the bit number is also indicated W Defining Johnson Controls FX15 Device Tag Ref Specifies the type of reference as part of the tag s unique identifier within the device memory Address Specifies the address where the tag is stored in the device For digital tags the bit number is also indicated W Defining Modbus Device Tag Register type Specifies the type of register where the tag is stored in the device A Modbus device has the following types of registers Outputs Coils Inputs Holding Registers Input Registers and Extended Memory Address Specifies the register address where the tag is stored in the device For digital tags the bit number is also indicated W Defining M Bus Device Tag Storage number Specifies the number on which the measured data is stored in the memory O is the current value higher numbers are used to specify other values back in order Tariff Specifies the data tariff HE Reliance 4 Development Environ
332. layed Display file size Display picture size 5 3 6 Script Manager General Set cursor to beginning of new script Determines whether to set the cursor to the beginning of a newly created script s source code displayed in the Script Manager Insert header to new script Determines whether to insert a header to the beginning of a newly created script s source code The header contains the following information project name user name logged on to Windows date and time of script creation After the header a line containing the Option Explicit command is automatically inserted This command forces you to explicitly declare a script s tags Therefore Option Explicit is used to avoid typing errors which often occur in scripts where automatic declaration is used scripts without the Option Explicit command Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi o Environment Options Display Margins The Visible right margin check box specifies whether to display a vertical line in the editor This line can help you align a script s code The distance between this line and the editor s left margin is determined by the Position combo box 80 100 or 120 characters The Visible gutter check box specifies whether to display a vertical gutter on the left side of the editor Information displayed in the vertical gutter may vary depending on the settings e g line numbers or tabs for easy navigation The width of the gutter is determined by the Wid
333. le un Data This directory is intended for files containing the last tag values for individual computers They are files in the RDT format Reliance Data Table The files are named VarTagDataN rdt where N represents the computer ID in a decimal format eg VarTagDatal rdt Desktop This directory is intended for files containing the settings of the runtime software s user interface for a visualization project They are INI files Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE 456 File and Directory Structure Profiles This is a directory intended for files containing the settings of selected properties alarm event viewer trend viewer report viewer etc for individual users Each user s settings are stored in a separate directory The settings in the Default directory are used in case when no user is logged on They are INI files Recipes This directory is intended for files containing stored project recipes The files are in the RDT format Reliance Data Table 10 7 5 5 ThinClients Directory This is a root directory of the Web server built in Reliance s data servers Reliance Server Reliance Control Server The directory also contains the thin clients files Reliance Web Client Reliance Mobile Client The directory has the following subdirectories MobileClient This subdirectory contains the program files of Reliance Mobile Client and project files exported for the mobile client s purposes using the Export Pr
334. le Background Specifies the background Color of the trend The color should contrast with colors used for individual series Ruler Specifies the Color and Width of the ruler The ruler is a vertical straight line drawn on the background It is designed for accurate reading of values of individual series at the crossing point of the ruler and the series The color of the ruler should contrast with the background color The width is specified in pixels Vertical axis Enables you to configure the behavior of the vertical axis common to all series The Hidden property can be used to hide the axis in cases when each series uses its own vertical axis The Automatic property determines whether the axis automatically adjusts its minimum and or maximum to the series values within the current time range If the axis minimum and or maximum are not automatic they must be specified as the Minimum and or Maximum properties Trend type Determines how to graphically represent the series values The series can be displayed as a Line trend or Bar trend All trend series are of the same type Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE EH Trend Manager Paging Determines the time range displayed on a single page of the trend If the Point count property is active the trend viewer always attempts to display the specified number of series points on a single page In this case it is required that all the series be linked to the same data table
335. le components properties The properties can be sorted alphabetically or divided into groups If a single component is selected the properties of this component are displayed If multiple components are selected the page only displays the properties common to all the selected components except the component name A visualization window and components can only be selected and edited separately not simultaneously The properties can be edited in the second column of a particular row you can activate or deactivate them enter a value or text or select an item in the combo box or in the special dialog box which can be displayed when clicking on the ellipsis button three periods To set colors it is possible to use either the combo box with predefined colors or the Select Color dialog box which can be displayed by double clicking in the particular row On the Components page there is a list of components contained in the active window They can be sorted by various criteria Name Type Order Group and Layer Components can be selected by clicking the check box This action also selects the component in the visualization window This also works the other way around So if you select a component in the visualization window it is also checked in the check box on the Components page Selecting components using the Component Manager is especially useful when a component is hidden by another overlying component and it s therefore impossible to sele
336. le of objects of type Window Table of objects of type Alarm Event Table of objects of type Script Table of objects of type Communication Zone Table of objects of type Tag Table of objects of type Connected Device Table of objects of type Communication Channel Table of objects of type Device Table of objects of type Connected Data Table Table of objects of type Data Table Table of objects of type Data Table Field Table of objects of type Connected Trend Table of objects of type Trend Table of objects of type Trend Series Table of objects of type Real Time Trend Table of objects of type Real Time Trend Series Table of objects of type Connected Report Table of objects of type Report Table of objects of type Report Item Table of objects of type Connected Custom Report Table of objects of type Custom Report Table of objects of type Custom Report Item Table of objects of type Connected Recipe Type Table of objects of type Recipe Type Table of objects of type Recipe Item HE Reliance 4 Development Environment File and Directory Structure aen Objects 0000001E rdt Table of objects of type Server Connection Group Objects 0000001F rdt Table of objects of type Server Connection Objects 00000020 rdt Table of objects of type Modem Objects 00000021 rat Table of objects of type Picture Objects 00000022 rat Table of objects of type Connected Script Objects 000000
337. lette used The graphics format of the picture bmp gif Jpg png etc does not directly affect the application s performance However it affects the disk space occupied by the picture Windows raster bmp This is an uncompressed format whose main disadvantage is a direct proportion between the picture size and the file size This format is suitable for small pictures only CompuServe raster gif This is a compressed format suitable for pictures with a small number of colors it supports 256 colors only and for pictures used as transparent JPEG raster j pg This is a compressed format suitable for example for photographs Because this compression is lossy the format is not suitable for pictures used as transparent PNG raster png The PNG Portable Network Graphics format is designed for lossless data compression of images with sharp edges Its compression ratio is worse than of JPG but there are no artifacts and it does not degrade images Windows metafile wmf extended Windows metafile emf These are vector formats with no loss of quality when changing the size of images To create moving images the Animation and Active Picture components the above stated rules apply too There are also several other factors affecting the computer s load caused by drawing graphics in the visualization project Speed The shorter the interval the Interval property of the Animation component of
338. line is idle for example due to battery powering If this property is active the communication driver sends 50 zero characters prior to establishing communication H Defining Johnson Controls Device Miscellaneous Address Specifies the address of the device to be identified within multiple devices on a single bus The value can be overloaded with the Address property of the connected device s communication channel See the Project Structure Manager Enable block reading Determines whether data block reading is enabled when communicating with the device Some types of the Johnson Controls device do not support block reading see the Project Structure Manager ii Defining Modbus Device Miscellaneous Address Specifies the address of the device to be identified within multiple devices on a single bus The value can be overloaded with the Address property of the connected device s communication channel See the Project Structure Manager Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi 260 Device Manager IP address Specifies the device s IP address on the Ethernet network The value can be overloaded with the IP address property of the connected device s communication channel see the Project Structure Manager Swap bytes Determines whether the communication driver should exchange swap the byte order within the data of tags defined in User registers and Input registers when the data is read written from into the I O device This
339. ller can be launched from the HASP directory on the installation CD This installer is also part of Reliance Add On Pack The latest version of Reliance 4 can also be downloaded from the website www reliance cz sections Download or Members Section For security reasons the executable installers are stored in ZIP archives When installing a newer version the previous version is automatically detected or uninstalled Then the installation of the new version is completed In order for the program to be fully functional complete the following steps If the license is stored in a hardware key install the HASP HW Key Driver If it is stored in a software key the HW key driver is not required but the license must be activated To see details on how to activate the license see the License Activation manual HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Installation 397 Reliance 4 Installer main installer of Reliance s program files This installer is intended for installing Reliance s program files and other components development environment runtine software communication drivers Borland Database Engine BDE auxiliary tools and utilities documentation and example projects The installation requires about 200 MB of free hard disk space In addition to the installation of the above listed components the installer adds a folder to the Start menu and shortcuts to the desktop registers services and associates file types with the respective
340. lowercase letters when searching for the object Subtree of selected object only Allows you to search for the object only within its subtree and thus speed up the search process Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi HE Reliance 4 Development Environment 10 Appendices Installation License Illegal Characters Tips and Tricks Trend Properties TeeChart Environment Variables File and Directory Structure Tag Kinds and Tag Data Types Keyboard Shortcuts Help and Documentation Examples Reliance 4 Development Environment i ECH Installation 10 1 Installation The complete installation of Reliance 4 consists of three separate mutually independent installers e Reliance 4 Installer main installer of Reliance s program files e Reliance 4 Library Installer graphics installer e Reliance Add On Pack Installer The complete installation is available on an installation CD together with a license key After inserting the CD into the optical drive slot the Welcome screen appears with the following commands Install Reliance 4 Performs the complete installation of Reliance 4 by gradually running all the three installers If necessary you can stop the installation process and proceed to the next installer in order The installers can also be launched from the Setup directory on the installation CD Install HW Key Driver Is used to install the driver for HASP hardware keys which are used by Reliance The insta
341. lternatively in idle status The button s three dimensional frame can be drawn only if the mouse cursor is placed over the component Graphical button Allows displaying the button as a user defined picture Specific pictures corresponding to respective states of the button should be defined on the States page Neither the button s frame nor text will be displayed Momentary button Upon pressing and releasing the mouse button the button does not stay pushed in This type of button is useful only if a digital tag is selected the tag s value is logical 1 or logical O when the Negation property is active only if the mouse is used to press the button Text Word wrap Determines whether to wrap the button s text If the text word extends outside the viewable area of the component it will be displayed on a new line Shade Allows displaying the text s shade and configuring its Depth and Color Reliance 4 Development Environment EEE 132 Standard Frame Specifies the Width of the three dimensional frame It also determines whether to display the Black frame around the button For more details see the Bevel component Background Determines whether the button should be displayed as transparent A background picture Texture can also be chosen Both the button s frame and text will be displayed v States Specifies the appearance of the button s individual states The State 0 page allows you to configure the button s appearanc
342. m Terminates the operation of the runtime software Show picture Displays the specified picture in a separate window You can choose the picture defined via the Picture Manager or from a disk file The picture can be Maximized within the runtime software s window You can also display the window s Title and the Close button Show Recipe Editor Brings up the Recipe Editor Show Postmort Record Player Brings up the Postmort Record Player if any records are available It puts the runtime software in the mode for playing Postmort records Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi ECH Action Manager www link Brings up a window with a built in Web browser Internet Explorer in the runtime software s main window However the toolbar and other controls are not displayed on the selected address If the address is an Internet address without a protocol the HTTP protocol is used automatically Other protocols such as https file or ftp can also be used The Title property allows the specified title to be displayed in the browser window s title bar The Web browser can be displayed On Top if needed Show virtual keyboard Brings up the Virtual Keyboard dialog window Show system information Brings up the System Information dialog window The window contains basic information on the system connected devices data tables and network connections Show server Web page Brings up the data server s Web page in the default browser Play s
343. m settings window Title Specifies the text displayed in the title bar of the component s settings window at runtime Pushed button background Specifies the color indicating the On state in the time program 7 5 2 Control Time Program Time Program is a common component designed for setting a quantity depending on time Each day of the week can be divided up into 24 time intervals for each of which a value from a defined range can then be set Unlike Simple Time Program the time intervals can start and end at a common time The component works with array type tags e g Array of Byte or Array of Word The array element count is specified by the configuration of the component The array size is dependent on the properties Time interval count and Data type of the controlled quantity The function of each byte for a time program which controls a quantity of type Byte and is divided into two day time intervals Byte number Day of the week 1 3 Monday 4 6 Tuesday 7 9 Wednesday HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Control 211 10 12 Thursday The function of each byte for a day time program is as follows e e ee Hour and minute specify the time of the day from which a desired value of the controlled quantity should be set Properties The properties on the Static and States pages allow you to configure the appearance of the component displayed in the visualization window They are the same as in the Button comp
344. me software supports redundancy and it acts as DDE servers These and more features are common to all instances of the runtime software Reliance View Reliance Control Reliance Control Server and Reliance Server Besides each runtime software has other extra features Reliance View and Reliance Control In addition to the features common to all runtime software types Reliance View allows displaying visualization windows with real time data displaying and acknowledging current alarms displaying and printing historical alarms displaying and printing historical data as trends and output reports Visualization project diagnostics allows for detecting the cause of errors e g in communication The program and project language can be switched during runtime Reliance View does not allow you to control the visualized industrial process It is intended for computers with view only access e g at workplaces of managers who need to view historical trends of process parameters and the current status of the process but have no need to control it In addition to the features common to all runtime software types Reliance Control allows displaying visualization windows with real time data displaying and acknowledging current alarms displaying and printing historical alarms displaying and printing historical data as trends and output reports Visualization project diagnostics allows for detecting the cause of errors e g in communication The pro
345. ment Device Manager PAE Subsystem Specifies the subsystem number Value type Specifies the type of value Instantaneous value Maximum Minimum Value on failure Data length and encoding Specifies the data type e g integer or floating point and its encoding The properties Storage number Tariff Subsystem Value type and Data length and encoding together specify the value of the DIF or DIFE parameters which are updated whenever any of the properties is changed DIF and DIFE are a direct part of the M Bus communication protocol Edit value of DIF and DIFE Allows you to directly edit the value of the DIF and DIFE1 DIFE5 parameters The values of the Storage number Tariff Subsystem Value type and Data length and encoding properties are calculated retrospectively DIF Specifies the value of the DIF parameter DIFE1 DIFE5 Specifies the value of the DIFE1 DIFE5 parameter Quantity VIF Specifies the quantity value of the VIF parameter The available quantities are listed in basic units Quantity VIFE1 Is used to supplement the quantity defined by the VIF parameter Edit value of VIF and VIFE Allows you to directly edit the value of the VIF and VIFE1 VIFE5 parameters The values of the Quantity VIF and Quantity VIFE1 properties are calculated retrospectively Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE 276 Device Manager VIF Specifies the value of the VIF parameter VIFE1 VIFE5 Speci
346. mputer defined in the project The number of data points in the project requires a license with such a number of data points allowing you to run the project on individual computers There is also information on the total number of tags and data points used in the project The total number of data points in the project requires a license with such a number of data points allowing you to work in the Reliance Design development environment HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Visualization Window En 6 11 Visualization Window An ordinary visualization project always contains one or more visualization windows usually created shortly after a new project is generated The first visualization window is automatically set as Initial window If another window is required to be set as the default window use the Display page of an object of type Computer in the Project Structure Manager A visualization window is intended to contain components from the Component Palette Components are graphical objects that perform control and display functions when creating a visualization project A window containing these components becomes a tool used by the end user to monitor and control industrial processes Creating a New Window Duplicating a Window Designing a Window Creating a Window Template Embedding a Window Template Window Properties 6 11 1 Creating a New Window When creating a new window the Create New Window Wizard is brought up The wizard
347. n etc Tecoreg IRC or Tecoreg TR100 is a modular control system by Teco designed for distributed building automation particularly for the control of heating cooling and lighting systems and the control of various appliances for individual rooms This method of control is called Individual Room Control abbreviated to IRC The Tecoreg IRC system has a two level topology To provide a secure connection between a control room and end modules TR101 communication modules are connected to the control room PC One TR101 communication module can handle up to 32 end modules Some monitoring control and security functions common to the whole building eg air conditioning boiler room and exchange station control are provided by programmable Tecoreg controllers The control and monitoring of building interior installations are carried out separately for individual rooms via TR111 and TR112 end modules According to their own control algorithm and time program the end modules control radiator valves or electrical appliances and lighting The TR141 end module is designed to control a fan coil unit it controls its heating and cooling mode and the fan speed level The end module can be accessed in three levels Monitoring operating data No configuration of the end module is allowed Editing time programs Allows for setting up time programs and logging the configuration to the end module Reliance 4 Development Environment EEE
348. n a newer version the system is backward compatible However after editing a project in a newer version of Reliance Design it may not be possible to use the project in an older version of the runtime software the system is not forward compatible There is also backward compatibility between adjacent major versions For example a Reliance 3 visualization project can be run in Reliance 4 after the original project is converted to the Reliance 4 format by Reliance 3 to 4 Project Converter In this case license upgrades are charged 2 2 2 11 Easy Topology Extension Configuring project computers topology extension the same project on every computer identification Creating more complex Reliance applications is based on the client server architecture A simple network application may consist of a data server e g Reliance Control Server and a client e g Reliance Control The data server communicates directly with PLC devices logs historical data and provides clients with data Both server and client computers can be configured via the Project Structure Manager The term Computer is a common name for such a configuration When configuring the server computer its IP address must be specified so that the client computer upon its startup knows with which computer to establish communication Server connections can also be defined via the Project Structure Manager see the Network Applications example projects All computers defined wit
349. n array of bytes containing received data Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE Examples The InString tag is a string containing received data in a text format The OutCount tag s value specifies the number of characters bytes sent from the tag of type Output buffer The OutBuffer tag is an array of bytes containing data to send The Control tag s value is used to control sending data In this example project no data is sent the Control and OutCount control tags are only used to open the communication port The main visualization window contains a button used to open the communication port To do so the Control tag s value is set to logical 1 and the number of bytes to send in the OutCount tag is set to O via a script The two Display components are used to show the received character count and received data in the form of a text string The other button is used to reset the received character count and delete the input buffer Communicating with a Tecomat PLC via the Generic communication driver Generic_Teco is a project designed to demonstrate how a communication protocol is implemented and how a device is connected via the Generic communication driver In this example project the EPSNET protocol of the Tecomat PLC is chosen A device named Generic1 is defined via the Device Manager Within the device several special tags whose values are used for the communication are defined The InCount tag s value specifies the
350. n folders are used to display this data in the visualization window The DecodeData event script is defined via the Script Manager to extract the data from the DataArray tag to the auxiliary tags To configure the time program at runtime click on the Configuration button Upon configuration the data from the DataArray tag is automatically decoded and displayed in the visualization window The DataArray tag values are displayed in the table on the left side of the visualization window Using the Axis IP Camera component IPCamera_Axis is a project designed to demonstrate how to use the Axis IP Camera component to display and record data received from the Axis IP camera connected to the computer To successfully run the project it is required to have IP camera drivers installed on your computer they are part of the Reliance Add On Pack installer Within the System device the record and standby tags of type Bool are defined The visualization window contains an Axis IP Camera component and two Button components Before you run the project the camera s URL or IP address and login information for the connected IP camera must be specified on the Functions page of the component s Properties dialog box EE Reliance 4 Development Environment Examples 483 Using the Pelco IP Camera component IPCamera_Pelco is a project designed to demonstrate how to use the Pelco IP Camera component to display data received from the Pelco IP camera conne
351. n the visualization project until the window is closed This option should be activated for example when you want to check the values of the components placed into the window If the entered values are not correct the user cannot close the window and continue working A script can be used for checking the values Placement Specifies the position and or size of the window at runtime Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE 100 Visualization Window Maximized The window fills the area of the runtime software s main window If any trays are defined within the visualization project the window fills the remaining area of the runtime software s window Centered The window is positioned in the center with the same size as at design time or with the size defined by the Start up position and size property on the Position page In specified position The window has the same position and size as at design time unless different values are defined by the Start up position and size property on the Position page v Position Position and size Specifies the position and size of the visualization window The size defines the width and height of the window at design time Start up position and size Specifies the window s position and size used at runtime These properties are only applied if the Centered or In specified position option on the Basic page is active v Bounds Display window bounds Determines whether to display the window s
352. n window contains five panes each demonstrating features of one script type The first pane introduces the Periodic script the angle value is periodically incremented The second pane introduces the Data change script if you change the value of A B or C the result is automatically recalculated The third pane introduces the features of the Key script if you press the F5 button a dialog window is shown all scripts run in the same thread and therefore other scripts are paused if the dialog is shown The fourth pane introduces the Condition script if you enter a number greater than 10 into the Display component a dialog window is shown The last pane introduces the Event script the buttons are linked to the digital tags An alarm event is defined and starts if the tag value changes from logical O to logical 1 The Alarm script is linked to the event of alarm event start The script reads the text of this alarm and shows it in a dialog window Sending email messages SendEmail is a project designed to demonstrate how to send an email message from a script Before any email can be sent you have to set the information about the SMTP server This can be done via the Project Structure Manager on each project computer s E mail page The main visualization window of the project contains Display components where the email s recipient subject attachments and body can be specified The Send Email button is used to activate the script which
353. nager allows you to change window properties too Most managers allow changing the properties of multiple objects First select several objects tags reports etc Then change the properties using pages in the right pane For the purpose of changing multiple properties the Substitute components links to tags property can also be used This property can be activated via the Duplicate Window dialog It can be used for example when several similar windows should be defined within a project to visualize data of several similar devices A useful way to change multiple properties can be provided by the function Text replacement of object properties After selecting for example a component group or several windows bring up the Replace Object Properties Wizard from the popup menu The wizard lets you replace the properties of the currently selected objects by entering the text to be replaced and the new text HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Reliance Main Features Ea 2 2 2 8 Window Layers Window layers grouping components within a layer The Reliance SCADA HMI system contains a system of layers which allows grouping components of a similar type To make designing a visualization window clearer you can move a component to a different layer via the Layer Manager To avoid unintentionally changing the position and size of all the components located on a layer the components can be locked Each visualization window defined with
354. nd Determines whether to indicate transparent background of the window template using the checkerboard pattern 5 3 9 Window Layout Restore Defaults Allows you to restore the default position of windows not visualization windows at design time 5 3 10 File Types Associated file types Reliance 4 Visualization Projects Allows you to associate main project files files with an rp4 extension with the Reliance Design development environment Upon association the files with an rp4 extension are marked as Reliance Project and they are assigned a project icon Any visualization project can then be opened in a standard way e g using Windows Explorer Reliance Data Tables Allows you to associate Reliance data table files files with an rat extension with the RDT File Editor lt Program gt R_DTEditor exe Custom Report Templates Allows you to associate FastReport type custom report files with the Custom Report Designer application lt Program gt R_FRDesigner exe Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi Environment Options Generated Reports Allows you to associate generated FastReport type custom reports with the FastReport viewer lt Program gt R_ FRViewer exe HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Environment Options 5 3 11 Connection Proxy server Allows you to set up a proxy server This option can be used if your computer is connected to the Internet via a proxy server It is necessary
355. nded way to connect to an OPC server is via Reliance s runtime software running on the remote computer This means that the Reliance data server is running on the same computer as the OPC server and connection to other computers of the visualization project is provided via Server Connection Groups or via thin clients Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi Examples Periodic OPC device status testing OPC_DeviceCommStatus is a project designed to demonstrate how to use a script to determine the state of an OPC server by testing the quality of a tag Via the Device Manager you have to configure the OPCDevice1 device according to your local OPC server The OPC group of this device contains an internal tag which is periodically tested in the script if the tag quality is not Good it means that the OPC server is not connected For this purpose the Random_UlInt1 tag is used in the project The project also contains the OPCDevice1Connected tag which after the script is evaluated contains information regarding the OPC device connection status and is linked to the Active Text component placed in the visualization window In addition the Define script which is executed at the thread initialization is defined via the Script Manager This script defines the procedure which evaluates the tag quality it is more effective to define a procedure than to write the code directly into the script s body The script reads the Random_UInt1 tag value with the
356. ndedBar dll SauterHolidays dll SauterTimeProgram dll Scale dll Level Fill Picture Line Media Player Picture Pipe Popup Menu Progress Bar Radio Buttons Real Time Chart Real Time Trend Round Bar Sauter Holiday Program Sauter Time Program Scale Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi File and Directory Structure 437 a File and Directory Structure SimpleTimeProgram dll Simple Time Program TecoIRC dll Teco IRC TecoTimeProgram dll Teco Time Program Text dll Text TimeProgram dll Time Program TrackBar dll Track Bar VivotekIPCamera dll Vivotek IP Camera 10 7 1 2 4 Config Directory Language txt a list of world languages MIME txt Web server media types Internet Media Type MIME NationalChars txt a conversion table for removing national characters characters with diacritics Scripts txt a syntax of procedures and functions in VBScript and the definition of Reliance defined objects for working with scripts ScriptsLocStrings txt a language localization file for Scripts txt SMSCN txt a list of telephone numbers of GSM short message service centers 10 7 1 2 5 Doc Directory Documentation BuildingAutomation_ lt LA Building Automation NG gt pdf CustomReports lt LANG gt Custom Report Designer FastReport the original manual in pdf English DataExchange lt LANG gt Data Exchange Methods pdf DataServers lt LANG gt pdf Data Servers Reliance Ser
357. ndow for the selection of field s of a data table New fields are added to the selected report after one or more data table fields are selected Shift left mouse button allows for the selection of multiple fields in a row Ctrl left mouse button allows for the selection of fields one by one Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi 310 Report Manager The options of the Report Manager at runtime and design time are identical After a new report is added you have to select the computer s to which the report should be connected Report Properties Report Title Report Column Header Report Page Footer For data table fields the following settings can be edited Report Item Properties Report Item Title 8 10 1 Report Properties Common Object Properties Data table Specifies the link to the data table whose contents are to be displayed by the report Report elements Determines which elements to include in the report Title Column header Page footer Grid Determines whether to display grid lines on the background The Horizontal and Vertical lines can be displayed independently Row height Specifies the height in pixels of a single row of the report It may affect the number of rows displayed on a single page of the report Column order Contains a list of the specified report items To change the order of a column change the respective item s position in the list by using the arrow buttons in the toolbar above the list
358. nection status Channel list Is a list which enables you to specify the order of the defined communication channels and thus their priority Priority should be reflected in the future when the Automatic active channel choice is selected Because the Active channel choice property is not implemented yet only the channel with the highest priority is used Some communication drivers e g Teco support using a secondary backup communication channel another channel in the list sorted by priority Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE 362 Project Structure Manager v MEM file In most cases the runtime software obtains data of the device through a server connection from another instance of the runtime software An alternative way to transfer real time data is to use the so called MEM file which contains a binary image of the device s memory Thus the runtime software running on a client computer can obtain real time data of the device by periodically reading the MEM file MEM file data transfer to thin clients is no more supported However MEM files cannot be used for transferring alarms events and sending commands from the client runtime software Log data to MEM file Determines whether the runtime software should periodically save real time data of the device to the MEM file File name Specifies the path and name of the MEM file Logging interval Specifies the time interval used for saving the MEM file Offset in
359. ng SMS service center number Specifies the telephone number of the SMS service center depending on the provider Vodafone T Mobile etc Run script on receive message Specifies the script to be executed each time the GSM device receives a message Information on the message is passed to the script as a parameter To acquire the information the RScr GetCurrentScriptDatakx function should be used 8 17 2 9 Postmort These properties allow you to configure the Postmort function Postmort is a unique function designed for recording and replaying a controlled process We can say it is similar to a video recorder If the function is activated the runtime software records changes in process data of the controlled process on a real time basis into special data files Later the operator can switch from the online mode to the Postmort mode and replay the process Thus for example it is possible to analyze the cause of a technology failure During the replaying of the records most program functions will be stopped e g reading real time data logging historical data executing scripts or processing recipes It is highly recommended to use different computers for storing and viewing Postmort records because both cannot be done at the same time Record postmort Allows you to activate recording the process for the selected computer Max record length day count Specifies the maximum record length Any records older than the specifie
360. ng To save a sequence of operations as a macro choose the Record Macro command Ctrl Shift R perform this sequence in the window for editing scripts code and choose the Stop Recording Macro Ctrl Shift R HEM Reliance 4 Development Environment Script Manager 335 8 15 6 Script Check The Script Manager allows the author of the visualization project to check scripts code syntax and parameters Any errors warnings and messages are displayed in the Outputs pane When checking parameters any unspecified or invalid link to a tag will be detected for a script of type Data change Syntax checking applies to VBScript only e g syntax of the following statements If For Select Case Therefore it cannot detect for example a wrong count or argument values when calling the RTag GetTagValue method You can also check any subset of scripts Active script Open scripts Edited scripts All scripts 8 15 7 Script Debugging The Reliance SCADA HMI system allows debugging scripts via an external debugger For this purpose any Just In Time debugger must be installed In addition script debugging must be enabled through the Environment Options dialog box Tools gt Environment Options gt Script Debugging For ordinary purposes the Microsoft Script Debugger can be used It can be freely downloaded from the Internet scd10en exe You can also use the Microsoft Visual Studio Debugger which offers some more advanced features Mic
361. nication with the device 0002 automatically terminate communication after reading data 0004 activate secondary backup connection Status Allows you to specify the link to the tag whose value is to indicate the communication status It is based on bit flags The function of individual bits is stated in the table below the values are in hexadecimal format eet omen secondary backup connection activated secondary backup connection error HEM Reliance 4 Development Environment Project Structure Manager ER Run script on Allows you to specify scripts to be run at various communication events Establish communication Determines whether to run the specified script after communication with the device is established for the first time Communication error Determines whether to run the specified script after an error occurs in communication with the device Restore communication Determines whether to run the specified script after communication with the device is restored Do not log communication events error restore Allows you not to log information about communication related events errors restorations to the alarm event database Do not show communication events error restore Allows you not to display information about communication related events errors restorations in the list of current alarms events Communication error timeout Specifies the time period between the moment an error in communication
362. nk Properties Basic Alignment Dynamic Menu Scripts Actions Security HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Additional 169 vy Static Range Specifies the range of the scale Maximum and Minimum displayed value and the number of decimal places which are used when displaying the numbers Text Specifies the font of the scale s numbers and their Offset from the ends of the scale s Big Divisions in pixels Orientation Specifies the direction of the divisions from the main axis Bases Specifies the place which the scale s values will start to be drawn from corresponds to the minimum of the range Background Is used to specify the component s background color The background can be without any color Transparent Visible divisions Specifies which divisions of the scale are to be displayed Only the following divisions can be displayed Big Big and medium or Big medium and small If the None option is chosen the scale won t be displayed at all Main Axis Big Divisions Medium Divisions Small Divisions These pages contain properties for displaying the main axis divisions and the scale s numbers You can specify the Color and Width for the main axis and the number of divisions the Length and Width of the division line and the division lines Color for the divisions You can also specify whether to Show numbers 7 3 2 Gauge This component is intended for displaying an analog pointer device the position of
363. nses for the development environment and the runtime software is the size of a visualization project The size is determined by the number of data points which depends on the number and data type of tags defined within the project e Each tag of a simple data type e g Bool Byte Word String uses one data point e Each array type tag uses one or more data points The number of data points is equal to the array element count divided by five the result is rounded down but its value is not less than 1 e Each tag of type DataBlock uses one data point Examples HE Reliance 4 Development Environment License 401 A 2 element array type tag uses one data point An 8 element array type tag uses one data point A 100 element array type tag uses 20 data points e One tag of type IRC does not use any data points every additional tag of type IRC uses 1000 data points e Tags defined within the System device e private internal tags do not use any data points The number of data points does not depend on the number of visualization windows type of used components etc The license for the development environment and the runtime software required for a specific visualization project may differ in the number of data points in some cases the runtime software does not use all tags defined within a project To view the number of data points used in a project at design time choose the Project gt Information command Reliance
364. nt 3 Terminate the runtime software 4 Start the runtime software Disk check cancel instructions 1 Bring up the Device Manager On the Advanced page of the CheckEnabled tag s properties deactivate the Save last value option 10 11 9 Databases Script controlled data logging to a data table 1 record AppendRecordToDb is a project designed to demonstrate how to use the RDb AppendRecord method to add a new record into a data table Tags named Longint String and Word are defined within the System device The values of these tags will be logged into the data table The following tags are also defined RecordTimeStamp containing the current time the RSys Now method and BlockSamplingData which is linked to a button in the visualization window you can enable disable data logging with this button HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Examples 511 The Data1 data table contains three fields connected to the three tags mentioned above The sampling method is set to Script controlled The Time stamp source property is set to Tag RecordTimeStamp and Blocking tag is set to BlockSamplingData The SaveRecord event script is defined via the Script Manager This script sets the RecordTimeStamp tag to the current time and calls the RDB AppendRecord method To start the script press the Save record button Script controlled data logging to a data table group of records AppendRecordsToDb is a project designed to demonstrate how
365. nt Environment File and Directory Structure 451 CustomReports This is a directory intended for files containing custom report templates used in a visualization project Each file s name consists of two parts The first part corresponds to the name of the respective custom report the other part corresponds to the custom report ID in hexadecimal format They are files in the XML format with support for Unicode MMedia This directory is intended for multimedia files used in a visualization project e g wav files for assigning sounds to different operations Pictures This directory is intended for picture files imported to a visualization project Each file s name consists of two parts The first part corresponds to the name of the respective picture the other part corresponds to the picture ID in hexadecimal format They are files in the image file formats supported by Reliance Scripts This is a directory intended for files containing scripts written in VBScript used in a visualization project Each file s name consists of two parts The first part corresponds to the name of the respective script the other part corresponds to the script ID in hexadecimal format They are text files txt with support for Unicode Strings This directory is intended for files containing localized text strings used in a visualization project Each file s name consists of three parts The first part corresponds to the language code the second
366. ntation SDK The SDK directory contains examples of connections to a data server via a Web service Settings Initialization Files R_3to4 ini Reliance 3 to 4 Project Converter settings BR CmpLib ini Component Palette settings BCL am Reliance Control settings R _Ct1Srv ini Reliance Control Server settings R_Design ini Reliance Design settings R_DTEditor ini RDT File Editor settings R_FRDesigner ini Custom Report Designer settings FastReport R_FRViewer ini Custom Report Viewer settings FastReport HE Reliance 4 Development Environment File and Directory Structure 447 R DrvSrv ini a list of enabled communication drivers R_RCC ini Reliance Remote Control Center settings R_Srv ini Reliance Server settings R_View ini Reliance View settings Other ScriptTemplates txt contains script templates 10 7 2 3 RelianceLicenseService Directory Settings Configuration files settings config 10 7 2 4 RelianceOPCServer Directory Logs The Logs directory contains runtime records of Reliance OPC Server Settings Configuration files Client config Server config Systray config 10 7 3 User Documents Reliance user documents directory structure Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi 448 File and Directory Structure Projects Directory ProjectsBackup Directory 10 7 3 1 Projects Directory This directory is intended for storing new Reliance visualization projects The location of t
367. nter Limits for Tag window The values of individual limits can be displayed only if they are defined by the tag They can be entered only if the limits are dynamic Le another tag is used to specify the limit value The command can be disabled depending on the settings Update tag value Adds a request for acquiring the real time value of the selected tag to a queue of the connected device s communication driver Show information on tag Brings up the Information on Tag window which displays for example the name data type and address of the selected tag e Managers Show Trend Manager Brings up the Trend Manager Show Report Manager Brings up the Report Manager Show User Manager Brings up the User Manager HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Action Manager 325 Show Project Manager Brings up the Project Manager The Project Manager allows you to view the list of objects defined within the visualization project as well as their properties and diagnostic information e Other Run script Runs the selected script The Parameter property specifies the value passed to the script The value can be obtained from the script s code using the GetCurrentScriptData function of the rscr object Run application Runs an external application program You can specify the program directly the exe com bat and cmd extensions the file associated with the program doc the shortcut Link url etc Terminate progra
368. nterval at which the server computer sends updates of the devices real time data to the client runtime software This is done automatically i e the client computer does not have to request it The update frequency can be reduced so that the client computer does not become overloaded with too frequent updates HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Project Structure Manager IN Transfer alarms events Determines whether to transfer alarms events generated by the server computer to the client computer If the property is active alarms events of the devices provided through this server connection are not generated on the client computer but alarms events generated on the server computer are accepted This prevents for example alarms events from being lost in the event of a communication failure all alarms events generated during the failure are transferred to the client computer after communication is restored Another advantage is that the same alarms events of all computers are generated and end at the same time they are generated by the server computer and accepted by the client computer through the server connection the only difference is the receipt time of the alarms events This option should always be active Limit downloaded archive file count Determines whether to limit the number of the alarm event database s archive files transferred from the server computer to the client computer This property has a decisive influenc
369. ntly selected components to the largest selected component v Order Menu Th Bring to Front Shift PgUp Moves the currently selected components to the front in the Z order on top of all other components The Z order is designed to order overlapping components within a window The most recently added component or the one on which the Bring to Front command was last applied is to be ordered last in the Z order and therefore not overlapped by other components Ch Bring Forward Ctri PgUp Moves the currently selected component forward by one level in the Z order S Send to Back Shift PgDn Moves the currently selected components to the back in the Z order beneath all other components Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi ER Edit Menu LA Send Backward Ctrl PgDn Moves the currently selected component backward by one level in the Z order Opens the dialog box for relative change of the position and size of the selected components Transform This command for example allows you to resize the currently selected components in a given ratio a rga A Rotation Mode Ch Switches the currently selected component to the rotation mode The rotation mode can be deactivated by unselecting the component a Align Position to Grid Aligns the currently selected component s top left corner to the grid JE Align Size to Grid Aligns the currently selected component s bottom right corner to the grid according to the
370. number of characters bytes received by the tag of type Input buffer The InBuffer tag is an array of bytes containing received data The OutCount tag s value specifies the number of characters bytes sent from the tag of type Output buffer The OutBuffer tag is an array of bytes containing data to send The Control tag s value is used to control sending data The PacketName tag provides an easy way to identify the communication packet in the communication statement or in the log file If this tag is not used its default name Packet is displayed in the statement HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Examples 487 In addition an internal tag named Ethernet is defined Its value determines whether a serial cable or Ethernet is used for communication The value should be reflected when creating custom communication packets The main visualization window contains several controls intended for configuring and controlling the communication itself The following communication packets can be sent a packet for establishing communication a packet for reading a data block from any register and address a packet for reading writing data from to a tag of the selected data type from any address By pressing the respective button a communication packet will be created via a script according to the specified configuration settings and sent to the communication channel In the middle part of the window sent and received data is displayed in a
371. o Bookmark 5 Go to Bookmark 6 Go to Bookmark 7 Go to Bookmark 8 Go to Bookmark 9 Source Block Tools commands Insert Color Inser Script Header Convert To Lower Case Convert To Upper Case Comment Uncomment Text Crit Ctrl1 3 Ctr1 4 C C trl 5 trl 6 Ctrl 7 Ctrl 8 Ctrl 9 Shift Ctr1l c Shiftt Ctrl H Ctrl AlLt L Ctr1l Alt U CEELI Keyboard Shortcuts 475 Reliance 4 Development Environment EEE 476 Help and Documentation 10 10 Help and Documentation The Reliance SCADA HMI system contains many help and documentation files Most documents are available in several language translations and in two different formats The documents contained in the lt Reliance gt Doc folder are print friendly the PDF format The documents contained in the lt Reliance gt Help folder are usually displayed as context help in various parts of the Reliance SCADA HMI system CHM files First Steps FirstSteps A short tutorial designed for new users of Reliance 4 The user is introduced to the steps required to create a simple visualization project in the development environment Reliance 4 Design License Activation LicenseActivation A short tutorial that describes how to activate a license for Reliance 4 The activation is required only if your license is stored in a software key Development Environment Design A reference guide for the Reliance 4 Design development environment Runtime Software
372. o Server1 This connection is used to connect the BoilerRoom1 and BoilerRoom2 devices and the same named data tables to the Client4 computer the Data transfer property is set to Network instead of Direct and directories for the data tables are set to HistoryData Client1 The Address property Server4 gt Basic is set to 127 0 0 1 which is the local address if you want to run the project on different computers over the network set this property to a real IP address or hostname To run the project create shortcuts by using the Project gt Create Shortcut command for Client1 use Reliance Control for Server1 use Reliance Control Server Network application with redundant servers 2 servers 2 clients BoilerRoom_RedundantServers is a project which adds a second server computer Server2 and a second client computer Client2 to the BoilerRoom_ClientServer project The computers are defined through the Project Structure Manager The Server and Server2 computers are redundant servers Server2 is a secondary backup server to Server1 primary server The respective settings have been configured on the Redundancy page of Server2 redundancy can be switched on off through the Secondary server option Only the server that has the active role provides in this project the following functions simulation of tag data using scripts analogy to communication with devices in a real project historical data acquisition alarm event generation
373. o a physical table HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Data Table Manager 303 Last logged record Write time stamp to tag Determines whether to log the time stamp of the latest record made by the runtime software to the specified tag Convert to local time Determines whether to convert the latest record s time stamp to the operating system s time Data delay If this option is active the archive files data delay can be configured days hours minutes It is only used in some very specialized applications 8 7 2 Data Table Field Properties Data tables consist of data table fields Each field represents a tag whose value is to be logged to the data table Common Object Properties Name Can be synchronized with the tag s name Tag Specifies the link to the tag whose value is to be logged to the data table Field name in physical table Specifies the field s column s name used in the data table Generate automatically If this option is active the Reliance SCADA HMI system generates the field s name automatically Custom name If this option is active the field s name can be specified manually Reliance 4 Development Environment EEE E Trend Manager 8 8 Trend Manager The Trend Manager allows you to define and configure trends In the context of Reliance a trend is an object used for graphic presentation of the data stored in a data table s i e historical data Trends can be displayed at
374. of the received message are stored in the tag of type Input buffer Beware of setting an insufficient length of the receiving buffer To process the received data functions for transferring the data from array type tags to tags of the basic type MoveTagElementValuesToSimpleTag are available in the RTag object If the device does not receive any queries only sends data e only a one way communication is required then the whole process of creating and sending the communication query can be omitted Upon the startup of the runtime software the communication channel is automatically opened and it is ready to receive data If the Release communication port when idle option is activated through the Communication Driver Manager it is first necessary to open the communication channel To open the communication channel without sending data set the value of the Connection contro tag to 1 and the value of the Number of bytes to send tag to O Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi ze Device Manager W Defining IEC104 Device Miscellaneous Address Specifies the address of the device to be identified within multiple devices on a single bus The value can be overloaded with the Address property of the connected device s communication channel See the Project Structure Manager Device Model Specifies the device s model Device address size byte count Specifies the size of the device address common ASDU address For the EC104 device
375. oject 6 12 7 Telephone Service Providers Up to 20 telephone service providers can be defined in a visualization project By default after a new project is created they are named Provider1 to Provider30 Prior to using the telephone service it is strongly recommended to rename the providers e g Provider1 to T Mobile A telephone service provider can be chosen for objects of type Modem and Communication Channel in the Project Structure Manager Thus the link between these objects is defined This link specifies which modems can be used to connect to a device through a specific communication channel 6 12 8 DDE Sharing The runtime software acts as a DDE server see the tag properties Sharing page in the Device Manager Replace invalid values of tags In case the value of a DDE shared tag is not valid e g due to a failure in communication with the device the specified text will be provided to a client instead of the value Array element delimiter Specifies the character to be used as element delimiter for DDE shared array type tags e g Array of Byte EE Reliance 4 Development Environment Project Options 113 6 12 9 Web These options enable you to configure the Web server Web service and data servers Reliance Server and Reliance Control Server Web pages to provide data to thin clients Reliance Web Client and Reliance Mobile Client or client applications of third parties Start Web server and Web service Af
376. oject configuration settings of the development environment Info txt project structure information Reliance 4 Development Environment EEE 450 File and Directory Structure 10 7 5 2 History Directory AlarmsEvents The AlarmsEvents directory is the default directory for storing tables with historical alarms events Archive files can be stored in subdirectories and named according to their type Project Options gt Project gt Alarms Events gt Database gt File based gt Archive files AE rdt the current file of the alarm event database Data The Data directory is the default directory for storing tables with historical data Archive files can be stored in subdirectories and named according to their type Data Table Manager gt Advanced gt Archive files 2 dBf a table with historical data in the dBASE format mb a table with historical data in the Paradox format Postmort The Postmort directory is the default directory for storing Postmort records The location of the directory can be changed via the Project Structure Manager Computer gt Postmort WindowRecords The WindowRecords directory is the default directory for storing window records The location of the directory can be changed via the Project Structure Manager Computer gt Miscellaneous 10 7 5 3 Main Directory Apps This is a directory intended for the files of external applications run from a visualization project EE Reliance 4 Developme
377. oject for Remote Users Wizard WebClient This subdirectory contains the program files of Reliance Web Client and project files exported for the Web client s purposes using the Export Project for Remote Users Wizard WSDL This subdirectory contains files with a description of the Web service Web Services Description Language built in to Reliance s data servers HE Reliance 4 Development Environment 10 8 Tag Kinds and Tag Data Types Tag Kinds and Tag Data Types Internal Physical Special 10 8 1 Internal em Im om im a pe p ele C DES o D SE D SE fe Longint 2147483648 32 2147483647 aje eC pa C a DEER EEN max 23 characters string is terminated with the ASCII code QO een mine mm rm Reliance 4 Development Environment Ha 458 Tag Kinds and Tag Data Types C a a C a C C a a mfia een e Array of Shortint 256 to 255 E Se S Ee en Array of Longint 2147483648 to 32xn 2147483647 DEER DEE EES leen Ion a emcees Io e DEES where n represents the number of array elements Tag of type DataBlock A tag of type DataBlock contains a user structured memory block In the Reliance SCADA HMI system you can specify the length of the block number of bytes In terms of license a tag of this type uses one data point independently of its length However you can t work with the memory as you do with arrays of byte using indexes The way data is arranged in the memory block depends
378. omponents are aligned to the grid to align the existing components it is necessary to choose the Align Position to Grid command from the components popup menu or from the main menu Edit When changing the position or size by dragging the mouse the components will move i e they will change their size according to the grid spacing Background color Specifies the window s background color This command brings up the Select Color dialog box Picture Allows you to specify the picture to be displayed on the background of the window Any picture can be displayed e g static process scheme or photograph The picture must be added to the project via the Picture Manager Placement Specifies how the picture is to be displayed within the visualization window Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi 102 Visualization Window Tiled If the picture is smaller than the window it is drawn as tiles to fill up the whole window area Centered The picture is centered vertically and horizontally to be drawn in the middle of the window In specified position The position of the picture is specified by the Position property s parameters The X coordinate and Y coordinate specify the position of the picture s top left corner Adjust size to picture Determines whether to adjust the size of the window to the background picture This operation can be performed only if the size is not specified on the Position page or the window is not maximized
379. on In this case the number of data points is limited to 25 If you happen to run a project requiring more data points than the license allows no other tags are loaded This fact is highlighted in the current alarm event viewer Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi HE Reliance 4 Development Environment 3 Main Menu The main menu is the menu bar located in the development environment s main window The most frequently used commands are also available in the toolbars located in the main window Some commands can be executed using a particular keyboard shortcut Keyboard shortcuts can be configured by the user see Keyboard Shortcuts File Menu Edit Menu View Menu Managers Menu Project Menu Tools Menu Window Menu Help Menu Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE 32 File Menu 3 1 File Menu The and File menu contains commands for creating opening and closing visualization projects commands for creating and saving visualization windows The menu also contains a list of most recently opened projects which allows for quick selection of a project Some commands are available in the Welcome window too 6 E a im New Project Brings up the Create New Project Wizard Open Project Ctri 0 Displays the dialog box for selecting an existing visualization project Here it is possible to select files with an rp4 extension main project file in the Reliance 4 format or with a prj extension main
380. on how it is used For example if you use a tag of type DataBlock to save and configure a time program of type Heating Air conditioning in a Teco Time Program component it will contain a data structure of the TTP4_ function block emm Ire mmm MN DataBlock indexes can t be used to work with the tag bytes EE Reliance 4 Development Environment Tag Kinds and Tag Data Types 459 Tag of type DateTime A tag of type DateTime is a real number whose digits to the left of the decimal point indicate the number of days that have passed since 12 30 1899 The decimal part indicates the part of the day that has passed since midnight Examples 35065 1 1 1996 12 00 am 10 8 2 Physical OPC em rs mm mm a e G p po o D a O a Ge pes p 2147483648 to 2147483647 16 32 L RH DateTime internally as DoubleFloat see the description in the chapter Internal String max 23 characters string is terminated with the ASCII code O Reliance 4 Development Environment Ha ee ren mm me BESSERES Gees pe e eee fess e ewen emm a eese ees e eese ew e 2147483647 ee eem a ea ose vrei oss etn Lossen C nan ermon e where n represents the number of array elements DDE eme e e a a CC Ge pe o o coe owes e BERGERE 2147483648 to 2147483647 DoubleFloat 5 0 x 107324 to 1 7 x 10398 internally as DoubleFloat see the description in the chapter Internal E Reliance 4 Development Environm
381. on various platforms Web client mobile client PDA Reliance s thin clients are designed for running visualization applications on remote devices connected to the Internet e g computers cell phones PDAs Both clients use one of Reliance s data servers Reliance Contro Server or Reliance Server as the data source They only have some of the features of the runtime software Although they allow for controlling the visualized industrial process some features are not available eg recipes ActiveX some time programs Reliance Web Client is a multi platform application designed to run on devices where the Java Runtime Environment JRE 6 0 and higher is installed The Web client can run as an applet or as a stand alone application Usually no special configuration project computer is needed for the Web client When starting the Web client it is always checked whether a new version of the project file is available If so the new version is started automatically Reliance Mobile Client is an application intended to be run on Windows CE Windows Mobile Because these devices usually have a smaller screen resolution it is generally necessary to create a special configuration intended for mobile devices only Prior to using a thin client the project must be exported using the Export Project for Remote Users Wizard HEM Reliance 4 Development Environment Reliance Main Features 2 2 1 14 Receiving Sending Text and Email Messages R
382. onent Basic Alignment Dynamic Menu Scripts Actions The Security page is the same as in the Teco Time Program component Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi 212 Control v Functions Link to tag Specifies the link to the tag of type Array of Byte Array of Word Array of DoubleWord Array of Shortint Array of Smallint Array of Longint Array of Largelnt or DataBlock in which the time program s data is stored Configuration Time program Name Specifies the name of the time program displayed in the time program s window and used when saving configurations Time interval count Specifies the number of time intervals into which one day is divided Between 2 and 24 intervals can be selected The greater the number of intervals the longer the tag is required Desired value set point Data type Specifies the data type of the items which are to define the values of the controlled quantity e g the data type of the item representing the required temperature for the specified day interval Min value Specifies the minimum quantity value which can be set Max value Specifies the maximum quantity value which can be set Dec place count Specifies the number of decimal places of the quantity HEM Reliance 4 Development Environment Control 213 Editing Editing Method Specifies how to enter tag values for individual time intervals of the day The Exact specification option requires entering t
383. onent is in the error state For more information on individual properties see the Static page 7 2 10 Container This component is intended for adding different parts of a visualization project to a visualization window It allows you to insert a window template or current alarms events list into the window Properties Basic Alignment Dynamic Security v Functions Embedded object Current alarms events This option is used to embed the list of current alarms events into the container Options Filter by device Is used to filter the displayed alarms events depending on the device selected HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Standard 149 Show toolbar status bar and operation progress bar Determines whether to display alongside the list of alarms events the same bars as in the Current Alarms Events window in the runtime software Share column settings with other containers Determines whether to share the settings of the alarm event list s columns with all Container components for which this option must be active If the option is inactive the columns custom settings will be used They are settings that can only be customized at runtime not at design time Embedded object Window template This option is used to embed a window template into the container A structured tag of the type which corresponds to the data structure assigned to the window template can be assigned to the container Thus the contain
384. onent s basic properties and their values name layer order position size angle and names of objects related to clicking the component script action window to be activated When changing the position of a component with the mouse change of position size rotation angle relative change the difference between the current and original value is displayed To switch between the project languages use the toolbar containing a dropdown button located on the right side of the window This operation can be performed by using commands in the combo box or by repeatedly clicking on the command button cyclic switching between all languages When changing the active project language all text strings in the visualization project are switched to the particular language To the right of the language button there are buttons which allow you to quickly switch between the visualization windows loaded into memory Each window loaded into memory corresponds to one button If you click a button the corresponding window is activated HE Reliance 4 Development Environment 5 Setting Up the Development Environment The Reliance Design development environment can be in many ways adjusted to the needs of users It allows for placing and setting up the tool windows arranging commands in the toolbars or configuring the Component Palette The Environment Options dialog box enables you to set up keyboard shortcuts adjust the editor in the Script Manager d
385. ons dialog box to view or configure the settings related to the manager e g to Alphabetically sort object in the tree On the Link substitution page of the dialog you can configure the options used while duplicating objects in the manager The manager can substitute links to tags when duplicating data tables real time trends custom reports and recipes and links to data table fields when duplicating trends and reports In addition the Options dialog of the Trend Manager enables you to configure the options related to adopting user settings of trends when the Adopt trend user settings property is used Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE 246 Common Toolbar Commands e x Undo Ctrl Z Is used to cancel the edits that have not yet been assigned to the selected object s yellow background Copy Ctrl C Is used to copy the currently selected object s to the clipboard Cut Ctrl X Is used to delete the currently selected object s from the structure and place it to the clipboard Paste Ctrl V Is used to paste the contents of the clipboard into the structure The contents of the clipboard remain unchanged Duplicate Ctrl D Is used to duplicate the currently selected object s The contents of the clipboard remain unchanged Delete Del Is used to delete the currently selected object s from the structure 8 2 1 Substitution of Links to Tags Substitute links when duplicating an object De
386. operating limits fixed The RAEFileName tag is used for storing the path to the current file of the alarm event database There are also four alarms defined within the System device The alarms are triggered when the main tag s operating limits are exceeded A script named Init is defined via the Script Manager The script is used for setting the file path in the RAEFileName tag The script is run after project startup A custom report named Report basic is defined via the Custom Report Manager It contains an item named RAEFileName linked to the same named tag from the System device To retrieve data from the database an object named RAETable is used in the Custom Report Designer Using a FastReport script the RAETable object s FileName property is set to the value of the RAEFileName item The appearance of the alarm event table is specified through two bands The top band named PageHeader specifies the column header and the bottom band named MasterData specifies the data to display To display data in the bands objects of type TfrxRAEMemoView are used Alarm Event Table Column Text object To configure the displayed table there are two important properties named RAEDataField and RAETitle in those objects The RAEDataField property specifies the data field column of an alarm event s record the RAETitle property determines whether to display the data field s title instead of data The RAETitle property is active in the PageHeader band At runt
387. options available in this step are dependent on the option chosen in the previous step and the type of device which the data structure is intended for Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi 252 Device Manager 8 4 Device Manager The Device Manager is a tool that is used to define devices and tags and alarms events within these devices Devices can be generally divided into physical and virtual A physical device is a PLC type controller telemetry system remote autonomous device for data capture ordinarily connected over a modem or other I O device The tag values of these devices are stored in the memory of the device the computer only keeps their image copy Data transmission between the device and the Reliance runtime software is implemented by communication drivers see the Communication Driver Manager or OPC and DDE servers The so called virtual devices are designed for internal tags of the visualization project These devices tags only exist in the memory of the computer and you can work with them freely Each device can be connected via the Project Structure Manager to the computer Its tags and alarms events can thus be provided to other computers within the network A device named System is a special type of virtual device It s a predefined virtual device that is part of every visualization project This device is automatically connected to each computer running Reliance s runtime software It is intended for defining p
388. ost of the commands in the toolbar are common to all managers see the chapter Common Toolbar Commands Top left pane The top left pane displays the objects in a hierarchical tree diagram in order to show the subordination of one object to another Bottom left pane The bottom left pane displays the objects in a list These are the objects subordinated to the object selected in the top left pane The list allows you to select and edit multiple objects at a time When you select an object in the list the manager displays the object s properties in the right pane If multiple objects are selected in the list the manager displays the properties of the selected object that has the input focus or the first object in the selection if no object in the selection is focused Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE Right pane The right pane displays properties of the object s selected in the top left or bottom left pane The properties can be edited as needed When you edit a property the corresponding control changes its color to yellow This status is also indicated by a yellow exclamation mark displayed beside the edited object s in the top left and bottom left pane When the selection is about to change the manager checks all the edited properties to see if they are correct If so the manager assigns the edited properties to the selected object s and the yellow exclamation mark changes its color to blue Otherwise the selection remains
389. ost write priority Specifies the communication driver s priority of allowing the tag value to be overwritten Only those with the same or higher priority can access the tag to edit its value Another tag s value can be used to control the priority H Defining Sauter EY2400 Device Tag Data word Specifies the text identifier of the register where the tag is stored in the device In a way it specifies the type and the way the tag is used Fine address Together with the data word it forms a complete address of the tag within the device s memory It can be defined in the following ranges 0 31 primary addresses and 40 71 secondary addresses Byte Specifies the upper or lower byte within the 2 byte address of the Sauter device LSB is the least significant byte MSB is the most significant byte Bit Specifies a digital tag s bit number Card code Is a code which specifies the type of card Its value is written to the device when initializing it Reliance 4 Development Environment EEE 280 Device Manager Response category Specifies the priority of sending spontaneous data It can be defined in the range 0 3 where O represents the highest priority i e the most significant event and 3 represents the lowest priority i e if the tag value is changed the data is not sent at all Its value is written to the device when initializing it Hysteresis Specifies the measurement hysteresis If the difference between the current
390. ould be aligned to the edges or to the center of the component Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi 136 Standard Vertical alignment Determines whether the text should be vertically aligned to the top edge to the bottom edge or to the center of the component Background Determines whether to display the component with no background Transparent or with the specified background Color e Static Text Word wrap Enables word wrapping depending on the component s Width and Height The text is wrapped between words and where a line break is inserted Frame Allows displaying the component s frame and configuring the properties of the component s frame The properties specify the Width Color Black frame and the frame s Outer style Inner style For more details see the Bevel component v Error Link to tag Error Specifies the link to the numeric type tag to be used to switch the component to the error state The error state is activated if the tag s value is non zero or logical 1 true If negated it is activated when the tag s value is O or logical O false Text Specifies the text to be displayed if the component is in the error state Font Brings up the Select Font dialog box HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Standard 137 Alignment Determines whether the text should be aligned to the edges or to the center of the component in the error state Vertical alignment Determines whether the te
391. ound Plays the selected sound file file with a wav extension The sound file must be located in the lt Project gt Main MMedia directory Show application s About box Brings up the About box containing information on the application program HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Script Manager WEEK 8 15 Script Manager The Script Manager is a tool that is used to define and configure scripts In the Reliance SCADA HMI system it is possible to configure most of the properties and behavior of the runtime environment by setting visualization project options and the properties of individual components directly in the graphical user interface GUI For special actions that cannot be realized this way Reliance is equipped with a possibility to write pieces of program code in the VBScript language the so called scripts VBScript allows scripts to perform various calculations work with strings and logical operators and use conditions and cycles The CreateObject function allows for example working with files and directories or communicating with external programs e g MS Word or MS Excel through a COM DCOM based interface VBScript is extended with a number of Reliance defined objects that are used to access tags read write data from to data tables acknowledge alarms events send e mail or text messages etc Reliance defined objects are described in detail in the Scripts manual The Script Manager window consists of a m
392. oups 8 17 1 Control Area In the context of Reliance a control area is an independent unit representing a separate EE Reliance 4 Development Environment Project Structure Manager 345 locality where a single or multiple computers designed for running the visualization project are located It contains the common object properties Computers can be defined within a control area 8 17 2 Computer Properties In the context of Reliance a computer also referred to as logical computer is an object representing the actual computer on which the visualization project will be running at the end user site To make the orientation in the visualization project easier it is recommended that computers grouped in a single workplace be defined within a single control area Basic Redundancy Display Alarms Events Log on Log off Restrictions E mail SMS Postmort Project Update Miscellaneous 8 17 2 1 Basic Common Object Properties Identification on network Address Specifies the actual computer s IP address or name within the computer network If possible use fixed IP addresses Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi EH Project Structure Manager Language Program language Specifies the program language to be used after starting the visualization project on the actual computer runtime software s language Project language Specifies the project language to be used after starting the visualization project on the ac
393. ow Records At runtime it is possible to make write operating records for each visualization window A record can be either open i e it can be followed by additional text or closed i e it cannot be changed If one or more open records exist for the active window the background color of the Records Related to Active Window command s icon in the standard toolbar is yellow Otherwise the icon s background is white This feature is useful for example in premises with a shift operation Individual operators can pass on information to one another through records For example if a failure occurs in a technology a record of the failure removal can be made for the window in which the technology is displayed Enable window records Determines whether to enable users to access window records this option is valid for all windows Access rights required for record deletion Specifies the list of access rights required for deleting records Reliance 4 Development Environment EEE 112 Project Options Resolution Project graphical resolution Specifies the project graphical resolution At design time the resolution s bounds can be indicated by a dashed line Bound The bounds can be defined individually for each window in the project on the Bounds page of the Window Properties dialog box Automatic The project resolution is set according to the current resolution of the primary monitor Custom User defined resolution of the pr
394. ows you to specify a static picture to be displayed if the animation is not running Layout Specifies the animation pictures layout It can be one of the following Normal Resize graphic Resize component or Tiled For a detailed description of the layout options see Picture Animation type Determines whether to run the animation Repeatedly or only Once the latter option allows you to force the starting picture to be displayed after the animation has ended by activating the Rewind to start option 7 2 9 Pipe This component is intended for displaying the pipe symbol in visualizations of industrial processes Further it allows for creating other visualization components such as tanks or boilers You can also use the component to dynamically change the pipe s color using the main tag Properties Basic Alignment Dynamic Menu Scripts Actions Security Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi 146 Standard v Functions Link to tag Main Specifies the numeric type tag which is used to switch the component s color select a state If this option is not active the color configuration specified on the Static page is used Test value is used to specify the color scheme to be displayed at design time State At runtime the specified state will be displayed if the current value of the control tag lies within the specified interval From value To value If multiple states meet this condition the state which is lower in the l
395. peration Show Report Preview Allows you to preview the custom report After pressing the button the items strings within the template will be replaced with test values and the custom report will be displayed Edit Report Brings up the Custom Report Designer It is active only if the report is of type FastReport To edit custom reports in the TXT or HTML format you can use any external editor Load Report Items Allows you to load items strings from the template Subsequently you can assign tags to the custom report items The other option is to first define custom report items using the New Report Item e or Add Report Items 72 commands and then add strings to a file inthe html or txt format 8 11 2 Custom Report Item Properties Each custom report item is represented by the string mark contained in the template for the custom report Common Object Properties Link Tag Allows you to link the custom report item directly to the tag used in the visualization project Data table field Not implemented yet Allows you to link the custom report item to the specified data table field Tag Specifies the link to the tag whose value is to be displayed on the places marked in the template Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi 316 Custom Report Manager Tag controlled time stamp Not implemented yet Specifies the link to the tag whose value is to be used to control the time stamp for which the custom report is to be gener
396. perty Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi 334 Script Manager Condition Specifies the logical condition which is to be used to execute the script You can choose from the following options less than sign greater than sign equal to sign or not equal to sign lt gt or lt gt Compare with Specifies the constant or link to another tag whose value is to be used for comparison Execution options Execute repeatedly Determines whether to execute the script repeatedly at the specified Repeat interval if the specified logical condition is met v Periodic Script Periodic scripts get executed periodically at the specified time interval immediately after project startup The interval of execution is independent of the computer time Periodic script properties Repeat interval hh mm ss fff Specifies the time interval at which the script is to be executed periodically First time execute only after specified interval If this option is active the script gets executed for the first time only after expiration of the specified time interval Otherwise the script gets executed for the first time right after project startup 8 15 5 Macro Usage When writing scripts code macros are very useful A macro is a sequence of edit operations which can be performed by choosing a single command named Replay Macro Ctrl Shift P Edit operations can be for example typing deleting selecting copying or inserting a text stri
397. played when an alarm event is started or ended Active alarm event sound If this option is active it determines whether to play the Standard sound beep or a specified sound file in the wav format The sound is played periodically if at least one active unacknowledged alarm event exists Repeat interval Specifies the time interval at which the sound is repeatedly played during an active alarm event Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi 108 Project Options Groups Any number of alarm event groups can be defined in the project Subsequently each alarm event and user can be assigned a list of alarm event groups This specifies which users should receive information messages regarding alarms events via E mail and or SMS To enable sending these messages further properties must be configured for each user in the User Manager E mail Phone number Send via E mail and Send via SMS and for the respective computer in the Project Structure Manager Send via E mail Send via SMS and the properties on the E mail and SMS pages Alarm event group Name Specifies the group s name which is unique within the list Other Allow users to disable alarms events Determines whether to allow users with relevant access rights to temporarily disable Suppress generating alarms events This feature can be useful for example if a long term failure of the equipment appears Thus alarms events can be prevented from being triggered while r
398. ple via the OPC or DDE protocol a file or the COM interface For more information on how to exchange data with third party applications read the Data Exchange Methods manual 2 2 2 Systems Integrator Intended Features The benefits of using the Reliance SCADA HMI system for systems integrators how it facilitates application development what is hidden to the customer Script Support Graphics and Pictures Quick Creation of Links to Tags Open Format Reuse of Function Units Diagnostics and Navigation HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Reliance Main Features Multiple Property Changes Window Layers Actions Invoked by Components Backward Compatibility Easy Topology Extension Automatic Project Update Virtual and System Tags Quick Component Handling Project Backup During Development Project Security Clear Licensing 2 2 2 1 Script Support Support for scripts VBScript functionality enhancement adjusting to less usual requests Although Reliance is designed to be handled with the maximum possible speed and simplicity without need for programming more functions can be achieved by using the VBScript language Scripts can be created via the Script Manager Usually scripts get executed periodically but they can also get executed when a certain event occurs e g when a button or a keyboard shortcut is pressed alarm event Scripts can be used to perform basic operations calculations or constant initialization
399. ponents H Move Up Ctrl Up Moves the selected page up by one position Move Down Crit Down Moves the selected page down by one position List of components in the selected page commands ia Add Ins Brings up the dialog box for selecting a component file to be added file with a d11 extension Components is the default directory for selecting component files La Show Space Shows or hides the icon of the selected component The visibility status of the component is indicated in the Show column HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Configuring the Component Palette e x Delete Del Allows you to remove the selected component from the Component Palette Consequently visualization windows containing the unavailable type of component will not open t Move Up Ctrl Up Moves the selected component up by one position Move Down Ctri Down Moves the selected component down by one position Note The page list also contains a fixed item called All This item allows for displaying all component types you can work with in the development environment Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE ou Environment Options 5 3 Environment Options The Environment Options dialog box is designed for setting up the Reliance Design development environment in detail The options are divided into several groups Each group corresponds to an item in the tree view located on the left side of the dialog box
400. ported objects A device named BACnet is defined via the Device Manager Within the device several tags are defined and divided into folders based on individual BACnet objects Each folder contains tags whose value allows you to read or write the properties of an object The type of object is specified by the Object type option the property is specified by the Property identifier option The Instance number option is used to distinguish the objects The data type of a tag is changed automatically depending on the selected property However it can be changed subsequently To test the example with a real BACnet device it is necessary to configure these properties based on the real program of the device Not all objects need to be used within the program and the Instance number option can differ for each object Not all properties within BACnet objects are compulsory Thus some tags might not be updated successfully Upon project startup the tray type window on the left side contains several buttons used to switch between the windows defined within the project Individual project windows contain displays and data grids showing objects data based on tag data types Defining an alarm for a device communication error DeviceCommErrorAlarm is a project designed to demonstrate how to replace the alarm automatically triggered by a device communication error with a custom alarm defined through the Device Manager This alarm will remain active for the
401. programs rp4 the main file of a Reliance 4 visualization project rat Reliance s data table The latest version of the program files can also be downloaded separately from the Members Section on the website www reliance cz the installer is not contained in the ZIP archive This can be done by simply replacing the files stored in the Reliance4 folder on disk with the archive files This way of installing the program files should only be used by experienced users Note If the BDE is already installed on your computer it will not be reinstalled i e the original installation will be used by Reliance Otherwise the BDE will automatically be installed to the directory C Program Files Common Files Borland Shared BDE Reliance 4 Library Installer graphics installer This installer is intended for installing Reliance 4 Library which can be used at design time The library contains various pictures such as controls containers and devices By default the library is installed to the Library folder The installation requires about 100 MB of free hard disk space Reliance Add On Pack Installer This installer contains a pack of add on components for Reliance 4 which are supplied by third parties They are different runtine environments drivers and other auxiliary tools However it will not install the components it will only place their installers to the computer You can start installing the components using shortcuts from the Star
402. puter the property is only accessible to some device types eg Teco and QMD The synchronization is performed on the leading edge of the specified tag the off to on transition The Reset tag property determines whether to reset the control tag after detecting the leading edge v Other CPU status active standby check interval only for TC700 CP7005 Specifies the time period during which it is checked whether the CPU operates in the active mode or in the standby mode This property is only accessible to Tecomat TC700 devices with the CP 7005 central unit that allow for implementing a redundant control system with two processors HEM Reliance 4 Development Environment Project Structure Manager Xe 8 17 4 2 Network Data Transfer Properties If the Data transfer property is set to Network the device s data is transferred between instances of the runtime software running on different computers via a server connection In this case the client runtime software obtains data of the device from another instance of the runtime software data server When a command is sent from the runtime software a tag s value changes it is passed to the data server via a server connection This way of transferring data cannot be used for the System device The runtime software always obtains data of the System device directly The System device is automatically connected to each computer defined within the visualization project However it is not displ
403. r Determines whether to launch the SMS driver when starting the visualization project GSM device type The following types of GSM device can be used for sending and receiving SMS messages Siemens M20 MC35 MC39 MC55 TC35 TC65 and Wavecom These modems have been tested with the Reliance SCADA HMI system If your device is not available choose Not specified Communication options Allows you to configure the connection to the computer using the RS 232 interface The following properties can be configured COM port Communication speed Data bit count Stop bit count and Parity PIN Allows you to specify a PIN for your SIM card If a PIN is required for authentication it must be specified Outgoing message encoding Specifies the encoding for outgoing messages which affects the character set and the maximum message length The following encoding options are available 7 bit max 160 characters no diacritics 8 bit max 140 characters data and 16 bit max 70 characters Unicode Note The 8 bit encoding is used to transfer data Smart Messaging It is not suitable for transferring text Most cell phones do not support this type of encoding HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Project Structure Manager WI Send multipart messages Determines whether to send a multipart message if the maximum message length is exceeded Otherwise the message will be divided into several messages depending on the specified encodi
404. r It can be useful when configuring debugging and altering an application Description An optional description of the object intended for the end user In multilanguage projects a description can be localized i e translated into all project languages which is in contrast to a Comment HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Common Toolbar Commands 245 8 2 Common Toolbar Commands im New Folder Alt Ins Is used to create a new folder The type of the newly created folder depends on the object selected when invoking the command e View Is used to change the view style of the objects listed in the bottom left pane of the manager The Picture Manager allows for displaying pictures as thumbnails Z Sort Is used to sort the objects directly subordinated to the object selected in the tree diagram by the selected column of the bottom left pane ki One Level Up BkSp Is used to move the selection one level up in the tree diagram Kei Find Object Ctrl F Is used to bring up the Find Object dialog box to search for an object by its name To speed up searching the object specify the type of the object to be searched and select the Subtree of selected object only option Also the Whole strings only and Case sensitive options are available The search results are displayed in a separate window select mark the found object in the respective manager by double clicking it A Options Is used to bring up the Opti
405. r The custom report contains five items linked to the corresponding tags from the System device The file Template txt custom report template is located in the lt Project gt Main CustomReports folder At runtime you can set the tag values and generate the text report based on the current values Custom report example Web page template CustomReport_HTML is a project designed to demonstrate how to use a Web page as a template for the custom report The project contains several sets of tags organized to folders according to the technological unit see the Device Manager A Web custom report named WebReport is defined via the Custom Report Manager The custom report contains items connected to the corresponding tags from the System device The custom report template files are located in the lt Project gt Main CustomReports folder This folder also contains a Microsoft Office Word document which is a source for the custom report template The visualization window contains several components forming a table You can set the tag values via this table Custom report used to print a simple form CustomReport_Form is a project designed to show how to use a custom report of type FastReport to print a simple form The main visualization window contains a form assembled of several Edit Box components The components are linked to the corresponding tags defined within the System device The CustomReport_CertificateOfPosting object is defined through th
406. r another I O device type This version does not allow you to create network applications and applications intended for thin clients Reliance Web Client and Reliance Mobile Client Thus the resulting application only allows for communication between a single computer and any number of devices Enterprise The Enterprise version contains all the features of the Desktop version In addition this version allows you to create projects network applications for any number of interconnected computers with view only and or full control access Enterprise also enables you to export an existing application for thin clients Reliance Web Client and Reliance Mobile Client Thus the resulting application allows for communication between any number of computers and devices Concurrently it provides thin clients with data HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Reliance SW Modules ES e Runtime software Reliance View Reliance Control Reliance Server Reliance Control Server Common features Reliance s runtime software is a program designed to run a visualization project on the end user s computer Among other things it allows the acquisition of data from devices via communication drivers native drivers OPC and DDE servers acquisition of data and alarms events from other instances of the runtime software generating and processing alarms events logging data and alarms events logging Postmort records and executing scripts The runti
407. r by clicking the arrows above It can be used only if the Order option for the Field address defined by property is active Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE 250 Data Structure Manager 8 3 2 Data Structure Field Properties In addition to the common object properties a data structure field contains several other properties which can be inaccessible depending on other options e g on the Field address defined by property Miscellaneous Eng name Specifies an optional engineering name for the field Eng units Specifies the field s unit of measurement Tag kind Displays the kind of the tag to be created based on the data structure field The tag kind can be selected only once when creating a new data structure field You can choose from the following tag kinds Internal Physical tag defined within a PLC Special e g tag defined within an Elcor device see Tag Kinds and Tag Data Types or User defined another structured tag Tag data type Displays the data type of the tag to be created based on the data structure field The list of data types depends on the type of device which the structure is intended for The String character count property is available for tags of type String or Array of String the Array element count property is available for array type tags Array of The Matrix row count and Matrix column count properties allow you to specify the size of the element matrix for array type tag
408. r connections devices data tables users and other objects so that it corresponds to a real plant site To make the objects accessible to a computer they must be connected to the computer The manager is also used to configure the properties of individual computers Initial window Restrictions Update etc The Project Structure Manager window has the same layout as other managers see the chapter Managers In addition to the common toolbar commands the toolbar contains the following commands New Object P an object can be a control area computer communication channel printer modem server connection group or server connection depending on the selection in the tree view Connect Objects t the type of object depends on the selection in the tree view and Connect Multiple Objects ES connects selected objects such as data tables to multiple computers at a time Control Area Computer Properties Connecting and Defining Devices Communication Channel Properties Connecting Data Tables To connect a trend report custom report recipe script user and communication driver choose the Connect Objects or Connect Multiple Objects commands from the toolbar or the corresponding command from the popup menu The Project Structure Manager does not allow you to configure the properties of these objects To do so use the corresponding manager Defining Printers for Printing Alarms Events Defining Modems Server Connections and Their Gr
409. ram Equithermal Curve 7 5 1 Control Simple Time Program Simple Time Program is a component designed for configuring a data structure which is used for two state control on off of a device at hourly intervals during one week In a visualization window the component is displayed as a standard button By pressing the button a dialog box allowing you to configure Simple Time Program s properties is invoked it can be stored into a file on the hard disk and reloaded The component works with array type tags of length 22 bytes e g Array of Byte or Array of Word The function of each byte is as follows Byte number Function 1 21 Device status 7 days x 24 hours 22 Device status change delay in minutes Properties The properties on the Static and States pages allow you to configure the appearance of the component displayed in the visualization window They are the same as in the Button component Basic Alignment Dynamic Menu Scripts Actions Security Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi 210 Control v Functions Link to tag Specifies the link to the tag of type Array of Byte Array of Word Array of DoubleWord Array of Shortlnt Array of Smalllnt Array of Longlnt Array of Largelnt or DataBlock DataBlock is a special type of tag which can only be accessed using time programs of the Reliance system This special tag is always represented by one data point The minimum size of the tag is 22 bytes Time progra
410. re Directories and Files Program Files Public Documents User Documents User Settings Project Files 10 7 1 Program Files Reliance 4 directory structure LicenseService Directory Reliance4 Directory BatchFiles Directory Cert Directory Components Directory Config Directory Doc Directory Drivers Directory Help Directory Languages Directory ThinClients Directory Utils Directory WebServer Directory RelianceAddOnPack Directory RelianceOPCServer Directory Doc Directory Reliance 4 File and Directory Structure 433 Development Environment Hi a34 File and Directory Structure Help Directory 10 7 1 1 LicenseService Directory Main Program Files LicenseService Reliance License Service Server exe Other Program Files Oli Bpl other software components and libraries Batch Files install bat bat registers and runs Reliance License Service uninstall bat stops and unregisters Reliance License Service 10 7 1 2 Reliance4 Directory Main Program Files R_Ct1l exe Reliance Control R Ela exe Reliance Control Server R_ Design exe Reliance Design R_Drvsrv exe Reliance Driver Server R Srv exe Reliance Server RH View exe Reliance View Reliance Tools and Utilities HE Reliance 4 Development Environment File and Directory Structure E R_3to4 exe Reliance 3 to 4 Project Converter A tool used to convert visualization projects created with Reliance 3 to the format of Reliance
411. rectory of Reliance 4 Then the File gt Conversion Wizard command should be used to perform the conversion Source Project Allows you to choose the main file of the Reliance 3 visualization project a file with a prj extension to be converted to the Reliance 4 format Target Directory Allows you to choose a directory in which the Reliance 4 visualization project is to be stored In this directory the main file of the Reliance 4 visualization project a file with an rp4 extension and the project s file and directory structure will be located The project name will not change Reliance 3 to 4 Project Converter After completing the conversion all steps performed during the conversion are listed in the main window of the converter Finally a dialog box is displayed to inform the user that the conversion of the project has been successfully completed Reliance 4 Development Environment EEE o Creating a Project Shortcut 6 3 Creating a Project Shortcut The Project gt Create Shortcut command is used to open a dialog box which allows you to quickly and easily create a shortcut to the open visualization project In the shortcut s command line the following parameters separated by spaces will be displayed name and full path to runtime software R Design exe R Ctl exe PR CtlSrv exe or R_View exe name and full path to the project s main file and as for the runtime software the logical computer s name should also be
412. rend Properties of the Real Time Trend component Static gt Properties gt Chart gt Panel gt Panel Color EE Reliance 4 Development Environment Report Manager 309 8 10 Report Manager The Report Manager allows you to define and configure reports In the context of Reliance a report is an object used for graphic presentation of the data stored in a data table i e historical data in a tabular format Reports can be displayed printed exported and sent by e mail at runtime via the report viewer Sr Report Manager a e 4 mg wm A oo anann EIS t g SL aa Za A Gy X Basic Item title Information Diagnostics E Loi Reports Name V Synchronize B ES Dain o ilterln FilterOut oad af Humidity Temperature Data source Data table field D Date or time wg X Tablel Humidity Data T able Field Filterln Table Filterln Text Background e FilterOut Table FilterOut Di W Humidity Table1 Humidity Temperature Table1 Temperature Column width Value format Column width 100 ei CH Alignment gt Left Center 5 Right Preview Item m Reports Report Humidity Reliance 4 Report Manager The Report Manager window has the same layout as other managers see the chapter Managers In addition to the common toolbar commands the toolbar contains the New Report B New Report Item e and Add Report Items 8 commands The last mentioned command brings up a dialog wi
413. rical data is synchronized for individual data tables in a step by step manner Data acquisition most frequently by current data sampling for a data table is enabled as soon as the synchronization of this data table is completed This means data for the data table is acquired independently of the completion of the synchronization of all data tables Secondary server Determines whether this computer should be used as a secondary server for the selected primary server See below and allows you to switch on off data server redundancy For running the project on this computer Reliance Control Server or Reliance Server must be used On the respective physical computer a license key with the same number of points and the same licenses e g for communication drivers as on the primary server must be available Once you activate and save the Secondary server option this computer s child folders are hidden in the object tree view The reason is the list and properties of all connected objects devices data tables etc are adopted from the primary server This makes them identical The property pages and controls corresponding to secondary server properties adopted from the primary server will also be hidden See the Adopt primary server properties option below Primary server Specifies the project computer to be used as the primary server For running the project on this computer Reliance Control Server or Reliance Server must be used There
414. right top bottom and depth The Visible option determines whether to display the selected axis The other axis properties can be configured via the pages located to the right of the list of axes HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Trend Properties ENK v Scales Auto Determines whether to automatically set the range of the axis H this option is active the following two options are disabled while set to the automatic setting of the upper and lower limits of the axis range Maximum Specifies the maximum value displayed on the axis The maximum value can be set automatically according to the value of the series point Minimum Specifies the minimum value displayed on the axis The minimum value can be set automatically according to the value of the series point Desired Increment Specifies the increment between two points of the series Logarithmic Determines whether the axis scale should be logarithmic or linear Inverted Determines whether the axis scale should be displayed inverted v Title Title Specifies the title of the selected axis Angle Specifies the rotation angle of the title s text from the horizontal plane Font Specifies the font and font style of the title Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi 414 Trend Properties Size Extends the space for the title so that the entire text can be displayed when a larger font is used v Labels The following properties determine how
415. ript engine initialization You have to set the Connection string in the Define script according to your SQL server The usage of the SELECT and INSERT SQL commands is demonstrated in the procedures Accessing an ODBC database from scripts ODBCFromScript is a project designed to show how to access the ODBC databases in the Reliance 4 SCADA HMI system via scripts The Define script defined in the project contains the ReadDataFromSQLTable and WriteDataToSQLTable procedures The procedures work with the ADODB Connection object and related objects The procedures are called from the ReadDataFromSQLTable and WriteDataToSQLTable scripts with the parameters defined by the constants c_ConnectString and c_TableName You have to alter these constants according to your database To help you construct the c_ConnectString constant see the Connection string text box Project Options gt SQL Configure the connection via the Edit Connection String command before you copy the string 10 11 10 Data Exchange Exporting data to a text file Reliance 4 Development Environment Ha Examples ExportToCSV is a project designed to demonstrate how scripts can be used to export historical data into a text file CSV The project contains the AfterMidnight time script which is started each day one minute after midnight you can simulate the start of this script if you click on the button in the visualization window The script starts the Temperatures_Air_Expo
416. ript s name the number of the row where the error occurred It is recommended to activate this option for debugging purposes only It only relates to Reliance defined objects leg RTag and RSys i e it does not affect other objects and syntax errors of VBScript If this option is not active the emergence of the error can be detected by checking the rRError Code which will be non zero Functions for reading tag s value Return value even if not valid Determines whether the functions for acquiring tag values RTag GetTagValue and RTag Get TagElement Value Should return a value even if it is not valid the communication driver sets the tag quality to Poor If this option is not active and the tag quality is set to Poor the value is returned as Empty For more information on scripts see the Scripts help the IsEmpty function of VBScript the RTag GetTagVvalue and RTag GetTagElement Valu functions of Reliance defined objects Treat invalid tag value as error Determines whether the functions for acquiring tag values RTag GetTagValue and RTag GetTagElementValue should terminate with an error in case the tag value is not valid To detect such an error check the rError Code which will be non zero If both this option and the Terminate script on error option are active at the same time the script execution will be terminated HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Project Options 117 6 12 12 Components Display
417. ripts get executed when the specified keyboard shortcut is pressed HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Script Manager 333 Key script properties Execute on pressing keys Specifies the keyboard shortcut which is to be used to execute the script If the desired key key combination is not available you can define it by typing the key as text directly in the box e g Left Right Ctrl Shift Left Data Change Script Data change scripts get executed when the specified tag changes its value or quality validity They also get executed always at project startup in case they are not disabled or when enabling them Data change script properties Execute on change in data value of tag Specifies the link to the tag whose value is to be used to execute the script when changed Execute even when data becomes valid Determines whether to execute the script even when the tag quality becomes valid although the tag s value remains unchanged Condition Script Condition scripts get executed when the specified logical condition is met periodic repetition at the specified time interval is also possible Condition script properties Compare tag value with Determines whether to compare the value of the control tag with the value of a Constant or with Another tag s value Condition Tag Specifies the link to the control tag whose value is to be compared with the value of a constant or another tag specified by the Compare with pro
418. rivate internal tags with the exception of providing thin clients with the System device s data It cannot be shared among the computers in the network i e cannot be provided through a server connection In addition to physical tags stored in the memory of the device the physical device can also contain internal tags that are only stored in the memory of the computer This is useful especially for better organization of functionally related physical and internal tags From the perspective of a visualization project a device defined via the Device Manager is a specific unit containing a list of tags and alarms events The so called communication zones are also included in some types of devices These zones allow you to create rules for reading data from the device over integrated units Toolbar Device Properties Import and Export of Tags and Alarms Events Tag Properties Alarm Event Properties Communication Zone Properties HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Device Manager 253 8 4 1 Toolbar In addition to the common toolbar commands the toolbar contains commands to create additional objects and to add them to the tree and commands to synchronize tags with data structures 10 New Device Brings up the Select Device Type dialog box to specify the type of device to be created New Communication Zone Builds up a new communication zone The command is available only if the Communication Zones folder is selected th
419. rking with components on other displayed layers easier The layer visibility can also be set by clicking the check box next to the item s layer s name or by double clicking the item itself CL 21 Locked Locks unlocks the selected layer H the Locked button is pressed all the components located on the layer are locked Once the components are locked you cannot move them mi Rename Allows you to rename the selected layer This can also be done by clicking on the already selected name of the layer Warning A new component added to a window from the Component Palette is automatically added to the layer selected in the Layer Manager If you want to move a component to another layer use the Move to Layer command in the popup menu of the selected component Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi ER Visual Linking 4 4 Visual Linking The Visual Linking is a tool window that allows you to quickly link component properties to tags the so called linking In the toolbar you can select which component properties should be controlled by tags after they are linked It is possible to perform linking for the following properties be Main The main tag of a component the Functions page e g tag displayed in a Display component Enable Dynamically enables or disables a component the Dynamic page a Visible Dynamically controls the visibility of a component the Dynamic page m Position X Dynamically controls th
420. roject for Remote Users Wizard Enable acknowledging and notes related to alarms events Determines whether to allow users of thin clients to acknowledge alarms events Enable concurrent user logon Determines whether the data server should allow multiple thin clients logged on with the same user name to be connected concurrently It does not matter what type of thin client it is Step 6 User inactivity options Allows you to activate a thin client s automatic disconnection in case the inactivity timeout has been exceeded User inactivity means the user has not worked with the client program for a specified time period Upon disconnection the license is available again on the server which enables another user to be connected This feature can prevent all licenses for thin clients from being engaged inappropriately Step 7 Web client shortcuts Allows you to automatically create a shortcut to the Web client when starting the software using Java Web Start The shortcut can be placed on the Windows desktop or in the Start menu Thus the Web client can also be run using the created shortcut i e without needing to open the data server s Web pages Step 8 Summary Here you can check the specified information before exporting the project for remote users To start exporting the project press the Perform button Step 9 Operation successfully completed After completing the export the data server Reliance Control Server can be run directly
421. rols Data transfer Timeout Specifies the length of the interval within which the component displays the currently changed value Sometimes right after the value is changed the original value can be displayed for a short time if the Timeout s value is too short 7 7 3 Johnson Controls ON OFF Time Program This component allows you to configure the properties of an on off time program in Johnson Controls devices For more detailed information on the setup options see the Reliance 4 Runtime user guide Properties The properties on the Static and States pages allow you to configure the appearance of the component displayed in the visualization window They are the same as in the Button component Basic Alignment Dynamic Menu Scripts Actions Security Functions Link to tag Specifies the link to the tag of type Array of Word size of which is 29 elements which is read from the Johnson Controls device Editor dialog caption Specifies the text displayed in the title bar of the component s settings window at runtime HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Johnson Controls 225 Data transfer Timeout Specifies the length of the interval within which the component displays the currently changed value Sometimes right after the value is changed the original value can be displayed for a short time if the Timeout s value is too short Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE 226 Sauter 7 8 Sauter S
422. rosoft Visual Studio Express is a freeware product which can be used for non commercial purposes only Both tools can be installed simultaneously You can decide which one to use right before the debugging process itself If script debugging is enabled and the debugger installed the script debugger will be brought up automatically when any of the following events occurs e When an error occurs in scripts e When VBScript s stop statement is used in a script Once the debugger is started you can start debugging the script that have caused the event Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi Eo Script Manager Note If the Enable script debugging with external tool option is active other programs on your computer may be affected Thus the debugger can be started not only from the Reliance SCADA HMI system but also from other programs When debugging scripts processing all scripts in a thread is paused It is therefore strongly recommended to disable debugging scripts when operating Reliance at the end user site in a production environment The user is periodically notified via system messages whether script debugging is enabled 8 15 8 Source Block Tools Source Block Tools are a powerful set of tools for editing script in the Reliance SCADA HMI system They can be used for working with a selected block of text code and are accessible from the editor s popup menu or after clicking on the icon displayed in the place of the line numbers
423. rtToCsv and Temperatures_Water_ExportToCsv scripts These two scripts call the ExportYesterdayArchiveDbTable procedure with the required parameters This procedure defined within the Define script is designed to read the data from a data table and export it into a text file The project also contains two groups of Smalllnt type tags and two data tables of type dBASE with periodic data sampling The exported files are stored in the lt Project gt History Data xxxx folder where NN represents the year Importing data from a text file ImportFromCSV is a project designed to demonstrate how to use scripts to import data from a text file CSV The project contains the following tags RoomNumber Occupied Date and Time The ImportCsvFile event script is designed to load the data from a file to these tags The visualization window contains a Button component which is used to start the script and four Display components which display the imported data after the script is finished The values are imported from the lt Project gt Import csv file Export and import to from MS Excel ExportImportXLS is a project designed to demonstrate how to access MS Excel files via the COM interface the MS Excel application has to be installed on the same computer as the Reliance SCADA HMI system The Var_Float Var_Int and Var_Str tags defined through the Device Manager are linked to the corresponding Display components in the main visualization window the Enable se
424. rty can only be active for one of the computers accessing the data table Delete oldest archive files Determines whether to delete the oldest archive files If the number of archive files exceeds the value specified by the Max archive file count property the oldest files will be deleted when creating a new archive file HEM Reliance 4 Development Environment Project Structure Manager KC v Network If the Connection property is set to Network the runtime software accesses the data table through a server connection In this case the client runtime software does not directly access the data table s files located on a server computer Instead the client computer creates a copy of the data table s files in the primary directory The data table is updated by another instance of the runtime software data server running on a server computer through a server connection It can then use this copy to open the files and view the data The primary directory should be located on a local drive it is recommended to use the default directory HistoryData This type of connection can only be available to file based data tables Paradox dBASE Delete oldest archive files Determines whether to delete the oldest archive files If the number of archive files exceeds the value specified by the Max archive file count property the oldest files will be deleted when creating a new archive file Server connection group Specifies the link to the se
425. rver connection group which is to be used to transfer data see Server Connection Groups Limit downloaded archive file count Determines whether to limit the number of archive files transferred from the server computer to the client computer It is recommended that this option be active and the Maximum archive file count property be configured according to the end user s customer s requirements If this option is not active and there is no local copy of the data table on the client computer the complete data of the data table all files will be downloaded from the server computer which can take a long time Maximum archive file count Specifies the maximum number of archive files downloaded to the client computer Data update interval s Specifies the time interval used by the client runtime software to request the data server for updates of the data table i e new data Reliance 4 Development Environment EEE ECH Project Structure Manager v Direct Network The Direct Network connection is a combination of the previous two ways of accessing the data table Data between instances of the runtime software running on different computers is transferred through a server connection In this case both instances of the runtime software are data servers Reliance Server or Reliance Contro Server Two server connections are defined between them each data server is both a server and a client with respect to the other data server Eac
426. s Array of defined within some types of devices AMIT Order Specifies the field order within the data structure It is an ordinal number starting with O This property is intended for reading only values cannot be entered directly HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Data Structure Manager WI Address Specifies the relative address of the field within the data structure This property can be directly specified only if the Offset option for the Field address defined by property is active If a bit tag Bool type tag within physical devices e g a Teco PLC is used the bit number needs to be entered This number specifies the ordinal number of the bit starting with O Other Automatically generate tags on synchronization Determines whether to automatically define nested tags based on the data structure field within all instances of the data structure through the Device Manager This option is active by default If it is inactive it makes sense only if a nested tag should only exist in some tags of type data structure In such a case the nested tag must be added to the particular instance of the data structure by using the Add Nested Tags command via the Device Manager 8 3 3 Add New Data Structure Field Wizard The first of the Add New Data Structure Field Wizard allows you to specify the kind of the tag usually internal physical or user defined In the second step you can select the data type of the tag The
427. s defined via the Script Manager On the Advanced page of the script s Properties pane the Run on thread initialization option is active to execute the script prior to any other script Supposed to run in the same thread of execution The SetDeviceCommError procedure is called from a script named DeviceCommeError which executes every time that an error in communication with the device occurs and from a script named DeviceCommStarted which executes every time that communication with the device is started or restored The SetDeviceCommError procedure has the following parameters Device Id ID of the device CommeError the value of True or False determines whether there is an error in communication The SetDeviceCommeError procedure first converts Deviceld to device name and then writes the value of the CommError parameter to the internal tag CommeError in the respective device by calling the RTag SetTagValue method This results in triggering a new alarm or ending the existing one Reading data from a device as text Generic_SimpleText is a project designed to demonstrate how the Generic device is used to read data from any device in the form of a text string A device named Generic is defined via the Device Manager Within the device several special tags whose values are used for the communication are defined The InCount tag s value specifies the number of characters bytes received by the tag of type Input buffer The InBuffer tag is a
428. s active the sampling is performed periodically in seconds using the specified Sampling interval Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi EH Data Table Manager Tag controlled Allows you to specify the link to the digital type tag whose value is to be used to control the sampling The sampling is performed when the value of the tag changes from logical O to logical 1 i e on the leading edge of the tag the off to on transition If it is required to set the value back to O after the operation is performed the Reset tag option must be active Script controlled If this option is active the sampling is controlled by scripts using the RDb AppendRecord procedure Time stamp source Computer time If this option is active the time stamp is determined by the current time of the computer Tag If this option is active the time stamp is determined by the current value of the specified tag of type DateTime Blocking tag Determines whether to use the specified tag of type Boo to block the sampling If the value of the tag is set to logical 1 the sampling is disabled Otherwise it is enabled Block sampling if one or more tags have invalid value Determines whether to block the sampling if the quality of one or more tags is bad e g when the communication with the device is interrupted v Read time stamped data from device If this option is active data for the data table is acquired at periodic intervals It is sampled within
429. s are compatible Pelco Viewer is part of the Reliance Add On Pack installer Properties Basic Alignment Dynamic v Functions Link to tag Control connection Allows you to specify the link to the tag which is to control the connection with the IP camera The tag s non zero value signifies the connection will be established Connection and login RTSP URL Specifies the camera s RTSP URL v Static Appearance Show toolbar Determines whether to display the toolbar of the IP camera s user interface HE Reliance 4 Development Environment IP Cameras 237 Show status bar Determines whether to display the component s status bar 7 10 3 Vivotek IP Camera This component is used to integrate videos from Vivotek IP cameras into a visualization application It allows you to e place a video into the visualization window control the connection with the camera using a tag e record a video into a file control the recording using a tag e perform other functions which depend on the camera type used rotating the camera zooming etc e read external digital inputs or control digital outputs if the connected IP camera disposes of external inputs or outputs e configure the appearance of the player toolbar status bar and context menu options The component uses the original Vitamin Control supplied together with the IP camera It is designed for all types of Vivotek IP cameras which are compatible with this control
430. s defined within physical devices it is recommended to maximize their update interval If server connections are used it is recommended to limit the number of downloaded archive files of alarms events and data tables For communication channels of devices connected through server connections their update interval should be maximized The data update interval specified via the Export Project for Remote Users Wizard should also be maximized Some types of devices support using communication zones If communication zones are used you should follow the rules stated in the chapter Optimizing Communication With Subordinated Devices Windows The computer s load at runtime is significantly affected by how visualization windows are designed To increase the application s performance at startup dynamic loading of visualization windows should be used the window is loaded into memory only before it is activated Another factor affecting the computer s load is graphical operations performed in visualization windows If you want to improve you visualization project by for example animations or changing the size or position of components you should keep to the following rules Reliance 4 Development Environment Ha CONES Tips and Tricks Each picture used in the visualization project should have its color depth and total size optimized Ideally you should edit the picture in a graphic editor allowing you to save the pictures only with the color pa
431. s opened Configure Toolbars Brings up the Configure Toolbars dialog box Configure Component Palette Brings up the Configure Component Palette dialog box A Environment Options Brings up the Environment Options dialog box Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE EH Window Menu 3 7 Window Menu The Window menu contains commands for working with visualization windows TE Next F6 Activates the next window It brings the next open window to the foreground the windows are ordered in the order they were added to the project A window is opened if it is loaded into memory Previous Shift F6 Activates the previous window It brings the previous open window to the foreground Open Window List Alt 0 Brings up the Open Window List It allows you to select and activate any window in the list A window is opened if it is loaded into memory A window can be shown and loaded into memory via the Window Manager A window stays in memory even if it s hidden eg using the standard Close command in the title bar or the standard Alt F4 keyboard shortcut Properties Alt Enter Brings up the Window Properties dialog box which allows for setting up the selected window window type loading appearance size access rights etc HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Help Menu 3 8 Help Menu The Helo menu mainly contains commands for accessing the help system license registration and the Internet resources
432. scellaneous DDE server Specifies the text identifier for a DDE server It represents the name of the DDE server s exe file without the path and extension For example if C Program Files MyDDEServer MyDDEServer exe is the DDE server the property value will be MyDDEServer Au Defining Generic Device Generic Driver is designed for the data exchange between the Reliance SCADA HMI system and any device for which a native driver or OPC server is not available This universal driver allows for communication with a device via any user protocol In the Reliance SCADA HMI system the device is represented by the Generic device type The communication with the Generic device is realized via scripts through tags These tags must be defined within the device After the tags are defined it is necessary to set the tag kind to Special and the tag data type for the required function e g Output buffer Standard communication protocols based on the query gt response principle can be easily implemented using these tags When communicating it is first necessary to fill the tag of type Output buffer with individual bytes which make up a communication message Then set the length of the message to be sent in bytes for the tag of type Number of bytes to send To send the message set the value of the Connection control tag to 1 The receipt of the response is indicated by the change of the Number of bytes received tag s value The individual bytes
433. se Key Utility application LicenseKey Util exe which is designed for acquiring detailed information on licenses the list of purchased modules communication drivers thin clients data points etc stored in a license key hardware key or software key It also allows for upgrading the key using a license file and storing key backups to the license file Microsoft NET Framework which is part of the Reliance Add On Pack installer is required to run the utility HE Reliance 4 Development Environment File and Directory Structure 443 10 7 1 2 11 WebServer Directory Files Used by the Web Server Pages zip templates of html pages used by the Web server built in the data servers PagesCustom zi custom templates of html pages used by the Web server built in the data servers Filter Whitelist P filter settings a list of enabled IP addresses e CXL Filter Blacklist P filter settings a list of disabled IP addresses CXL ReadMe LANG instructions for creating custom files of html page templates txt where lt LLANG gt represents the language identifier 10 7 1 3 RelianceAddOnPack Directory The RelianceAddOnPack directory contains the installers of add on components for Reliance which are supplied by third parties They are for example different runtime environments database engines or drivers installed by the Reliance Add On Pack installer 10 7 1 4 RelianceOPCServer Directory Main
434. se key License Key Records HE Reliance 4 Development Environment 4 Tool Windows Tool windows are floating modeless windows designed for working with visualization windows and components These windows can be displayed or hidden using commands in the View menu or particular toolbar buttons All tool windows can be customized using the following commands available from the standard local menu Large Buttons Makes the toolbar buttons appear as large Small Buttons Makes the toolbar buttons appear as small Transparent Allows for setting five levels of a tool window s transparency 0 20 40 60 80 The 0 transparency means that the window is opaque The set transparency only applies if the window is not active Stay on Top Makes the tool window always appear on top of the other windows except for the windows in the same mode The development environment s tool windows include Component Manager Window Manager Layer Manager Visual Linking Information Window Reliance 4 Development Environment Ha ER Component Manager 4 1 Component Manager The Component Manager is a tool window that allows for a quick and multiple change of selected components properties or visualization windows It also allows you to manage the list of components in the active visualization window The Properties page contains a list of component properties either a single component s properties or the intersection of multip
435. selected text string Comments can for example specify details on the text string They are added in the same way as subordinated objects are added to a tree structure they can be collapsed and expanded Su Translate by Google Alt G Allows you to automatically translate the text string using the Google translator Google Translate oi Revert to Default Alt D Reverts the text string to the state it had been in before it was translated et Languages Brings up the Project Options dialog box Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi 318 String Manager A Options Brings up the Environment Options dialog box Expand Expands all comments IT Ir Collapse Collapses all comments T Filter Allows you to filter the text strings according to their state All Translated Untranslatable Not Translated Verified Each text string defined within the visualization project alarm event text text displayed on a component placed into a visualization window etc is automatically added to the list of text stings in the String Manager window If the text you want to enter is already contained in the list the link to the existing text is used This is especially helpful when editing a text string used in multiple places within the visualization project The String Manager allows you to edit the text string from one place After making certain changes to the visualization project e g deleting an alarm event text strings which
436. sends the email The core part of the script is the RInet SendMail method HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Examples Es Elapsed time measuring Stopwatch is a project designed to demonstrate how to measure the amount of time elapsed from a particular time similarly as done by a stopwatch The main visualization window contains two buttons named Start Measuring Time and Stop Measuring Time After clicking on the Start Measuring Time button the amount of elapsed time begins to be displayed by the Display components It is displayed in two ways 1 As a single piece of data in milliseconds 2 In hours minutes and seconds To measure the amount of elapsed time a periodic script named MeasureTime is used By default this script is disabled the Enable execution property is inactive Upon clicking on the Start Measuring Time button the StartMeasuringTime script gets executed This script enables the MeasureTime script to get executed periodically at the specified Repeat interval Upon clicking on the Stop Measuring Time button the StopMeasuringTime script gets executed This script disables the MeasureTime script Binding a project to the computer CheckHDSerialNumber is an example project designed to demonstrate how to easily protect a project from being launched on an unauthorized computer After the protection is activated the project is bound to the hard disk serial number and cannot be run on another computer Two tags nam
437. ser friendly Position Specifies the position of the component s top left corner relative to the top left corner of the visualization window The position is defined using the X and Y coordinates which can be configured by choosing a new value or by moving the component with the mouse Size Specifies the Width and Height of the component in pixels HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Common Component Properties 121 Rotation Specifies the clockwise rotation angle of the component The value range is between 360 and 360 degrees State Visible Determines whether to make the component visible at runtime Enabled Determines whether to enable editing the component at runtime Information Show hint Allows you to display a brief help hint when the mouse cursor is placed over the component The text to be displayed is specified in the text box Comment Specifies an optional description on the component It is intended especially for the developers of the visualization project Description Specifies an optional description on the component It is intended especially for the end user of the visualization project 7 1 2 Alignment Alignment The alignment mode allows you to automatically adjust the position and size of the component relative to other components within the visualization window Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi 122 Common Component Properties Position Specifies the position of the selec
438. server being engaged in another activity perhaps in processing a request from the secondary server Despite the fact it is not responding it is probably still performing functions running in the background such as communicating with devices e g a PLC and logging historical data to databases If the primary server does not start responding within the specified time period the secondary server assumes the active role If the primary server later starts to respond it will again assume the active role and the servers will get synchronized Max server connection loss count during synchronization This property is only used in the primary server If the primary server loses the connection with the secondary server during the synchronization more than x times where x is the value of this property it assumes the active role without the synchronization being completed 8 17 2 3 Display Windows Initial window Specifies the visualization window to appear as the first window after starting the visualization project on the computer Save window position and size Determines whether to save the position and size of visualization windows within the runtime software s main window Position and size are common to all users of the actual computer The values are stored in a file in the lt Project gt Settings Desktop directory The file is named PC_N ini where N represents the computer ID in a decimal format e g PC_1 ini HE Reliance 4
439. shipped with Windows Font style Specifies the font style i e font variants The following font styles are usually available Regular Oblique Bold and Bold Oblique Size Specifies the font size in pixels Effects Specifies the font effects Strikeout and Underline Select Color Specifies the color of the font The command brings up the Select Color dialog box Script Specifies the character set of the font Different fonts support different character sets Character sets can be selected only if the text value displayed by this font is not supported by the extended Unicode character set e g the value of a string type tag within a device Otherwise the options have no effect if the text value is supported by Unicode e g text strings managed by the String Manager HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Selection Dialog Box 389 9 3 Selection Dialog Box It is a multiple purpose Reliance defined dialog box designed for selecting one or more objects of a certain type If you want to select a tag the Select Tag dialog box is brought up if a script is to be chosen the Select Script dialog box is opened etc All object types are handled in the same way This dialog box contains several functions which make selecting an object easier For example it allows for filtering objects based on the specified filter asterisk convention or selecting object types to be displayed ki One Level Up Is used to display the
440. signing a new value to the main tag or digital tags HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Standard 159 v Static Preview The upper part of the page shows how a checked and unchecked radio button will look Text Specifies the Font and its Color for normal unchecked buttons A different color can be specified for the checked active button other font attributes do not change Background Specifies the background Color of the component However the background can be without any color Transparent Frame Allows displaying the component s frame frame around the radio buttons and configuring the frame s properties The properties specify the Width Color Black frame and the frame s Outer style Inner style For more details see the Bevel component 7 2 16 Track Bar This component is intended for selecting a numeric value in the specified range This value can be written into the linked tag It is mostly used with other components displaying different lists Data Grid Data Tree Properties Basic Alignment Dynamic Reliance 4 Development Environment Ha 160 Standard v Security Functions scripts actions menus Secure Determines whether to select access rights required for securing the interaction between the user and the component If this feature is enabled the component is only accessible to users with sufficient access rights To specify the access rights required for accessing the component bring up
441. software attempts to connect to Server and acquire data Control termination Determines whether to terminate the visualization project at runtime using the specified Bool type tag When changing the control tag s value from O to 1 an information message regarding the project termination is displayed After the specified delay in minutes expires the visualization project is terminated Appearance Main window background Determines the appearance of the runtime software s main window s background displayed at project startup or in places where there are no visualization windows The window can be filled with a selected Color or a Gradient smooth transition of two specified colors Language Specifies the language version of the runtime software program language Upon project startup all menus and controls are displayed in the selected language This option can be overridden on a logical computer s Basic page in the Project Structure Manager and a user s Basic page in the User Manager Logging Logging information to file Log communications Determines whether to log information regarding communications between instances of the runtime software or between a data server and thin clients Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi 110 Project Options Log errors Determines whether to log errors that occur during runtime They are for example errors which occur while accessing databases and files or executing scripts
442. son the correct model must be chosen to function properly EE Reliance 4 Development Environment Device Manager 265 W Defining Rittmeyer WSR3000 Device Miscellaneous Address Specifies the address of the device to be identified within multiple devices on a single bus The value can be overloaded with the Address property of the connected device s communication channel See the Project Structure Manager Group address Specifies the group address to be used to identify the device within multiple groups Island address Specifies the island address to be used to identify the device within multiple islands Remote device Determines whether the device is remote or not ii Defining Sauter EY2400 Device Miscellaneous Address Specifies the address of the device to be identified within multiple devices on a single bus The value can be overloaded with the Address property of the connected device s communication channel See the Project Structure Manager Au Defining Siemens Device Miscellaneous IP address Specifies the device s IP address on the Ethernet network The value can be overloaded with the IP address property of the connected device s communication channel see the Project Structure Manager Rack Specifies the rack number Reliance 4 Development Environment Ha 266 Device Manager Slot Specifies the slot number For communication with a SIMATIC S7 1200 PLC set this property to 1 W
443. source has been selected File download timeout Specifies the duration of the time period during which the file must be downloaded from the URL The timeout duration depends on the network transfer speed If the timeout is too short the component will not display the picture properly This option can only be used if the URL source has been selected Automatic update Allows you to specify the time period during which the picture is automatically downloaded and loaded into the visualization project Depending on the place that checks the time interval there are two types of timers Local the component checks the time interval or Global the project checks the time interval for all components The project timers can be defined via the Project Options dialog This option can only be used if the URL source has been selected Reliance 4 Development Environment Ha 140 Standard e Static Layout Specifies how the selected picture will be displayed if its size is different from the size of the component Normal The picture is displayed in its original size in the top right corner of the component Resize graphic The picture s size is adjusted to the size of the component the picture is drawn so that it fills the entire component area If the picture is drawn in a size other than original it may affect the drawing speed Resize component The component s size is adjusted to the size of the picture Width and Height of the compon
444. sssececeseesesssesaeeeceseseessnesaeseeeceseseesssasaeeeeeeeeeesenes 248 8 3 1 Data Structure Properties EEN 249 8 3 2 Data Structure Field Properties ee 250 8 3 3 Add New Data Structure Field Wizard ee 251 84 Device Manager ciisicsieliecc ccc iestieesestieveiiewsteecestiivaciows less ecu sswrdussestaledeiauieletcualdaweesents 252 8 4 1 TOODA raana occ bees Setek devas Seier ege GEES Eder 253 8 4 2 Device Properties seen 254 8 4 3 Import and Export of Tags and Alarms Events E 268 8 4 4 Tag Properties cccccccsessssseenenseeecesessscsceeseeneesneessseeeeseersesensegseenenseerenssnsenes 270 8 4 5 Alarm Event Properties c c c csssssssssesssssesssssesssesssssesessnesssesssesesesenes 285 8 4 6 Communication Zone Properties een 289 8 5 Communication Driver Manager cccccccssssssssceececeeeesssssseseeeceeeesesssesaeeeeeenseeseees 292 8 5 1 Driver Basic Properties seen 292 8 5 2 Communication EE 293 8 6 Recipe Manager x iisiciccececs asics cs secgens s tects icdetes deel gege edel d e gege e 297 8 6 1 Recipe Properties c ccceeeseeessssssssesssssssssssssscssssesssssesesesssssesssesssesesesenes 297 8 6 2 Recipe Item Properties eeeEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEREEEEEREEEEEREEEEEEEEEEER KREE eN 298 8 7 Data Table Manager ee 299 8 7 1 Data Table Properties seen 299 8 7 2 Data Table Field Properties Aen 303 88 Trend Manage iw eisiicsocscedervaesseunetsseedicucndscaoudabidivedyeuwelviuad
445. st selected component Ge Bottom Aligns the bottom edge of each selected component with the bottom edge of the bottommost selected component Center Vertically Aligns the center of each selected component with the vertical centerline of the currently selected components The vertical centerline runs midway between the left and right edge of the selected components Center Horizontally Aligns the center of each selected component with the horizontal centerline of the currently selected components The horizontal centerline runs midway between the top and bottom edge of the selected components m Space Equally Vertically Equally spaces the currently selected components vertically keeping the same distances between the centers of the components ie Space Equally Horizontally Equally spaces the currently selected components horizontally keeping the same distances between the centers of the components EE Reliance 4 Development Environment Edit Menu se Size Menu EZ Shrink to Smallest Horizontally Adjusts the width of the currently selected components to the smallest selected component Es F Grow to Largest Horizontally Adjusts the width of the currently selected components to the largest selected component We Shrink to Smallest Vertically Adjusts the height of the currently selected components to the smallest selected component H Grow to Largest Vertically Adjusts the height of the curre
446. stored The file name contains the date and time of the video s start for each connection a separate file will be created External I O External inputs and outputs Input Allows for reading the state of the IP camera s external input and transfer it to the selected tag if the IP camera disposes of an external input Output Allows you to control the IP camera s external output using the selected tag if the IP camera disposes of an external output Static Appearance Show toolbar Determines whether to display the component s toolbar Show border Determines whether to display the component s border Show title bar Determines whether to display the component s title bar Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi HE Reliance 4 Development Environment 241 8 Managers Managers are tools allowing you to view create and configure objects which are the building blocks of visualization projects Objects are visual components windows devices databases trends reports custom reports recipes and others The Window Manager Component Manager and Layer Manager are described in the chapter Tool Windows The common features of other managers are their appearance and the way you work with them except for the String Manager Script Manager and Picture Manager To bring up a manager invoke the corresponding command from the Managers menu or from the toolbar Toolbar Contains commands for working with objects M
447. t Each line must have the following structure OPC ItemID Tag name Tag data type Comment ii Wago Tags of a Wago device can be imported from an output file in the exp format of CoDeSys Mosaic or other development environment in accordance with IEC 61131 3 To create this file export the unit containing a declaration of tags Then all tags whose declarations lie between the directives SCADA and END_SCADA are imported to the Reliance SCADA HMI system Alarms Events Reliance also enables users to export or import alarms events in a text format Export Is used to export all alarms events of a device to a text file its format is in the header Import Is used to import alarms events from a text file The alarms events are distinguished by name when imported If an already existing same named alarm event is found during the import procedure its properties are changed according to the imported alarm event If it doesn t exist yet a new alarm event is added The tag to which the alarm event is linked is searched within the device based on its name Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi 270 Device Manager 8 4 4 Tag Properties If a tag is selected in the tree view its properties can be edited in the right pane In addition to the common object properties you can configure the following properties some of which depend on the type of device in which the tag is contained Basic Advanced Correction Limits
448. t text strings names of trend series and names of report columns The language in which the visualization project will be accessible depends only on the author s decision Visualization projects are usually designed for one language Subsequently other languages can be added via the Project Options dialog and the String Manager HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Reliance Main Features 2 2 1 10 User Profiles and Rights User profiles and rights profiles settings access restrictions user administration biometric data Every user can log on to Reliance with his her user name and password Subsequently any changes made to the settings of trends and reports are stored in a user profile so that they can be used when this user next time logs on to the program A new user can be defined via the User Manager which is accessible at both design time and runtime At runtime however the manager is accessible only to those who have sufficient access rights Every user can select a set of access rights There are 30 access rights available defined via the User Manager Access rights allow you to control the access to specific operations For example if an access right is selected when defining a window only those users with this right can access the window In the Reliance SCADA HMI system a BioLogon fingerprint reader can be used to verify the user s identity 2 2 1 11 Postmort Postmort replaying the controlled process analyzin
449. t Environment Hi 412 Trend Properties Print with transparent background Allows you print the trend with a transparent background i e no background color will be drawn This option is available at runtime only Clip Points Determines whether to clip the series ticks and labels so that they do not reach outside the trend Margins Specifies the margins between the component s edge and the trend itself The values can only be specified separately for the top bottom right and left margins using the text boxes in percentage of the component s size Zoom Trends allow you to select their parts which are to be displayed all over the trend s area To select any part of the trend drag the mouse from the top left corner to the bottom right corner while pressing the left mouse button If you drag the mouse in the opposite direction the trend will be displayed in its original size Allow Zoom Determines whether the user is enabled to use the zoom functionality Animated Zoom Activates a gradual transition between the normal and magnified size of the trend in steps as defined by the Steps property This option is especially useful for large sized trends Allow Scroll Determines whether the user is enabled to scroll in the specified directions To scroll move the mouse while pressing the right mouse button 10 5 1 3 Axis The right pane displays the list of axes The following five axes are always available for each chart left
450. t belongs Play alarm event sounds Determines whether to play all sounds related to alarms events They are sounds triggered by alarms events start and end and by an active alarm event HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Project Structure Manager 353 8 17 2 5 Log on Log off On log on user Run script Allows for specifying the script to be executed after the user logs on Play sound Allows for specifying the sound to be played after the user logs on On log off user Run script Allows for specifying the script to be executed after the user logs off Play sound Allows for specifying the sound to be played after the user logs off Log on by HW code sensor Determines whether to enable the user to log on to the program using a hardware code sensor Alcor Proxy Hex RS 232 connected through the specified COM port Log on by a biometric sensor Determines whether to enable the user to log on to the program using a biometric sensor Identix Biologon Security System v 2 Fingerprint Reader 8 17 2 6 Restrictions Restrictions applied when no user is logged on For each computer defined within the visualization project you can choose security restrictions to be activated when no user is logged on to the program Disable Start menu Determines whether to disable using the Windows Start menu Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE 354 Project Structure Manager Hide task bar Determines whether
451. t is passed to the script To acquire the information the RScr GetCurrentScriptDataEx function should be used 8 4 6 Communication Zone Properties Communication zones allow the user to fully control the communication with I O devices i e reduce the time required for transferring data from the devices However defining them is optional communication zones are not required for communication Considering that each defined tag has its own update interval value the communication driver does not need communication zones to read the values of the tags at specified intervals On the other hand if a communication zone is defined in the visualization project the reading of the tag values conforms to the following rules The values of all the tags which lie in the area read by the communication zone and whose update interval is identical to the one of this communication zone are read by this communication zone All other tag s values are read individually i e by dynamically compiled communication packets Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi 290 Device Manager Should the communication be provided via the defined communication zones only the Communicate only via zones property must be activated through the Communication Driver Manager In such a case the values of all the tags located in the communication zones are read regardless of the update interval specified for each tag The values of the tags lying outside the communication zones
452. t menu The installation requires about 300 MB of free hard disk space Additional free space is required for each component The following components are part of Reliance Add On Pack AXIS IP Cameras AXIS IP camera drivers required for the Axis IP Camera component to be fully functional Reliance 4 Development Environment EEE ECH Installation Microsoft NET Framework The Microsoft NET Framework installers versions 1 1 2 0 2 0 SP2 required for running MS SQL Server 2005 and the HW key utility The Microsoft NEI Compact Framework 2 0 SP2 installer required for the mobile client to be fully functional Microsoft SQL Server 2000 Desktop Engine The installer of Microsoft SQL Server 2000 MSDE Microsoft SQL Server 2005 Express Edition The installer of Microsoft SQL Server 2005 Express Edition Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio Express The installer of SQL Server Management Studio Express a tool for managing all components within Microsoft SQL Server Vivotek IP Cameras Vivotek IP camera drivers required for the Vivotek IP Camera component to be fully functional AMiT Driver The AMiT Atouchx Library installer required for the AMiT communication driver to be fully functional HASP Device Driver The installer of the driver for HASP hardware keys which are used by Reliance Java The installer of the Java Runtime Environment JRE 6 0 and higher by Sun Microsystems required for the Web client to be fully fun
453. t public tags from external files exported for example from development tools used for PLC programming If an already existing same named tag is found during the import procedure its properties are changed according to the imported tag After the import is completed information on the total number of imported and new tags is provided HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Device Manager 269 W Teco Tags of Tecomat and Tecoreg devices can be imported from a file in the pub xPro Mosaic tdr Merkur Epos for Windows or exp based on IEC61131 3 Mosaic CoDeSys formats Tags declared with the PUBLIC directive are imported from the Mosaic development environment A structure type tag defined via the Merkur or Epos development environment is imported as a group of tags corresponding to the data structure fields The names of the tags are generated according to the syntax StructureName FieldName An array type tag defined via Mercur or Epos is imported as a group of tags corresponding to the elements of the array The names of the tags are generated according to the syntax ArrayName ElementIndex ii OPC To import tags into the current OPC group from an OPC server click the Import from OPC Server button However the server must support the TOPCBrowseServerAddressSpace interface Tags may be imported to the current OPC group also from a file in the csv format or exported in this format The file must be in a text forma
454. ta structure Specifies the data structure to be represented by the tag It is enabled only if the Tag kind property is set to User defined structured tag Options Allow use at runtime Determines whether to disable using the tag during runtime If the tag is disabled it won t be available for the runtime software and for thin clients either The link between the tag and any existing components will be invalid which will be indicated by a red frame surrounding the components The current state of the property affects the total number of data points used in the project any disabled tag is not counted Allow reading Determines whether to disable reading the tag value from the device Allow writing Determines whether to disable setting the tag value i Defining AMiT Device Tag WID Specifies the tag s address which must be unique within AMIT devices Bit Specifies a digital tag s bit number Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi 272 Device Manager W Defining BACnet Device Tag Object type Specifies the type of the object in which the tag is located Object number Corresponds to the selected object type as defined by ASHRAE It is shown here for informational purposes only Instance number Specifies the object instance number It is a unique identifier of the selected object type within the device Property identifier Specifies the object property that the tag represents Property number Corresponds to the s
455. tables archive files from the data server to a local disk teg files for the last 30 days The complete historical data i e all the data tables archive files is always on the server computer The principle is based on the fact that users most frequently view the latest or recent data that is stored locally on a client computer so the access to the data is faster than to the data stored on the server computer For a data table connected to a client computer the primary directory is set to a local disk and the secondary directory is set to a shared directory on the server computer that contains the complete historical data When the user on a client computer views historical data via the trend viewer the trend viewer preferentially searches for the data table s files in the primary directory e on a local disk As far as data up to 30 days old is concerned the respective files will be found in the primary directory If the user wants to view older data the respective archive files won t be found in the primary directory Instead the secondary directory Le server will be used by the trend viewer to search for them Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi kyc ga Project Structure Manager Temporary data directory Specifies the directory where temporary data will be located It is data that the runtime software didn t manage or couldn t save to a physical table eg when terminating the project The default value of the property is
456. tabular format In the top right corner the control and status tags values are shown In the bottom right corner the checking tags values read from the PLC by the Teco native communication driver are displayed these tags lie on randomly selected addresses In order for the example project to be fully functional it is necessary that the Ethernet option s value be set in compliance with the channel type specified through the Project Structure Manager Connecting to an OPC server on a remote computer OPC_EmbeddedServer is a project designed to demonstrate how to connect Reliance s runtime software to an OPC server which is not running locally The EmbeddedDevice1 device of type OPC is defined via the Device Manager The OPC server Prog ID property allows you to select the OPC server for the device e g from the local network The PC1 computer to which EmbeddedDevice1 is connected is defined via Project Structure Manager On the Driver page of the device s Channel1 the Connect to driver property is set to On remote computer Also the computer name is specified EmbeddedDevice1 The EmbeddedDevice1 computer is the second computer defined via the Project Structure Manager This computer s only purpose is to identify the remote computer on which the OPC server is running It holds the IP address of the OPC server the Basic page Note This type of connection to a remote OPC server is not advised because of certain drawbacks The recomme
457. tag of type Array of Word which contains data of the specified holidays Editor dialog caption Specifies the text displayed in the title bar of the component s settings window at runtime Data transfer Timeout Specifies the maximum time period to be used to transfer data from to the computer to from the Sauter device 7 8 2 Sauter Time Program This button like looking component is intended to be used in projects with one or more devices of type Sauter EY2400 After clicking on the component at runtime the window for editing time programs is displayed This window allows you to read and edit time programs from the Sauter device and write them into the device or read the time programs from the hard disk or save them on disk A time program is saved in the Sauter device so that it occupies the memory space of one or more words Up to 128 time programs can be specified The main tag to which the component is linked must be of type Array of DoubleWord The number of array elements specifies the maximum size of the occupied memory of the Sauter device when editing the time program at runtime concurrently the current information on the occupied and remaining free memory is displayed The time program is defined by the so called machine fine address MFA and a group of commands available when editing A command represents a numeric value which is written to the specified address in case of meeting time requirements The data transfer T
458. ted Show toolbar status bar Determines whether to display alongside the list of the communication channel s messages the same bars as in the communication channel s window in the runtime software Share column settings with other containers Determines whether to share the settings of the communication channel list s columns with all Container components for which this option must be active If the option is inactive the columns custom settings will be used They are settings that can only be customized at runtime not at design time 7 2 11 Combo Box This component allows you to change the tag value according to the selection of an item from the list The item s number or text can be assigned to the tag Properties Basic Alignment Dynamic HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Standard 151 Security v Functions Link to tag Specifies the link to the tag whose value is to be indicated and controlled using the Combo Box component Type Specifies the type of the tag which is to be linked If the Numeric type is selected the number specified by the Value property will be assigned to the tag If the Textual type is chosen the text specified by the Text property will be assigned to the tag of type String Test value Specifies the tag value to be displayed at design time Text Specifies the text displayed in the combo box If the Textual type is chosen the specified text is written directly into the tag when
459. ted component By default the None position is set which maintains the component s position and size The Top Bottom Left Right positions make the component a tray and position it to the selected place If the Client option is chosen the component is extended all over the free window area other components can already be positioned at the Top Bottom Left or Right of the window area Mode Determines whether or not the components will be overlayed It allows you to choose between two modes Non overlayed and Overlayed The option is active only if the alignment position is set to Top Bottom Left Right or Client Margins Specifies the distance between the edges of the component and other components edges or between the component s and the visualization window s edges The options are active only if the alignment position is other than None The options specify the number of points which are to create the margins surrounding the component For one component they specify the distance from the window s edges In case of multiple components aligned on the same side in the Non overlayed mode the values specify the distance between the components Anchors Determines which edges of the component are to be anchored to the corresponding window edges Configuring the anchors will take effect when the size of the window is changed As the Left and Top anchors are active by default the component will be fixed to the visualization window rel
460. ted to array type tags which are periodically updated in the GetThinClientList script The script is started every 5 seconds and uses the RWS GetThinClientList method to load the information about the thin clients to the ClientList array Subsequently this information is transferred to the array type tags ThinClients_xxxx to be displayed by the Data Grid component Handling thin client requests ThinClientRequestHandlingFromScript is a project designed to demonstrate how to handle requests from thin clients Reliance Web Client or Reliance Mobile Client In the Web section of the Project Options dialog box there is the HandleThinClientRequest script set to be executed when a thin client request is received by a data server Reliance Server or Reliance Control Server The client s request information request type unique session identifier client IP address etc is obtained using the RScr GetCurrentScriptDataEx function This information is written to the corresponding tags in the System device The values of these tags are shown in the Display components in the visualization window 10 11 5 Reports Custom report example text template HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Examples 493 CustomReport_Text is a project designed to demonstrate how to use a text custom report Within the System device five tags which contain water level values in tanks are defined The TextReport custom report is defined via the Custom Report Manage
461. tem can be configured directly from the Device Manager To configure the properties of the communication drivers use the Communication Driver Manager 2 2 1 2 Displaying Data as Trends Displaying data as trends chart real time trend real time chart trends in FastReport trend configuration at runtime Quantities acquired from control systems can be easily displayed as trends and charts The simplest form of chart within the Reliance SCADA HMI system is represented by the Real Time Trend component Trend series are based directly on tags and defined via the Real Time Trend Manager The Real Time Chart component can be used to create a common chart when using the Real Time Trend component the horizontal axis always represents time Reliance also allows you to manage historical trends to display historical data Trends can be defined via the Trend Manager their series are based on data table fields Trends can be displayed via the trend viewer Every user can configure the appearance of a trend The Trend Manager can also be accessible to the user during runtime An unlimited number of trends with any number of series can be defined within a visualization project HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Reliance Main Features Trends can also be displayed in custom reports of type FastReport To display historical data of a single tag a tag trend is available A tag trend can be displayed by choosing the Show Trend command from the pop
462. ter Response first byte timeout Specifies the maximum time period between sending a request and receiving the first byte character of a response If the first byte is received within the specified timeout period the communication driver will wait until the rest of the data is received Otherwise the driver will not consider the message received and will continue communicating Response last byte timeout Specifies the maximum time period between sending a request and receiving the last byte character of a response If the last byte is received within the specified timeout period the communication driver will start processing the received data Otherwise the driver will consider the message received erroneously and will continue communicating 8 17 5 Connecting Data Tables Common Object Properties To edit the Name and Alias of the selected data table use the Data Table Manager Data tables previously defined via the Data Table Manager can be connected to each computer defined within the visualization project To connect a data table to a computer you can configure the following properties SQL connection Specifies the SQL connection defining the SQL server and database where a physical data table will be stored This property can only be accessible to SQL based data tables SQL connections can be defined via the Project Options dialog Primary directory HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Project Structure Manager Xe
463. ter starting the visualization project in Reliance Server or Reliance Control Server this option enables running the Web server and Web service to communicate with thin clients Port number Specifies the TCP port number on which the Web server runs Thin clients and client applications of third parties communicate with the data servers using this port It is essential to enable the port access in the firewall If there is no other Web server running on the computer or is not planned to be installed the port value can be changed to 80 standard value In case of a conflict between ports and another Web server the default value 40000 is applied Run secure connection HTTPS Determines whether to open a secure connection HTTPS on the specified TCP port If this option is active a secure connection will take precedence over an insecure connection HTTP when opening a Web page The standard port number of the HTTPS protocol is 443 The default value 40363 is used if there is a conflict between ports and another Web server For data encryption certificates public keys located in the Cert subdirectory are used They are the so called self signed certificates i e they are not authenticated by any certificate authority A security exception is likely to be required for the server when opening the Web page for the first time If you need to issue certificates and or use them for the security of a Web page e g if self signed certificates
464. ter the code inserted via the template 8 15 4 Script Properties There are several types of scripts available which differ in terms of execution The type of a script can be specified by the Type property which is located on the Basic page in the Properties pane Common Object Properties Basic Type Specifies the type of the selected script i e the way the script gets executed Scripts can be of the following types Time Event Key Data change Condition or Periodic Enable execution Determines whether to enable executing the script upon project startup However the script can be repeatedly disabled or enabled at runtime by calling the pisablescript and EnableScript Methods of the rscr object This property is active by default It must not be active for example for periodic scripts which are to be executed during runtime under certain conditions HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Script Manager WEN Enable running from thin clients Determines whether to enable executing the script from the thin clients Reliance Web Client Reliance Mobile Client The thin clients cannot process scripts However they can execute them at the server side For example if a Button component is connected to a script which has this property configured as active the script gets executed at the server side after clicking on the component in the Web client From the thin clients it makes no sense to execute scripts which work with
465. termines whether to substitute the links to tags when an object is duplicated based on the same tag name in the source and the target device Remove the original link if a tag with the same name does not exist in the target device Determines whether to remove the original link when the target device doesn t contain a tag with the same name HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Common Toolbar Commands 247 8 2 2 Substitution of Links to Data Table Fields Substitute links when duplicating an object Determines whether to substitute the links to data table fields when an object is duplicated based on the same field name in the source and the target data table Remove the original link if a field with the same name does not exist in the target data table Determines whether to remove the original link when the target data table doesn t contain a field with the same name Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE 248 Data Structure Manager 8 3 Data Structure Manager The Data Structure Manager is a tool intended to define and configure data structures In the context of Reliance data structures are user defined structured data types They are similar to data structures which are commonly used in tools for PLC programming and high level programming languages e g struct type in C record type in Pascal A data structure serves as a model whereby structured tags instances of data structures can be created defined A data struc
466. terval Error Defines the link to the tag which bears information on an error If the tag value is non zero the component will indicate an error at runtime Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi 144 Standard Reverse Defines the link to the numeric type tag or Bool which is used to reverse the animation Show the pictures in reverse order at runtime Reverse can be activated if the tag value is non zero however if the Negation option is active it can be activated only if the value of the tag is equal to 0 v Functions Link to tag Main Specifies the link to the tag to be used to control starting of the animation To run the animation at runtime the value of the main tag must be equal to the value specified by the Starting value property If the Main property is not active the animation is started right after the window is loaded into memory Run Is used to run the preview of the animation at design time Picture Allows you to specify a picture for a selected image of the animation To add images to the list on the left side of the dialog box use the commands from the popup menu or toolbar New Item Is used to add a new item to the list A picture must be assigned to each item in the list Add Items Brings up the Select Picture dialog box from which all pictures for the animation can be selected at a time HEM Reliance 4 Development Environment Standard 145 v Static Background Static picture All
467. th combo box 30 40 or 50 pixels The Visible line numbers check box specifies whether to display line numbers in the vertical gutter The width of the gutter can be changed only if line numbers are not displayed Font Allows you to select a font style displayed in the script editor Size Allows you to select a font size displayed in the script editor The selected font style and size can be viewed in the Preview pane Automatic Functions Allows you to configure automatic functions used during editing a script s code Code completion Determines whether the script editor automatically displays the list of a predefined object s methods a method is a procedure or a function of an object after entering the object s name followed by a period For example when entering RSys the list of the RSys object s methods is displayed The list can also be invoked using the Ctrl1 Space shortcut if the cursor is positioned right after the object s name s period The setting allows for changing the delay before the list will be displayed HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Environment Options e Function parameters Determines whether the script editor automatically displays the list of a predefined method s parameters after entering the method s name followed by a left parenthesis For example when entering RTag SetTagValue the list of the RTag SetTagValue method s parameters is displayed The list can also be invoked using t
468. the lt Reliance4 gt Config NationalChars txt file and the remaining characters are omitted To make the file name unique within a specific folder an object s window script picture etc ID numeric identifier in hexadecimal format is also attached to it This strict file naming convention makes the visualization project easily transferable between different language versions of Windows HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Tips and Tricks 403 10 4 Tips and Tricks This chapter provides you with several tips and tricks to help you develop your application more easily and efficiently Adding Multiple Components of the Same Type to a Window Fine Moving and Sizing Components Selecting Multiple Components Quick Opening Associated Visualization Windows Defining a Link to an Object Starting a Project Automatically After Turning on a Computer Safe Project Termination During a Power Outage Optimizing Computer Workload Optimizing Communication With Subordinated Devices Interconnecting Reliance and Mosaic 10 4 1 Adding Multiple Components of the Same Type to a Window To add multiple components of the same type to a visualization window press the Shift key while selecting the component on the Component Palette To place the component click the left mouse button on the window area This mode allows you to place the component into the window area as many times as needed every additional mouse click adds a new component of
469. the Select Access Rights dialog box by clicking on the key icon The user must have at least one access right selected in the list available Query before setting value Allows you to specify a query put prior to writing the track bar position into a tag Functions Link to tag Specifies the link to the tag which is used to control the component s state and whose value can be set by the track bar Test value is used to display the preview in the development environment Range Allows you to set up the Minimum and Maximum value to be displayed by the Track Bar component specifies the range of the track bar By default the lower value is shown on the left or at the bottom If the Inverted range option is active it is shown on the right or at the top Setting value On mouse drag The position value of the track bar is written into the tag immediately after the position of the thumb is changed On mouse drop The value is written into the tag once you stop dragging the thumb HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Standard 161 Update timeout Specifies the time period during which the component is not updated according to the main tag s value The update timeout s value depends on how fast it is to write the tag into a device Sometimes right after the value is changed the original value can be displayed for a short time if the update timeout s value is too short v Static Orientation Determines whether to display t
470. the appearance of the toolbars Note In addition to the main window the selected theme applies to the toolbars in all other windows in the development environment Component Palette This toolbar contains components graphical objects which are intended to be added by the user systems integrator to visualization windows at design time The components are divided into several pages Each page of the Component Palette can be configured by using the Configure Component Palette dialog box Managers This toolbar contains commands for opening managers e g Project Structure Manager Picture Manager or Device Manager Standard This toolbar contains commands for working with a visualization project i e commands for creating opening saving and closing the project It also contains the command for exiting the Reliance Design development environment HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Configuring the Toolbars Edit This toolbar includes commands for working with components selected in the active visualization window They are commands contained in the Edit menu which are for example intended for basic editing operations aligning components or changing the Z order of components Project This toolbar includes commands contained in the View menu i e commands for showing and hiding tool windows of the development environment Component Manager Window Manager Layer Manager Visual Linking and Information Windo
471. the axis labels are to be displayed Visible Determines whether to show the labels Multi line Activates support for multi line labels Label On Axis Determines whether to show the labels even on the points of intersection of the selected axis and the other axes which is usually the axis maximum and minimum Round First Determines whether the first label is to be rounded up to the nearest value Font Specifies the font and font style of the labels Min Separation Specifies the separation distance between individual labels Values Format Sets the template for formatting the labels Size Extends the space for the labels so that the entire text can be displayed when a larger font is used Angle Specifies the rotation angle of the labels text from the horizontal plane HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Trend Properties 415 Style Auto Is used to select the appropriate style automatically None If this option is active no labels are displayed Value If this option is active all values between the maximum and minimum of the range are displayed Mark Is used to show the labels of the displayed points only Text Ticks Axis Border Specifies the style and width of the selected axis By pressing the button the Border Color Editor is brought up Grid Border Specifies the style and width of the grid lines perpendicular to the selected axis By pressing the button the Border Color E
472. the list of cells which pertain to the selected node Cell type name Specifies the type of the cell selected in the Used cells list 7 3 11 3 Tree Rows Row height Specifies the height of the row in which the tree s node and cells are contained Selection Color Specifies the background color of the currently selected marked part of the tree To change the color use the Select Color dialog box Select whole row If this option is active the whole row i e the tree s node and cells are marked when selecting any part of the component Division Show vertical division Determines whether to display the gray vertical lines separating the cells of the tree Show horizontal division Determines whether to display the gray horizontal lines separating the cells of the tree Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi K Additional Different color for even rows Allows for highlighting the even rows with a different background color which simplifies reading values within a single row Color Specifies the background color of the tree s even rows Nodes Text Specifies the font of the node s text using the Select Font dialog box Pictures Size Specifies the size of the pictures used within the tree The value specifies the length of the side of the square picture icon displayed in the tree s nodes It also specifies the size of the pictures used in the cells of type Picture and Active picture The value can be
473. the size is always 2 bytes Tag address size byte count Specifies the size of the tag address information object address For the EC104 device the size is always 3 bytes Transfer cause size byte count Specifies the transfer cause size For the EC104 device the size is always 2 bytes W Defining IEC62056 Device Miscellaneous Address Specifies the address of the device to be identified within multiple devices on a single bus The address is a text string with a maximum length of 32 characters It can contain the characters 0 9 A Z a z and the space character It is case sensitive An address only containing one or more O characters is considered a common address which should be used by each device to send a response regardless of the device s address HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Device Manager 259 Complete readout of device Determines whether to read the device s data via the so called Data readout mode in case the device uses a communication protocol in the C mode If this option is not active the communication driver switches from the C mode to the so called Programming mode and reads tag values one by one Wake up device before connecting Determines whether to send the so called wakeup packet prior to sending the communication packet for establishing communication with the device This property should be activated for the devices whose communication interface is not active in case the
474. the target device Specifies whether to remove the original link to a tag from the source device if a tag with the same name does not exist in the target device In most cases this option should be active It is then very easy to find out which components links were not substituted successfully 6 11 3 Designing a Window To create a new window bring up the Create New Window Wizard by choosing the File gt New Window command or the New Window command from the Window Manager s toolbar Once created the new window becomes active and is displayed blank on top of other open windows Prior to designing the window the Snap to Grid option should by activated from the window s popup menu default settings for newly created windows can be configured using the Environment Options dialog Environment gt Visualization Windows When designing a window individual components graphical objects are added from the Component Palette to the window area If a new window is to contain a large number of components which overlap one another it is recommended that you use the layer system Each window has 16 layers into which components can be placed Using the Layer Manager a layer can be hidden all components located on this layer will be hidden in the development environment or locked all components located on this layer will be locked to avoid changing their position and size as required A component type can be chosen in the Component Palette by click
475. the visualization project s user interface For example if a script is used to activate a visualization window by calling the ActivateWindow method of the rsys object the window is always activated on the server computer not on the client computer Advanced Thread Specifies the thread of execution in which the script is to be processed The thread names can be changed via the Project Options dialog Scripts gt Threads Run on thread initialization If this option is active the script is executed at thread startup even if the conditions for executing the script are not met The script can be executed at project startup or when terminating and restarting the thread i e in case the Max execution time for the script has been exceeded see the next property Terminate after exceeding max execution time Max execution time Specifies the maximum execution time for the script If the time is exceeded the thread is restarted i e the script is forcibly terminated Priority Affects the order of processing scripts The scripts with a higher value of this property are processed earlier For example if scripts with a lower value of this property are waiting in a queue the script with higher priority is given preference i e this script is executed right after the currently executed script is processed The scripts related to user actions e g clicking on a component are sorted in a special queue and given preference to o
476. ther scripts Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE 332 Script Manager Logging Log execution Determines whether to record information on the script s execution It allows you to find out whether the script has been executed and processed successfully Logging is only functional if the Log debug information option in the Project Options dialog is also active The log files are contained in the Logs directory v Time Script Time scripts get executed daily at the specified time with the possibility of periodic repetition at the specified time interval The time of execution is derived from the current time of the computer Time script properties First execution time hh mm ss Specifies the time of the first execution of the script Execution options Execute repeatedly Determines whether to execute the script repeatedly at the specified Repeat interval within the time specified by the First execution time and Repeat until properties v Event Script Event scripts are related to various events such as pressing a button opening a window project startup or a failure in communication with a device There are no special execution properties available because these scripts can be executed when clicking or double clicking individual mouse buttons on the respective component object The required script can be specified for example on the Scripts Actions page of the component s Properties dialog box v Key Script Key sc
477. ties Basic Alignment Dynamic Security v Functions Link to tag Specifies the tag used to start playing a file The player is started when the tag value is set to non zero you can also play the record after the window is loaded into memory if the tag value is non zero File to play Specifies the file e g avi mpg or link eg http www server com stream asf to be played File name Allows you to specify the tag of type String that contains the file name or link Options Allows you to select the type of player VCL Media Player a simple player which is part of the Reliance system Windows Media Player or VLC Media Player Show toolbar Determines whether to display the player s toolbar Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE KC Additional 7 3 6 ActiveX Container This component allows you to add Activex controls to visualization windows An ActiveX control is a visual or non visual object installed in Windows It provides a specific functionality it can be a control or a component designed to communicate with a device Properties Basic Alignment Dynamic Security v Functions ActiveX control Specifies the ActiveX identifier the so called Progld It allows selecting from the list of ActiveX controls installed in Windows Storing ActiveX control properties Some ActiveX controls allow for storing and loading their configuration in a custom format In such a case the option Properties stored by A
478. ting limits Allows users to change the main tag limit values in case the component is linked to a tag for which dynamic limits are defined The limits can then be changed by choosing the Enter Limits for Tag command from the component s popup menu The Secure option allows you to select access rights required for entering the limits for tags Functions Link to tag Specifies the tag to which the component is linked main tag To select the tag use the standard selection dialog box The component allows changing the tag s value When changing the tag the value displayed by the component also changes Test value Specifies the value to be displayed at design time Limits A group of properties which allow you to specify the display s color value background if the tag s value is not within high and low limits warning or critical Static The preview area at the top of the page displays the current font alignment and background color configurations Configuring all properties will take effect at design time directly in the visualization window after saving the changes made Value Specifies the font and horizontal Offset of the display s value text Alignment Determines whether the value text should be aligned to the Left or Right of the display or whether it should be Centered Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE 128 Standard Display style Determines whether to display the value using the specified Normal or LCD s
479. tion Dialog Box Select Access Rights Select Directory Find Object Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE 386 Select Color 9 1 Select Color The Select Color dialog box is used for selecting and configuring objects colors In Reliance visualization projects the color type property is stored in 24 bit color depth RGB format Thus it can represent more than 16 million colors The dialog box is divided into two panes the top pane is designed for selecting predefined colors or for selecting colors using color space coordinates the bottom pane contains the list of Custom Colors and the Selected Color indicator The top pane contains the following pages Web Palette Contains 216 colors commonly used for designing Web pages the so called Web safe colors Web safe colors advantage is that they can be precisely displayed even on devices with lower 8 bit color depth such as PDAs and cell phones They are especially useful when designing visualization windows intended for using Reliance Mobile Client Named Colors Contains 16 basic and 122 additional colors with their commonly used English names The name of a color is displayed either in the bottom pane or in the help hint bubble help when positioning the mouse cursor over the color System Colors Contains the list of Windows defined colors color scheme If these colors are to be used in a visualization project they will be adjusted to the Windows color settings on
480. tions can be defined in the project Each SQL connection enables the runtime software to connect to one relational database Currently it is only possible to connect to the Microsoft SQL Server databases A free version of Microsoft SQL Server 2005 Express Edition is part of Reliance Add On Pack installer of Reliance 4 s Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi 106 Project Options add on files Connection Name Specifies the SQL connection s name which is unique within the list Connection string Specifies the SQL connection parameters also called as connection string Individual parameters in the connection string are separated by a semicolon The syntax for each parameter is Parameter Value The parameters can be defined as text or using the Data Link Properties dialog box which is displayed after pressing the Edit Connection String button The Data Link Properties dialog box allows you to access a separate help system When a new SQL connection is added the connection string is preset so that the runtime software connects to a Microsoft SQL Server database or in case it does not exist yet creates it This assumes Microsoft SQL Server is installed on the same computer as part of Reliance A If Microsoft SQL Server has already been installed or runs on another computer it is necessary to customize the connection string Database name Specifies the relational database name 6 12 3 Alarms Events Database Database type
481. to control the input and output fan recuperator cooler heater humidifier and to simulate the cleanliness of both the input and output filter or errors A simple physical model of the office environment temperature and humidity is simulated with three scripts BoilerRoom demo project BoilerRoom is an interactive project designed to demonstrate functions of basic components such as Button Display Active Picture Pipe Progress Bar and Real Time Trend for the visualization of the water heating process in a central heating gas boiler The project also demonstrates how to use alarms trends reports and event and periodic scripts Within the project several users with different access rights are defined through the User Manager you can log on with an empty password A similar visualization project is created step by step during the Reliance 4 training courses HEM Reliance 4 Development Environment Examples 479 Factory demo project Factory is an interactive project designed to demonstrate functions of basic components such as Button Display Pipe Picture Progress Bar for the visualization of a simple chemical production process Four basic chemicals are mixed together in a boiler the mixing ratio can be defined manually or via recipes The final product is stored in a tank and fed to moving tank trucks A truck is represented as a picture and a progress bar grouped together The movement of the truck is achieved by dynamicall
482. to the data tree nodes Within the Data Tree component a node is defined to display all tag values For each tag displayed in the node s row a cell is defined Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi A Examples At runtime you are enabled to change the tag values and to show trends via actions a trend can be displayed by double clicking on the trend icon Using the Real Time Chart component to display a stacked bar chart RealTimeChart_Stacked is a project designed to demonstrate how to configure the Real Time Chart component to show a horizontal stacked bar chart Each bar of the chart consists of two differently colored parts whose size can be changed separately using a Display component The total bar size is the sum of each part s size The component is configured in the following way 1 Bring up the component s Properties dialog box and select the Horizontal bar type Series gt Properties gt Type 2 According to the example the X Y value property must be specified for each point of the chart Series gt Data gt X Y value 3 Select the Stacked property as follows Static gt Properties gt Series gt Format gt Multiple Bar Using the Simple Time Program component SimpleTimeProgram is a project designed to demonstrate how to use the Simple Time Program component Within the System device the DataArray tag is defined to store the time program s configuration data The remaining tags auxiliary tags stored i
483. to the edges or to the center of the component Vertical alignment Determines whether the text should be vertically aligned to the top edge to the bottom edge or to the center of the component Orientation Determines whether the text should be oriented horizontally or vertically vertical text can only be displayed using TrueType fonts Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE 134 Standard Shade Determines whether to display the text s shade and its Depth Position and Color Frame Allows displaying the component s frame and configuring the properties of the component s frame The properties specify the Width Color Black frame and the frame s Outer style Inner style For more details see the Bevel component Background Determines whether to display the component with no background Transparent or with the specified background Color 7 2 4 Active Text This component allows you to display text depending on the current value of the tag to which the component is linked If the current value of the control tag is within the interval specified for any of the defined texts the text is displayed on the component area Properties Basic Alignment Dynamic Menu Scripts Actions Security v Dynamic Link to tag Visible Enabled X Y Width Height Angle If these properties are active and linked to a tag the basic component properties defined on the Basic page can be changed dynamically during runtime The confi
484. tor Intended Features EN 20 3 M in E EE 31 GC Zo DR GH E EE 32 3 2 Edit Men EE 34 3 2 1 Trans GAN essasi iarna a eaaa aA aiaa ra Neea aana aaien 39 33 View Men RE 40 34 Man gers lenger 41 3 5 EA EE 43 3 6 Tools Menu RE 45 3T Window Men sesioen a a a aa 46 3 8 Help Menu EEN 47 4 Tool Windows E 49 4 1 Component Managet E 50 4 2 Window Managert EE 52 4 3 Layer Manager EE 55 4 4 Visual EN 56 4 5 Information WONG OW setae tage eege eege e ere ee gea 58 5 Setting Up the Development Environment ENEE 59 54 Configuring th ET 60 5 2 Configuring the Component Palette cccccsssscersssseecesessssceesesssceeesnseaeeesnesnseseesaes 62 Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE 3 Table of Contents 5 3 6 1 6 2 6 3 6 4 6 5 6 6 6 7 6 8 6 9 6 10 6 11 6 12 Environment Options cccccssssscssessssceceesseeeeesnssaceesnssanceesesseeessnnsaeseseessneeenesssaeersnseaees 64 5 3 1 SC LE 64 5 3 2 te Elek Tue CN 65 5 3 3 Managers iena a E a A a E 65 5 3 4 String Manager EE 66 5 3 5 PICLUFE Manager ysies aeaa AAA AEA EERE ges 66 5 3 6 Script Man gel E 67 5 3 7 Script ebe gtegergbee ust Eege Eeer ee 71 5 3 8 Visualization Windows EEN 71 5 3 9 Klee TEE 73 5 3 10 WIEN EE 73 SE Connecti EN 75 5 3 12 EE 15 5 3 13 le 76 Visualization Project sists jccccecctasscctvacestcaicccaceaucccagaasceceneiucceciedlens dcathnceteebiadieetiacsstedianedtas TT Create New Project VLSePEleetzeeegen iergert rEeE
485. ts the comments Surround With Allows you to add the code defined in the specified template before and after the selected block of code Other templates can be defined via the Environment Options gt Script Manager gt Surround With dialog which is accessible from the popup menu by choosing the Editor Options command Search the Web Allows you to search for the selected text through the specified search engine Other search engines can be defined via the Environment Options gt Script Manager gt Web Search dialog which is accessible from the popup menu by choosing the Editor Options command Reliance 4 Development Environment Ha 338 Script Manager Other Convert to String Converts the selected text to text of type String which means the text is surrounded with quotes and special strings are added in case the selected text stretches over multiple lines Delete Blank Lines Removes all blank lines from the selected block of code Sort Selected Lines Sorts the selected lines in alphabetical order A comment added to the beginning of any of the selected lines does not affect the sorting HE Reliance 4 Development Environment User Manager ER 8 16 User Manager The User Manager allows you to define and configure users In the context of Reliance a user is an object representing an end user usually operator allowed to log on to the program Te User Manager _ Z w eem E a SL d aa Basic Access t
486. tting value option is active The values of these tags are exported imported from to an xls or xlsx file The ExportToExcel and ImportFromExcel event scripts activated by pressing the respective button in the visualization window are defined through the Script Manager The Excel file named Values is located in the lt Project gt folder At the beginning of the ExportToExcel script an instance of the Excel Application object is created Afterwards a new workbook WorkBook and a new worksheet WorkSheet are successively created The Cells method is used to write the data to the required cells The workbook is stored by calling the SaveAs method and all created objects are released from memory At the beginning of the ImportFromExcel script an instance of the Excel Application object is created and the Values file is opened with the Open method of this object The values stored in the file are loaded via the Cells method HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Examples 515 Communication via DDE client DDE_Client is a project designed to show how to use the DDE protocol to exchange data between two Reliance projects The DDE_Client project needs to be started in the Reliance Control software and simultaneously the DDE_Server project needs to be started in the Reliance Control Server software If both projects are running successfully you can set a value in the DDE_Server project and the change is instantly visible in the D
487. tual computer Hardware configuration Can be used to specify the computer s hardware configuration 8 17 2 2 Redundancy The properties on this page allow you to activate and configure data server Reliance Control Server and Reliance Server redundancy The aim of redundancy is to allow the project s most important computers to operate in hot standby mode Usually the data server providing communication with devices e g PLC logging historical data and alarms events to databases providing data to clients or performing other important functions runs on these computers For each important computer in the project hereinafter referred to as primary server a secondary backup server can be added A data server with the same project version must be running on both computers Each of the servers has its own copy of databases intended for logging historical data and alarms events Only the server that has the active role the server that is active provides the following functions communication with devices historical data acquisition alarm event generation sending alarm event information via E mail and or SMS Under normal circumstances i e if both servers are running and connected with each other the primary server has the active role The secondary server has the standby role i e it does not communicate directly with devices all data current and historical and alarms events are acquired from the primary server it acts as
488. ture consists of members fields A data structure field can be of a simple data type e g Byte or a data structure type This allows embedding of one structure into another The number of levels of which the data structure consists is not limited Data structures in combination with window templates significantly save time Data structures should also be used in many other situations where it is desirable to group the tags The Data Structure Manager window consists of three panes and the toolbar which are described in detail in the chapter Managers In addition to the common toolbar commands the toolbar contains the following commands WM New Data Structure Is used to create a new data structure intended for the selected device type t New Data Structure Field Is used to bring up the Add New Data Structure Field Wizard which allows you to specify the new field s tag kind and tag data type Sei Add Data Structure Fields Allows you to add a whole data structure as a data structure field Data structures can be nested in one another Pi Create Window Template Is used to create a window template depending on the currently selected data structure If the tree root the data structure node or a folder are selected in the top left pane the Subordinated object count and the Folder count are displayed in the right pane You can also Export and Import the data structures in the CSV format or import the data structures of Teco Wago and OPC
489. tus property via the Project Structure Manager Tecomati gt Channel gt Advanced Similar tags exist for Modem2 and Tecomat2 Also the Tecomat1 and Tecomat2 devices and the required tags are defined via the Device Manager Through the Project Structure Manager the Channel type of the Tecomat1 device is set to Dial up modem the required Phone number is specified and the Tecomat1Control and Tecomat1Status tags are connected on the Advanced page In the Modems folder the Modem1 object is defined and the Modem1Control tag is connected to the Control property of this object The Tecomat1iStatusChanged script is defined via the Script Manager The script uses bit masking to extract information about the Tecomat1 device s state from the Tecomat1Status tag Similar objects are defined for the Tecomat2 device 10 11 4 Network Applications Network application of type 1 server 1 client Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi EJ Examples BoilerRoom_ClientServer is a project which adds the network functionality to the BoilerRoom demo A new computer named Client1 has been created through the Project Structure Manager The already defined users trends and reports are connected to this computer objects are only accessible from a specific computer if they are connected to it In addition a new server connection group with a new server connection named Server1 have been created The Server computer property of the server connection is set t
490. tyle font one size The LCD style is only used to display numeric values Other characters are not displayed Number format Determines whether to display numbers in the Windows defined format locale settings Shade Determines whether to display the value s shade and its Depth and Color Frame Allows displaying the component s frame and configuring the properties of the display s frame The property specifies the Width Color Black frame and the frame s Outer style Inner style For more details see the Bevel component Background Determines whether to display the component with no background Transparent or with the specified background Color v Eng units The preview area at the top of the page displays the current font alignment and background color configurations Configuring all properties will take effect at design time directly in the visualization window after saving the changes made Visible Allows you to display a unit following the tag value The unit can be specified for each tag through the Device Manager tag properties Units zone Allows you to place the unit separately on the right side of the display in the development environment the zone is separated by a vertical dashed line For each unit the following properties can be configured font background s color shade horizontal offset and alignment You can also Hide units and leave zone blank HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Standard 1
491. ue is to be set to logical 1 if the stored recipe has been successfully transferred to the device 8 6 2 Recipe Item Properties Common Object Properties Name Can be synchronized with the tag s name Tag Specifies the link to the tag whose value is to be stored in the recipe HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Data Table Manager 299 8 7 Data Table Manager The Data Table Manager is a tool that is used to create data tables and configure databases A data table is an object allowing you to log historical data in a time sequence The Data Table Manager allows you to define data tables Trends and reports are used to display their contents The Data Table Manager window has the same layout as other managers see the chapter Managers In addition to the common toolbar commands the toolbar contains the New Data Table 3 New Data Table Field and Add Data Table Fields 6 commands Data Table Properties Data Table Field Properties 8 7 1 Data Table Properties v Basic Common Object Properties Physical table name Specifies the data table s name For file based data tables Paradox and dBASE it specifies the first part of a filename Data acquisition method v Not specified If this option is active the runtime software will not sample data se Sample real time data If this option is active data for the data table is acquired by sampling logging real time data Sampling Periodic If this option i
492. unchanged If the edits have been assigned to the selected object s they can later be saved to the appropriate files by the Save All command or canceled by invoking the Close command and choosing not to save the changes Naturally you can also edit a property and use the Save All command immediately The manager checks all the edited properties to see if they are correct If so the manager assigns the edited properties to the selected object s and saves the object s to the appropriate files HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Data Structure Manager Device Manager Communication Driver Manager Recipe Manager Data Table Manager Trend Manager Real Time Trend Manager Report Manager Custom Report Manager String Manager Picture Manager Action Manager Script Manager User Manager Project Structure Manager Reliance 4 Development Environment Ha 244 Common Object Properties 8 1 Common Object Properties Name A name of the object that must be unique within the project or the parent object e g a tag name within a device Alias An optional alternative name of the object usually used in the GUI during runtime Therefore it should be descriptive and understandable to the user In multilanguage projects an alias can be localized i e translated into all project languages which is in contrast to a Name Comment An optional comment about the object used by the visualization project developer systems integrato
493. up menu of a Display component placed in a visualization window A tag trend is only available if the tag displayed by the component is stored in a data table 2 2 1 3 Data Overviews Data overviews reports tables data tree custom reports report configuration at runtime filters PDF HTML In Reliance data can also be displayed as tables and reports A Data Grid component placed in a visualization window can be used to display the current value of an array type tag To display the current value of a single tag use the Data Tree component Reliance allows you to manage historical reports to display historical data as text Reports can be displayed at runtime via the report viewer They can be defined via the Report Manager The manager can also be accessible to the user during runtime Individual report columns are based on data table fields Tag values can be used to build a user readable output using custom reports Custom reports are based on static templates where text graphic elements or special character strings can be included The special strings are used to mark the place where the real time value of a tag should occur in the template when generating a report Custom reports of type FastReport allows for inserting for example trends and tables based on current and historical data 2 2 1 4 Displaying Data as Mimic Diagrams Displaying data as mimic diagrams screens windows window switching Component Palette properties
494. ure New Node Brings up the Create New Node dialog box The user can change the name of the node select the type of node or assign an action to the node the action is to be executed by double clicking on the node Insert Node Brings up the Create New Node dialog box The new node is then inserted before the currently selected position in the tree view Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi EH Additional Insert Node After Brings up the Create New Node dialog box The new node is then inserted after the currently selected position in the tree view Insert Node Child Entry Brings up the Create New Node dialog box The new node is then created as the currently selected node s child node Move Up Changes the position of the currently selected row by moving it one position upwards Only the position of the nodes at the same level in the hierarchy can be changed the nodes have one parent node in common Move Down Changes the position of the currently selected row by moving it one position downwards The position is changed at the same level in the hierarchy Collapse Is used to collapse the child nodes of the selected node The command can also be invoked by clicking on the minus button in front of the node s text Expand Is used to expand the collapsed node The command can also be invoked by clicking on the plus button in front of the node s text Edit Properties Brings up either the Edit Node or the Edit Cell
495. ut Reliance 4 View view only software allow you to control the visualized industrial process 2 2 1 7 Alarms and Events Alarms events generation acknowledgment various databases viewers alarm event panel The Reliance SCADA HMI system allows the user to be notified of errors by alarms events An alarm can be for example generated if the value of a tag lies outside the specified limits Alarms events can be defined via the Device Manager within the device whose tags are linked to the respective alarm event An alarm event can be linked to a tag change and thus controlled for example from a script Alarms events can be viewed in the runtime environment and in thin clients via two viewers Those alarms events which still persist or require acknowledgment by the operator and system messages can be displayed via the viewer of current alarms events The viewer window can be displayed automatically when an alarm event is generated The Reliance SCADA HMI system allows displaying current alarms events on a single line at the bottom of the runtime software s main window alarm event panel All alarms events active inactive acknowledged unacknowledged can be displayed via the viewer of historical alarms events Alarms events can be stored in a file based BDE or SQL based database The way archive files are created interval of creating archive files and many other properties can be configured via the Project Options dialog Rel
496. v Data Allows you to specify the list of points for the selected series The series points can be added and deleted using standard toolbar commands One item in the list can also represent a group of points using the Array of values option Name Specifies the name of the selected point can be displayed in the point s label X value Y value Allows you to specify the point s X and Y coordinates Constant constant value Tag value link to a tag Array of values link to an array type tag Const interval sequence of values from O with a specified constant interval Note The types of values can be generally combined For proper display of the chart the total number of values on the X axis must correspond to the number of values on the Y axis We recommend that you always use the same type of value for the coordinates of one point or arrays with the same number of elements for the X and Y coordinates Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE 182 Additional e Static Properties By clicking on the Advanced button the Editing dialog box is brought up This dialog box allows you to change the graphical appearance of a chart component TeeChart For more details see the chapter Trend Properties Preview Displays the real time chart s preview 7 3 8 Real Time Trend This component is intended for displaying real time trends trends of tag values with no link to a data table database To define a real time trend
497. vanced page the Alarm event groups property based on alarm severity and the area where the respective device is located HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Examples 501 Users are defined within the Areal and Area2 folders via the User Manager Each user has an enumeration of the groups of alarms events the Alarms Events page the Alarm event groups property that he she should be notified of The group enumeration depends on alarm severity and the area which the user belongs to The alarms which belong to the TrivialAlarms group are not sent to any users The method of sending the information is specified by the Send via E mail and Send via SMS options the Alarms Events page Some users technicians are notified via E mail and SMS others the directors and technical managers are only notified via E mail For the users to be notified via E mail it is necessary to enter a valid E mail address the Basic page the E mail property For the users to be notified via SMS it is necessary to enter a valid phone number the Basic page the Phone number property A computer named PC1 is defined via the Project Structure Manager On the Alarms Events page the Send via E mail Send via SMS On start and On end options are active The Message text property contains the necessary information and doesn t have to be altered To send information via E mail it is necessary to configure the options on the E mail page especially the SMTP ser
498. ver Reliance Control Server Design LANG pdf Reliance Design Development Environment HE Reliance 4 Development Environment File and Directory Structure 439 FirstSteps_ lt LANG gt pdf First Steps basic functions of the Reliance Design development environment LicenseActivation_ lt LAN License Activation G gt pdf LicenseKeyUtil_ lt LANG gt License Key Utility pdf MobileClient_ lt LANG gt Reliance Mobile Client pdf Runtime LANG pdf Runtime Software Reliance View Reliance Control Reliance Server Reliance Control Server Scripts LANG pdf Scripts functions and procedures in VBScript and Reliance defined objects for working with scripts Tutorial OPC lt LANG gt OPC Servers tutorial pdf WebClient lt LANG gt pdf Reliance Web Client where lt L ANG gt represents the language identifier Other History_ lt LANG gt html History of changes to Reliance History Old lt LANG gt html where lt LLANG gt represents the language identifier 10 7 1 2 6 Drivers Directory Communication Driver Program Files DLLs R_DrvAmit dll AMiT device R_DrvBACnet dll BACnet device R_DrvElgas dll Elcor94 and Elgas2 devices R_DrvGeneric dll Generic device R_DrvIEC104 dll IEC101 and IEC104 devices R_Drvinmat dll Inmat device R_DrvJohnson dll Johnson Controls DX9100 SC9100 and FX15 devices R_DrvMBus dll MBus and MBus Sensonic Plus devices Reliance 4 Development Env
499. ver address To send information via SMS it is necessary to activate the Start SMS driver option on the SMS page and configure the other properties 10 11 8 Scripts Accessing a DLL from a script AccessDLLFromScript is a project designed to show how to call functions exported by DLL dynamic link library from a script The VBScript language which is used for writing scripts in Reliance projects does not itself support calling DLL functions This limitation can be worked around by using a utility called DynaCall which can at runtime create an object like wrapper around any DLL so that its functions could be called even from VBScript code DynaCall utility installation instructions 1 Unpack the ZIP archive named DynaCall zip located in AccessDLLFromScript Main Apps to any directory e g c Program Files the following directory will be created c Program Files DynaCall Reliance 4 Development Environment EEEE 502 Examples 2 From the command prompt cmd exe register the file c Program Files DynaCall dynwrap dll by the following command regsvr32 exe c Program Files DynaCall dynwrap dll Note If the above command ends with an error it is necessary to use the following steps 3 Create a shortcut to cmd exe 4 From the context menu of the shortcut choose the Run as Administrator command and confirm launching the program 5 Repeat step 2 The project contains a script named Example1_user32 dll_MessageBox
500. vice Manager StatusO1 of type Byte StatusBitsO1 of type StatusBits which is a data structure defined via the Data Structure Manager The StatusBitsO1 tag is a structured tag which contains several nested tags of type Bool to which a script will write the value of the respective bits of the Status01 tag Reliance 4 Development Environment EEE 506 Examples The Define script which contains the definition of the ExtractBits procedure is defined via the Script Manager On the Advanced page of the script s Properties pane the Run on thread initialization option is active to execute the script prior to any other script supposed to run in the same thread of execution The ExtractBits procedure is called from a script named ExtractBitsFromStatus which executes every time the data of the Status01 tag changes see the properties of the ExtractBitsFromStatus script The following parameters are passed to the ExtractBits procedure Name of the device in which the source tag is defined System Name of the source tag Status01 Name of the device in which the target tag is defined System Name of the target tag including the character used to separate the structured tag and its nested tags StatusBits01 Array containing the numbers of bits to extract BitNumbers_StatusBitsO1 Array O 1 4 5 Array containing the names of the fields of the StatusBits data structure in the same order as bit numbers in the BitNumbers_StatusBitsO1 array TagN
501. visualization window contains a Data Grid component Databox data which displays the values of the DataBuffer tag and the corresponding index of the data in the databox the IndexArray tag The latter tag is automatically updated in the InitlndexArray script every time the databox is accessed read or written HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Examples 489 Connecting to the Teco device via a modem Teco_ModemComm is a project designed to demonstrate how to make a connection to the Teco PLC via a modem connected to the computer s serial port Within the System device several tags of type Word are defined to monitor and control the state of the modem and the PLC device The Modem1Control tag is used to control Modem1 it connects the Combo Box component placed in the visualization window and the Modem1 object defined via the Project Structure Manager on the Basic page the Control property must be active and the tag specified The TecomatiControl tag is used to control Tecomat1 allows selecting one of the following commands Disconnect Connect Connect read data and disconnect it connects the Combo Box component placed in the visualization window and the Channel1 object defined via the Project Structure Manager The TecomatiStatus tag which is also connected to the Channel object is processed in the TecomatiStatusChanged script and the result is shown in the visualization window The TecomatiStatus tag is linked to the Sta
502. w There are also some of the commands contained in the Project menu Le commands for bringing up the Project Options dialog box Export Project for Remote Users Wizard Backup Project Wizard or the command for starting the visualization project in the runtime software Commands On the Commands page there is a list of all commands which can be added to a toolbar The commands are divided into groups according to their function To add a command drag and drop the command onto a toolbar To remove the command from the toolbar drag it back to the command list Options Show tooltips Determines whether to show the name of the command after resting the mouse cursor on a toolbar button Show keyboard shortcuts on tooltips Determines whether to show keyboard shortcuts on tooltips Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi e Configuring the Component Palette 5 2 Configuring the Component Palette The Configure Component Palette dialog box enables you to manage the list of pages in the Component Palette It also allows for managing components in individual pages i e moving components between the pages or adjusting their visibility the Show command List of pages commands Cal Add Ins Adds a new page to the Component Palette mj Rename F2 Allows you to rename the selected page x Delete Del Allows you to remove the selected page from the Component Palette The page can only be removed if it contains no com
503. w Report a New Report Item a and Add Report Items 2 commands The toolbar also contains the following commands for working with a template Load Report Items B Preview Report B Edit Report TA The Reliance SCADA HMI system enables you to define custom reports via a tool named FastReport rrt It is a complex tool that provides you with a wide range of options for using format and graphic elements It is a third party application integrated into the Reliance Design environment For more information on designing templates in the FastReport format see the CustomReports pdf orCustomReports chm manual A custom report template can also be prepared in the HTML html MHTML mhtml or text txt formats The template can be in any of the formats For the HTML format graphic elements for example can be included in the template To mark the place where the real time value of a tag should occur in the template use a special character string which is to be recognized by the Reliance SCADA HMI system When printing the report the real time value of the tag is located in place of the string The string is in the following format S Item name Custom Report Properties Custom Report Item Properties 8 11 1 Custom Report Properties Common Object Properties Use custom template Determines whether to use the specified file containing a custom report template HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Custom Report Manager 315 O
504. which makes it clear how to call DLL functions from scripts The script demonstrates calling the MessageBoxA function from user32 dll one of the fundamental DLLs of Windows and can be run by clicking a button located in the main window of the project In the script the below steps are used 1 Create the DLLWrapper object by the following statement Set DLLWrapper CreateObject DynamicWrapper 2 Register the respective function by calling the Register method 3 Call the function as a method of the DLLWrapper object e g Result DLLWrapper MessageBoxA The steps taken to register the MessageBoxA function must be repeated for all other functions that are to be called Important 1 The object variable DLLWrapper must be declared as local inside a procedure in the same way as in the example If it were declared as global and the DLLWrapper object were not freed by using Set DLLWrapper Nothing before ending the project the runtime software would hang during ending the program 2 The DynaCall utility is free of charge and its authors deny any responsibility for damage caused by possible malfunctions of the utility Automatically logging off the user AutomaticUserLogOff is a project designed to demonstrate how to automatically log off the current user from the runtime software after a certain time of mouse and keyboard inactivity HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Examples Es The LogoffUser script defined v
505. xels HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Edit Menu En Fe Paste Ctrl V Places the contents of the clipboard into the active window x Delete Del Deletes the currently selected components from the active window Select All Ctri A Selects all the components in the active window Unselect All Esc Unselects all the currently selected components in the active window Select Next Tab Selects the next component in the Z order ordering of overlapping components after the currently selected component Select Previous Shift Tab Selects the previous component in the Z order before the currently selected component H Group Ctrl G Groups the currently selected components You can move the component group as if it were one object The position and size of the components in the group remain unchanged The highlight style of the selected component group is different in color from the one of multiple selected individual components Le Ungroup Ctri U Breaks the currently selected group into individual components Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi ER Edit Menu v Alignment Menu D Lett Aligns the left edge of each selected component with the left edge of the leftmost selected component a Right Aligns the right edge of each selected component with the right edge of the rightmost selected component al Top Aligns the top edge of each selected component with the top edge of the topmo
506. xt should be vertically aligned to the top edge to the bottom edge or to the center of the component in the error state Background Determines whether to display the component with no background Transparent or with the specified background Color 7 2 5 Bevel This is a static component allowing you to display other components as a component group using for example a line or a frame with plastic edges Properties Basic Alignment Dynamic Menu Scripts Actions Security v Static Shape Box is a rectangular shape drawn with simple light and dark lines indicating the illuminated and shaded parts If a line is used bottom left right top only the corresponding edge of the rectangle is drawn The Frame shape allows you to draw the rectangle with a more complex frame as defined by the Frame properties Reliance 4 Development Environment Hi 138 Standard Bevel style Determines whether to highlight the component s shapes Box and lines as Lowered or Raised Frame Specifies the properties of the frame The frame is made up of up to four lines of different width and color The outer border of the frame is formed by a thin black line Black frame Next the outer edge is formed by a thin light or dark line indicating the frame s shade The frame itself is drawn with a line of the specified Width and Color Similarly the inner edge is formed The edge s Outer Inner style can be defined using radio buttons The dark or light
507. y Evaluates the level of the security of access to a data server Other Detects other types of issues which are different from the above listed types Usually they are less serious errors with no effect on the project s functionality It is mainly focused on detecting text display related errors such as errors in the localization of text strings Step 2 Project scopes Contains a list of project scopes arranged in a tree view To make the diagnostics faster or ignore some issues you can select project scopes to be checked If the Unused objects option was chosen on the previous page all project scopes are selected and this selection cannot be changed Step 3 Diagnostics Results In case any issues have been found the Diagnostics Results window is displayed On the left side of the window there is a list of project scopes arranged in a tree view in which scopes with the detected issues are highlighted The number shown in parentheses indicates the issue count On the right side of the window there is a list of the issues with their detailed descriptions To solve an issue invoke the corresponding manager or dialog box by pressing the Enter key or double clicking on the line describing the issue HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Backup Project Wizard En 6 5 Backup Project Wizard The Project gt Backup command is used to bring up the Backup Project Wizard The wizard allows you to back up the open visualization proje
508. y The Reliance SCADA HMI system usually runs the utility from a script RSys ExecApp or using an action The first two parameters of the ini file are used to identify the window of the application to terminate only one of the parameters can be specified The Delay parameter specifies the interval in seconds between the attempt to correctly terminate the application and a forced termination of the application Runs an external application with parameters according to the settings in the R_AppRun ini file The name of the parameter block in the ini file it is placed inside brackets should be passed as a parameter to the R_AppRun exe program at its startup usually from a script or using an action A program designed to write data to a file with an rdt extension from the command prompt Four parameters are required by the program rdt table s name row number column number and cell s new value If the program is run without the parameters a brief help is displayed Allows you to run an external application with a time delay Usually it runs the runtime software after computer startup The application including parameters and the time delay in seconds is specified in the R_Start ini file Correctly terminates all instances of the runtime software running on the current Windows session Usually the computer running the program is powered by a UPS Uninterruptible Power Supply during a power outage file contains the Licen
509. y changing the X coordinate using scripts At runtime the project starts in the automatic mode script controlled but you can switch the mode by clicking on the Manual mode button located on the bottom part of the visualization window Based on the data table database to which all important process values are logged you can easily create a trend or report Tannery demo project Tannery is a project designed to demonstrate how to use the Reliance SCADA HMI system for the control of the chemical process of leather tanning The project contains about 250 tags and is based on a real industrial process After the project is started select the top left drum to run the process visualization The visualization window contains a set of tanks interconnected via pipes with valves and pumps The toolbar contains control Pause Restart Recipe and configuration commands Settings The Time shrink option allows you to specify the speed of the simulation The visualization runs in an automatic mode script controlled SMS demo project SMS is a project designed to demonstrate sending and processing text messages via scripts To successfully run the project it is required that SMS Driver be installed and a GSM modem connected e g Siemens M20 Terminal The project contains the periodic script StatusSMS and two event scripts RecievedSMS and SendSMS To select the type of GSM modem and specify the communication options including the SMS service
510. y is used to select a component group with a selection rectangle in case it is necessary to start the selection over an existing component e g in case there is a picture on the background The last step when designing a window is configuring the properties of the components placed into a visualization window customizing their appearance behavior and links to tags The component s property editor can be invoked by double clicking the left mouse button on the component area or by choosing the Component Properties command from the component s popup menu The properties of individual components differ depending on their type Their detailed description can be found in the chapter Components The component properties can also be configured using the Component Manager To easily define components links to tags drag a tag from the Visual Linking window and drop it onto a component 6 11 4 Creating a Window Template A window template enables you to group and repeatedly use a component group in different parts of the visualization project The components placed in a window template are usually linked to fields of the data structure assigned to the window template Any subsequent change made to the window template will be reflected in all places where the template is used A window template can be embedded into a visualization window via the Insert Window Template Wizard or by dragging it from the Window Manager When creating a new window templat
511. yed if its size is different from the size of the component Normal The picture is displayed in its original size in the top right corner of the component Resize graphic The picture s size is adjusted to the size of the component the picture is drawn so that it fills the entire component area If the picture is drawn in a size other than original it may affect the drawing speed Resize component The component s size is adjusted to the size of the picture Width and Height of the component are changed so that they correspond to the size of the picture HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Standard 143 Tiled The picture is drawn as tiles so that they fill the component area 7 2 8 Animation This component allows for animating a sequence of pictures A tag can be used to start and stop the animation Properties Basic Alignment Menu Scripts Actions Security v Dynamic Link to tag Visible Enabled X Y Width Height Angle If these properties are active and linked to a tag the basic component properties defined on the Basic page can be changed dynamically during runtime The configured values can be either relative or absolute depending on the setting in the Project Options dialog box Advanced Interval Defines the link to the tag whose value is used to specify the time interval at which individual pictures are to change If this option is not active a constant value Const is used to specify this in
512. zation project on the specified computer before it is started The project must be copied to the computer before it gets launched for the first time It will then be automatically updated each time it is started Location of source project Specifies the location where the source project is to be updated There are two options available Source computer shared directory name Specifies the source project s location as a combination of the computer within the project and shared directory names on the actual computer It is necessary to enter the address of the computer IP address or hostname HE Reliance 4 Development Environment Project Structure Manager ER Complete path to shared directory Specifies the complete path to the shared directory which contains the source project Directories to update Specifies the directories to be updated when starting the visualization project In most cases the default settings can be used Special attention should be paid to the settings of only some of the directories in the list By default the lt Project gt Settings Recipes directory is not to be updated It is assumed that recipes are stored locally on the computer where they are created not necessarily the source computer from which the current version of the project is downloaded or they can be stored in a central location such as file server The location files can be set separately for each recipe connected to the computer By
513. zation windows It is designed for managing the windows i e it allows you to open close the windows add new windows or remove the windows from a project The Window Manager is also used to switch between visualization windows i e activate them The visualization windows in the list can be arranged in folders The state of a visualization window whether it is open i e loaded into memory or closed is indicated by the font style of the window s name open bold font closed regular font Normal and dialog windows which are not loaded dynamically are indicated in blue See the Basic page The items in the list can be sorted by the Title and Name columns The item s icon indicates the window s type normal dialog tray template The status bar displays the D identification number and name of the window currently selected in the Window Manager The ID corresponds to the order in which windows are added to the project E New Folder Alt Ins Adds a new folder Folders make managing multiple windows easier From the perspective of hierarchy folders can only be added on one level D New Window Ins Brings up the Create New Window Wizard When the wizard is finished a new visualization window is added to the list im New Window Template Brings up the Create New Window Template Wizard When the wizard is finished a new window template is added to the list Window templates are intended to easily reuse graphic elements in

Reliance 4 - Development Environment

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents